04 Electrical

ELECTRICAL SERVICES Contents
VHT Engineering Electrical-1 Aug 2011

GOLDEN ISLAND APARTMENT

Phu Huu Ward, Dist.9, HCMC

Electrical & Mechanical Specification

Part D: Electrical Services

Revision Date Approved by
001 Aug 2011 NVL

VHT Engineering
158 Bau Cat 3 street, Tan Binh Dist., HCMC
Telephone: (84) 8 89492076
Fax: (84) 8 89492075
Contents
0901 Electrical general requirements 11
1 General 11
1.1 Aims 11
1.2 Cross references 11
1.3 Standards 11
1.4 Interpretations 12
1.5 Submissions 12
2 Products 15
2.1 Accessories 15
3 Execution 15
3.1 Performance 15
3.2 Services connections 15
3.3 Installation 15
3.4 Building penetrations 18
3.5 Concrete plinths 19
3.6 Plant and equipment access 19
3.7 Seismic restraint 20
3.8 Painting and finishes 20
3.9 Marking and labelling 21
3.10 Operation and maintenance manuals 23
3.11 Record drawings 24
3.12 Tools and spare parts 25
3.13 Commissioning 25
3.14 Cleaning 26
3.15 Completion tests 26
3.16 Training 27
3.17 Maintenance 27
0902 Electrical design and install 29
1 General 29
1.1 Aims 29
1.3 Standards 29
2 Execution 29
2.1 General 29
2.2 Low voltage power systems 31
2.3 Switchboards 33
2.4 Switchboard components 34
2.5 Lighting 36
2.6 Emergency evacuation lighting 37
2.7 TelecommunicationS cabling 38
2.8 Automatic fire detection 40
2.9 Emergency warning and intercommunication system 42
2.10 2.10 Access control 42
2.11 Television distribution system 44
2.12 Labelling 45
0911 Cable support and duct systems 48
1 General 48
1.1 Aims 48
1.3 Submissions 48
2 Products 49

VHT Engineering Electrical-3

Aug 2011

2.1 Conduits 49
2.2 Metallic conduits and fittings 49
2.3 Non-metallic conduits and fittings 50
2.4 Cable duct/trunking 50
2.5 Cable tray/ladder support systems 51
2.6 Catenary systems 52
2.7 Cable pits 52
2.8 Columns 53
3. Execution 53
3.1 Unsheathed cables installation 53
3.2 Conduit systems installation 54
3.3 Cable tray/ladder support systems installation 55
3.4 Catenary systems installation 56
3.5 Cables in trenches installation 57
3.6 Columns installation 57
0921 Low voltage power systems 58
1 General 58
1.1 Aims 58
1..2 System description 58
1.4 Standards 59
1.6 Submissions 60
2 Products 60
2.1 Wiring systems 60
2.2 Power cables 61
2.3 Busducts 62
2.4 Accessories 64
3 Execution 66
3.1 Earthing 66
3.2 Mineral insulated metal sheathed cable (mims) 66
3.3 Power cables 67
3.4 Fire-rated (other than mims) 68
3.5 Copper conductor terminations 68
3.6 Aluminium conductor terminations 69
3.7 AERIAL CABLES POWER 70
3.8 Busduct installation 70
3.9 Completion tests 71
3.10 pare parts 71
0931 Power generation diesel 72
1 General 72
1.1 Aims 72
3 Standard 73
4 Interpretations 73
5 Pre-completion test 73
6 Submissions 73
2 Products 75
2.1 General 75
2.2 Alternators 75


Aug 2011

2.3 Engines 77
2.4 Fuel storage 78
2.5 Controls 78
2.6 Control panels 80
2.7 Batteries and chargers 81
2.8 Starting 83
2.9 ROOM Acoustic 83
2.10 Marking 84
3 SCHEDULE 85
4 EXECUTION 85
4.1 General 85
4.2 Permanent test load 85
4.3 Engine cooling 86
4.4 Engine air intake 87
4.5 Exhaust system 87
4.6 Fuel system 88
4.7 Completion 88
0941 Switchboards proprietary 91
1 General 91
1.1 Aims 91
1.3 Standards 91
1.5 Submissions 92
2 Products 92
2.1 General 92
3 Execution 93
3.1 General 93
3.2 Maintenance 94
0942 Switchboards custom-built 95
1 General 95
1.1 Aims 95
1.3 Standard 95
1.5 Tests 96
1.6 Inspection 96
1.7 Submissions 96
2 Products 98
2.1 Custom-built switchboard construction 98
2.2 Cable entries 100
2.3 Bus trunking system entry 101
2.4 Doors and covers 101
2.5 Factory finishes 102
2.6 Busbars 103
2.7 Neutral links and earth bars 106
2.8 Internal wiring 107
2.9 Terminations 108
3 Execution 109


Aug 2011

3.1 Assembly installation 109
3.2 Assembly entries 109
3.3 Marking and Labelling 110
3.4 Completion 110
0943 Switchboard components 111
1 General 111
1.1 Aims 111
1.3 Design 111
1.4 Submissions 111
2 Products 111
2.1 General 111
2.2 Switch-isolator and combination fuse-switch units 112
2.3 Auto-transfer switches 112
2.4 Moulded case and miniature circuit breakers 113
2.5 Residual current operated circuit breakers (RCBO) 114
2.6 Air circuit breakers 114
2.7 Fuses with enclosed fuse links 116
2.8 Circuit breaker integral protective relays 116
2.9 Current transformers (protection) 116
2.10 ansient protection 117
2.11 Current transformers (metering) 118
2.12 Instruments and meters 119
2.13 Contactors 121
2.14 Control devices and switching elements 122
2.15 Semiconductor controllers and contactors 124
2.16 Programmable logic controllers 124
2.17 ontrol and protective switching devices or equipment 126
2.18 Controller device interfaces 126
2.19 Indicator lights 127
2.20 indicating counters 127
2.21 Alarm annunciators 128
2.22 Audible alarm devices 129
2.23 Extra-low voltage transformers 129
2.24 Batteries and chargers 129
2.25 Anti-condensation heaters 131
2.26 2.26 Spares cabinet 131
3 Execution 132
0947 Power factor correction 135
1 General 135
1.1 Aims 135
1.4 Inspections 136
1.5 Submissions 136
1.6 Pre-completion tests 137
2 Products 137
2.1 Capacitors 137
2.2 Contactors 137


Aug 2011

2.3 Controller 138
2.4 Current transformer interface 139
2.5 Inductors 139
3 Execution 139
3.1 Installation 139
3.2 Completion 140
0951 Lighting 141
1 General 141
1.1 Aims 141
1.2 roject requirements 141
1.4 Standards 141
1.6 Submissions 143
2 Products 143
2.1 Proprietary luminaires 143
2.2 Lamps 144
2.3 Ballasts 145
2.4 Power factor correction 145
2.5 GEAR TRAY COVER 146
2.6 Wiring 146
2.7 Lighting control 146
2.8 Accessories 147
3 Execution 148
3.1 Supports 148
3.2 Wiring connection 149
3.3 Completion 149
0961 Telecommunications cabling 151
1 General 151
1.1 Aims 151
System description 151
1.3 Standards 152
1.4 Interpretation 152
1.5 Submissions 153
2 Products 154
2.1 Network termination 154
2.2 Distributors 154
2.3 Cables 155
2.4 Telecommunications outlets 155
2.5 Fly leads 155
2.6 Patch cords 155
3 Execution 156
3.1 General 156
3.2 Cables 156
3.3 Telecommunications outlets 156
3.4 Earthing system 157
3.5 Labels 157
3.6 Testing 157


Aug 2011

3.7 Completion 158
0962 Television distribution systems 160
1 General 160
1.1 Aims 160
1.2 System description 160
1.4 Standards 161
1.6 Submissions 162
1.7 Testing 163
2 Products 163
2.1 Free-to-air antenna 163
2.2 Active equipment 164
2.3 Passive equipment 164
2.4 Coaxial cable 164
2.5 Outlets 164
2.6 EXTERNAL COMPONENTS 165
3 Execution 165
3.1 General 165
3.2 Distribution equipment 165
3.3 Coaxial cable 165
3.4 Outlets 166
0971 Emergency evacuation lighting 167
1 General 167
1.1 Aims 167
1.3 Standards 167
1.4 Submissions 167
2 Products 168
2.1 Single-point system luminaires 168
2.2 Central system luminaires 169
2.3 Monitoring system 170
3 Execution 171
3.1 Single point system 171
3.2 Central system 171
3.4 Tests 172
3.5 Completion 172
0972 Fire detection and alarms 173
1 General 173
1.1 Aims 173
1.2 System description 173
1.4 Standard 173
1.5 Submissions 173
2 Products 174
2.1 Authorised products 174
2.2 Control and indicating equipment 174
2.3 Detectors 176


Aug 2011

2.4 Manual call points 177
2.5 External alarm indication 177
2.6 Magnetic door holders 177
2.7 Warning system 177
2.8 Power supply 178
3 Execution 178
3.1 Fire alarm monitoring 178
3.2 Detectors 178
3.3 Installation wiring 178
3.4 Air handling systems 178
3.5 Testing 179
3.6 Completion 179
0973 Emergency warning and intercommunication 180
1 General 180
1.1 Aims 180
1.3 Standards 180
1.4 Submissions 180
2 Products 181
2.1 General 181
2.2 Control and indicating equipment (CIE) 181
2.3 Sound system 182
3 Execution 182
3.1 general 182
3.2 Control and indicating equipment (CIE) 182
3.3 Sound system 182
3.4 intercommunication system 183
3.5 Completion 183
0979 Lightning protection 184
1 General 184
1.1 Aims 184
1.3 Standard 184
1.4 Submissions 184
1.5 Testing 185
2 Execution 185
2.1 Installation 185
2.2 Completion 185
0981 Electronic security 187
1 General 187
1.1 Aims 187
1.3 Standards 187
1.4 Submissions 188
2 Products 189
2.1 General 189
2.2 Access control 190
2.3 Intruder alarm 192
2.4 Video monitoring 193


Aug 2011

3 Execution 194
3.1 General 194
0991 MEDIUM VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER 197
1 General 197
1.1 Site Information 197
2 Scope Of Supply 198
3 Standards & Codes 198
3.1 Preferred Standards 199
3.2 Alternate Standards 199
4 Design And Construction 199
4.1 Electrical And Temperature Rise Data 199
4.2 Core Assembly 201
4.3 Coils & Insulation 202
4.4 Connections 203
4.5 Protective Housing & Fans 204
4.6 Accessories 204
5 Nameplates 205
6 Corrosion Protection 206
7 Inspection & Testing 206
8 Engineering Data 207
8.1 Minimum Requirements 207
8.2 Approval Data 208
9 Vendor Documentation 208
9.1 Minimum Requirements 208
10 Parking & Shipping 209
11 Technical Requirement 210
0992 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEARS 211
1 General 211
2 Classification: 211
3 SCOPE OF SUPPLY 211
4 Construction 212
4.1 Switchgear 212
4.2 SF6 Gas Chamber 213
4.3 Circuit breaker 214
4.4 Interlocking 216
4.5 Earthing 217
4.6 Load-breaker Switches (LBS) and Earthing Switches (ES) 218
4.7 HV HRC Fuses 218
4.8 Busbars and connections 219
4.9 Cable terminations 219
4.10 Rating plates 219
4.11 Identification labels 220
4.12 Relays 221
4.13 Automatic source transfer switching controller (ATS) 222
5 Testing 222
5.1 Type tests 222
5.2 Factory tests 223


Aug 2011

6 Drawings 223
ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0901 Electrical General Requirements


0901 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide electrical systems as documented.
1.2 CROSS REFERENCES
General
General: Conform to the General requirements worksection.
Associated worksections
Associated worksections: Conform to the following:
- Adhesives, sealants and fasteners.
- Fire-stopping.
- Metals and prefinishes for off-site painting and electroplated or in-line
galvanized finishes.
- Service trenching.
Precedence
Technical worksections: The requirements of subsequent electrical services
worksections of the specification override conflicting requirements in this
worksection.
1.3 STANDARDS
General
General: To AS/NZS 3000 Part 2 unless otherwise documented.
Electrical systems: To AS/NZS 3008.1.1 and SAA HB 301.
Degrees of protection (IP code): To AS/NZS 60529.
EMC: To AS/NZS 61000.
Telecommunications systems: To AS/ACIF S008, AS/ACIF S009,
0901 YU CU CHUNG CA PHN IN
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: Cung cp lp t h thng in nh m t trong thit k.
1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: Ph hp vi chng Yu cu chung.
Cc chng lin quan
Cc chng lin quan: Ph hp vi cc chng sau:
- Vt liu kt dnh,cht chng thm v mc kp.
- Chn la.
- Kim loi v hon thin b mt bng sn du v m in hay m km
- Mng k thut.
u tin
Chng k thut: Nhng yu cu trong cc chng yu cu k thut phn
in s c quyn u tin cao hn nu c xy ra mu thun vi chng ny.
1.3 TIU CHUN
Tng qut
Tng qut: Theo AS/NZS 3000 Phn 2 tr khi c nhng dn chng ti liu
khc.
H thng in: Theo AS/NZS 3008.1.1 v SAA HB 301.
Cp bo v (IP code): Theo AS/NZS 60529.
EMC: Theo AS/NZS 61000
H thng thng tin lin lc: Theo AS/ACIF S008, AS/ACIF S009, AS/NZS 3080,
SAA HB 243 v SAA HB 29.


AS/NZS 3080, SAA HB 243 and SAA HB 29.
Furthermore, if corresponding Viet Nam Standards (TCVN) or Building Codes
(QCVN) are higher than above standards, the installations shall be satisfied
with highest standards/ Codes.
The contractor could apply British Standards, American Standards or other
International Standards for selecting products, installation, testing and
commissioning, but shall submit and get approval from PMU (Project Manager
Unit).
1.4 INTERPRETATIONS
Abbreviations
General: For the purposes of this contract the abbreviations given below apply.
- EMC: Electromagnetic compatibility.
- EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
Definitions
General: For the purposes of this contract the definitions given below apply:
- Accessible: Readily accessible to AS/NZS 3000.
- High level interface: Systems transfer information in a digital format using an
open system interface.
- Hot-dip galvanized: Zinc coated to AS/NZS 4680 after fabrication with coating
thickness and mass to AS/NZS 4680 Table 1.
. Metallic-coated: Steel coated with zinc or aluminium-zinc alloy as follows:
. Metallic-coated steel sheet: To AS 1397. Metal thicknesses specified are
base metal thicknesses.
- Ferrous open sections coated by an in-line process: To AS/NZS 4791.
- Ferrous hollow sections coated by a continuous or specialised process: To
AS/NZS 4792.
- Industrial: IP56 to AS/NZS 60529.
- Low level interface: Systems transfer information via terminals and voltage
free contacts.
- Weatherproof: IPX6 to AS/NZS 60529.
1.5 SUBMISSIONS
Hn na, nu hng mc tng ng trong tiu chun Vit Nam (TCVN) hay b
lut xy dng Vit Nam cao hn cc tiu chun trn, vic lp t s tun theo
tiu chun/b lut cao hn.
Nh thu cng c th p dng cc tiu chun Anh, tiu chun M hay cc tiu
chun quc t khc cho vic la chn sn phm, lp t, th nghim v vn
hnh, nhng phi gi v!n bn v nhn c s "ng c#a Ban Qun L d
n.
1.4 KHI NIM
Tm tt
Tng qut: Trong hp "ng ny cc t rt gn di y c p dng.
- EMC: Tng thch in t.
- EMI: Nhi$u cm ng in t.
nh ngha
Tng qut: Trong hp "ng ny cc %nh ngh&a sau y c p dng:
- C th vo kim tra: theo AS/NZS 3000.
- Giao tip cp cao: H thng truyn thng tin theo dng s khi dng mt
giao din h thng m'.
- M km nng: Lp ph# km theo AS/NZS 4680 sau ch to vi b dy v
trng lng theo Bng 1 c#a AS/NZS 4680.
. Lp ph# kim lai: Thp c ph# km hoc hp kim nhm km nh sau:
. Tm thp ph# kim loi: Theo AS 1397. B dy lp ph# da trn b dy tm
kim loi.
- St hnh c x l Theo AS/NZS 4791.
- St ng c x l lin tc hay x l c bit: Theo AS/NZS 4792.

- Cng nghip: IP56 theo AS/NZS 60529.
- Giao tip cp thp: H thng truyn thng tin qua thit b% u cui v
nhng cng tc kh khng in th.
- Ngoi tr(i: IPX6 theo AS/NZS 60529.
1.5 TRNH
Tng qut


General
Default timing: Make submissions ) 5 business days prior to the ordering of
products for, or starting the installation of, the respective portions of the works.
Drawings
General: Minimum A1 drawing size.
Standard: To AS 1100 Parts 101 and 301, AS 1102 Parts 101, 102, 103, 106,
107, 108, and 111, and AS/NZS 3085.1 as applicable.
Building work drawings: Submit detailed dimensioned drawings showing all:
- Access doors and panels.
- Conduits to be cast in slabs.
- Holding down bolts and other anchorage and/or fixings required complete
with loads to be imposed on the structure during installation and operation.
- Openings, penetrations and block-outs.
- Pipe sleeves.
- Plinths, kerbs and bases.
- Required external openings.
Services coordination: Coordinate with other building and service elements.
Show adjusted positions on the shop and record drawings.
Space requirements: Check space requirements of equipment and services
indicated diagrammatically in the contract documents.
Execution details
General: Before starting the respective portions of the installation, submit the
following:
- Embedded services: Proposed method for embedding services in concrete
walls or floors or chasing into concrete or masonry walls.
- Fixing of services: Typical details of locations, types and methods of fixing of
services to structure.
- Inaccessible services: If services will be enclosed and not accessible after
completion, submit proposals for location of service runs and fittings.
Marking and labelling
General: Before marking and labelling submit:
- Samples of the proposed labels.
- A schedule showing, for each item or type of item:
Th(i gian mc %nh: Thc hin nhng trnh ) 5 ngy lm vic trc khi t
hng sn phm lp t cho phn vic tng ng.
Bn v
Tng qut: Kh bn v ti thiu A1.
Tiu chun: Theo AS 1100 Phn 101 v 301, AS 1102 Phn 101, 102, 103,
106, 107, 108, v 111, v AS/NZS 3085.1 thch hp.
Bn v thi cng cng trnh: * trnh bn v c kch thc chi tit ch+ r tt c:
- Ca v np kim tra.
- ,ng t m sn b tng.
- B loong neo v chi tit neo v/ hay chi tit c %nh cn hon tt vi ti trng
t ln cu trc trong khi lp t v vn hnh.
- L- m' (opening, penetration,block-out).
- ,ng lt.
- B mng.
- L- m' ra bn ngoi.
Kt hp cc h thng: Lin kt vi cng trnh khc v cc h thgn c in
khc. Ch+ r v% tr lp t thit b% trn bn v thi cng v bn v hon cng.
Yu cu khong cch: Kim tra yu cu khong cch c#a thit b% v d%ch v
nu ra trong ti liu thit k.

Chi tit thc hin
Tng qut: Trc khi bt u nhng phn vic lp t tng ng, phi
trnh:
- H thng t m: * ngh% phng php t m cc h thng trong sn hay
t(ng b tng hay m trong t(ng gch hay t(ng b tng.
- C %nh h thng: Chi tit in hnh c#a v% tr, loi v phng php c %nh h
thng vo cng trnh.
- H thng khng th tip cn: Nu h thng kn v khng th tip xc sau khi
hon thn, xut kin v v% tr lp rp v vn hnh h thng.
nh du v ghi nhn
Tng qut: Trc khi nh du v ghi nhn phi trnh:
Mu c#a cc nhn c ngh%
- Mt bn lit k nu r i vi m-i hng mc hay m-i lai c#a hng mc:


. A description of the item or type of item sufficient to identify it.
. The proposed text of the marking or label
. The proposed location of the marking or label.
Building penetrations
General: If it is proposed to penetrate or fix to the following, submit details of
the methods proposed to maintain the required structural, fire and other
properties:
- Structural building elements including external walls, fire walls, fire doors and
access panels, other tested and rated assemblies or elements, floor slabs
and beams.
- Membrane elements including damp-proof courses, waterproofing
membranes and roof coverings. If penetrating membranes, provide a
waterproof seal between the membrane and the penetrating component.
Technical data
Data to be submitted: Include at least the following information in technical
submissions:
- Assumptions.
- Calculations.
- Certification of compliance with the applicable code or standard.
- Design basis and performance parameters.
- Drawings.
- Installation and maintenance requirements.
- Manufacturers technical literature.
- Risk assessment.
- Samples where relevant.
- Sketch, single line diagram, flowchart.
- Technical data schedules corresponding to the equipment schedules in the
contract documents. If there is a discrepancy between the two, substantiate
the change.
Certification
Submit certification that the plant and equipment submitted meets all
requirements and capacities of the contract documents except for departures
that are identified in the submission.
. M t hng mc hay lai c#a hng mc # nhn dng.
. Kiu ch nh du hay lm nhn
. V% tr nh du hay dn nhn.
L xuyn cng trnh
Tng qut: Nu cn xuyn cc kt cu sau, th phi trnh phng php gia
c kt cu, chng chy lan v cc yu cu khc:

- Cc kt cu cng trnh g"m t(ng ngoi, t(ng v ca ch%u la, ca th!m,
cc kt cu quan trng theo tiu chun v c th nghim, dm sn b
tng.
- Cc mng m.ng g"m lp chng m, lp chng thm v lp ph# mi. Nu
xuyn qua nhng lp mng ny, cn c lp chng thm gia lp mng ny
v thnh phn xuyn qua.
Thng s k thut
D liu c trnh by bao g"m t nht cc thng tin k thut sau:
- Cc gi thuyt dng tnh ton.
- Tnh ton.
- Chng nhn tng ng vi tiu chun v m ng dng.
- C s' thit k v thng s c trng.
- Bn v.
- Yu cu lp t v bo tr.
- Ti liu k thut c#a nh ch to.
- *nh gi r#i ro.
- Nhng mu th thch hp.
- Bng tm tt, s " mt si, biu ".
- Bng lit k chi tit k thut tng ng vi bng lit k thit b% trong ti liu
thit k. Nu gia chng c s khc nhau, hy chng minh s thay i.
Chng nhn
Trnh by cc chng ch+ m thit b% v my mc c nu ra p ng tt c
yu cu v ni dung c#a ti liu thit k ngoi tr sai lch c xc %nh
trong bn trnh.



2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCESSORIES

General
Responsibilities: Provide accessories as documented.
Proprietary equipment: The requirements of this specification over-ride the
specifications inherent in the selection of a particular make and model of
accessory.
Uniformity: All accessories and outlets located in close proximity are to be the
same manufacture, size, finish and material.
Default finish: To be selected from the manufacturers standard range.
3 EXECUTION
3.1 PERFORMANCE
General
Performance criteria: Meet the performance criteria as documented.
3.2 SERVICES CONNECTIONS
Connections
General: Connect to network distributor services or service points. Excavate to
locate and expose connection points. On completion reinstate the surfaces and
facilities that have been disturbed.
Network distributors requirements
General: If the network distributor elects to perform or supply part of the works,
make the necessary arrangements. Install equipment supplied, but not
installed, by the authorities.
3.3 INSTALLATION
General

2 SN PHM
2.1 PH KIN

Tng qut
Trch nhim: Cung cp ph kin nh ti liu thit k.
Thit b% ch+ %nh: Cc yu cu trong chng ny, c tnh php l cao hn cc
yu cu trong vic la nh cung cp, men cc ph kin.
Tnh "ng nht: Tt c ph kin v cm t trong cng v. bao che phi cng
nh ch to, cng kch c/, vt liu v lp hon thin.
Lp hon thin mc %nh: *c la chn theo dy tiu chun c#a nh ch to.
3 THI CNG
3.1 CHT LNG
Tng qut
Tiu chun cht lng: *p ng tiu ch cht lng nh ti liu thit k.
3.2 KT NI DCH V
Kt ni
Tng qut: Kt ni n mng li c#a nh phn phi mng / cung cp d%ch v.
*o n nhng im kt ni. Khi phc b mt v cc phng tin b% h
h.ng.
Nhng yu c!u c"a nh phn phi m#ng
Tng qut: Nu nh phn phi mng quyt %nh thc hin hay cung cp phn
vic ny, phi thc hin hin nhng sp xp cn thit. Lp t nhng thit b%
c c quan chc n!ng cung cp nhng c quan ny khng lp t.
3.3 L$P %T

Tng qut


Fixing: If non-structural building elements are not suitable for fixing equipment
and services to, fix directly to structure and trim around holes or penetrations in
non-structural elements.
Installation: Install equipment and services plumb, fix securely and organise
reticulated services neatly. Allow for movement in both structure and services.
Concealment: Conceal all cables, ducts, trays, pipes etc. unless installed in
plant spaces, ceilings, riser cupboards, etc. or unless otherwise documented. If
possible, do not locate on external walls.
Lifting: Provide heavy items of equipment with permanent fixtures for lifting as
recommended by the manufacturer.
Suspended ground floors: Keep all parts of services under suspended ground
floors > 150 mm clear of the ground surface. Make sure services do not impede
access.
Arrangement: Arrange services so that services running together are parallel
with each other and with adjacent building elements.
Cable systems
Systems: Provide the following:
- Inaccessible concealed spaces: Cable in UPVC conduit.
- Face, plastered or rendered masonry surfaces: Cable in UPVC conduit.
- Walls filled with bulk thermal insulation: Cables in PVC conduit.
- Plant rooms: Cable in heavy duty UPVC conduit, or on tray or in duct.
Installation of accessories
General: Unless installed on purpose built ductwork. Install accessories in
conformance with the Installation of accessories table.
Location: Final location of all outlets and equipment to be confirmed on site
prior to installation.
Spacing from adjacent horizontal surface: ) 75 mm to the centre of accessory
socket.
Default mounting heights to centre of accessory plate:
Outlets 300 mm
Switches and controls 1250 mm

Flush mounting: Provide flush mounted accessories except in plant rooms.
C %nh: Nu kt cu khng ch%u lc khng ph hp c %nh thit b% v h
thng, hy c %nh trc tip vo kt cu v ct t+a l- xuyn trn kt cu khng
ch%u lc.
Lp t: Lp t thng ng thit b% v h thng, c %nh chc chn v sp xp
h thng li gn gng. Cho php cd%ch chuyn c trong kt cu cu v h
thng.
*t ngm: *t ngm tt c cp, ng dn, mng cp, v.v...tr vic lp t trong
phng my, trn, trc cp v.v...ngoi tr nhng ti liu khc. Nu c th, khng
t trn t(ng ngoi.
Nng chuyn: Cung cp nhng hng mc thit b% nng vi b g c %nh
nng chuyn theo yu cu c#a nh ch to.
Sn nng: Gi tt c h thng c in i trong sn nng cao hn mt sn
150 mm. *m bo h thng khng b% cn tr' khi tip cn.
Sp xp: Sp xp cc h thng chy song song vi nhau v vi kt cu ln
cn.
H thng cp
H thng: Cung cp nh sau:
- Khu vc kn khng th tip cn: Cp trong ng UPVC .
- B mt trt va: Cp trong ng UPVC.
- T(ng cch nhit: Cp trong ng PVC.
- Phng my: Cp trong ng ch%u lc UPVC, hay mng cp hay ng dn.

Lp &'t ph( kin
Tng qut: Tr khi c lp t vi mc ch lm ng dn. Hy lp t ph
kin ph hp vi ch+ dn Lp &'t bng phu kin.
V% tr: V% tr cui cng c#a tt c cm v thit b% c xc %nh ti cng tr(ng
trc khi lp t.
Khong cch t mt phng ngang k cn: ) 75 mm n trung tm cm.
Chiu cao mc %nh ti trung tm bn thit b%:
cm 300 mm
Cng tc v iu khin 1250 mm

Gn m: Cung cp cc thit b% gn m tr phng my.


Common face plates: Mount adjacent flush mounted accessories under a
common faceplate.
Restricted location: Do not install wall boxes across junctions of wall finishes.
Surface mounting: Proprietary mounting blocks.
Installation of accessories table
Wall construction Installation and concealed cabling
facilities
Rendered masonry partition Flush wall box with conduit chased into wall
Double sided face brick partition Vertically mounted flush wall box with conduit
concealed in cut bricks
Face brick external cavity wall Flush wall box with thermoplastic insulated
cables in conduit run in cavity and tied
against inner brick surface, or thermoplastic
sheathed cables run in cavity
Stud partition Flush plate secured to proprietary support
bracket or wall box

Installation of ceiling mounted appliances
Connections: Appliances: Provide flush mounted outlets on the ceiling next to
support brackets.
Mounting: Mount appliances independent of ceiling tiles and suspended ceiling
material.
Connections: Fixed equipment: Provide concealed permanent connections.
Fixing: For equipment and appliances heavier than 30 kg provide support
through the suspended ceiling to the building structure. Brace appliances that
have excessive bending moments, are heavy or vibrate, to prevent horizontal
movement.
Differential movement
General: If the geotechnical site investigation report predicts differential
movements between buildings and the ground in which conduits are buried,
provide movement control joints in the conduits.
- Location: Adjacent to the conduit supports which are closest to the perimeter
of the building.
- Arrangement: Arrange conduits to minimise the number of movement control
Mt n chung: Gn cc thit b% m k cn nhau di mt mt n chung.
V% tr gii hn: Khng gn hp t(ng ti v% tr chuyn tip c#a b mt hon
thin c#a t(ng.
Gn ni: Cc khi gn chuyn dng.
Lp &'t bng thit b
Cu t#o t)ng Lp &'t v phng tin ko cp ng!m
Vch ng!n tu(ng gch trt va Hp m t(ng v ng in c t m
trong t(ng
Vch ng!n p gch hai mt Hp m t(ng gn ng vi ng in t
trong (ng ct gch
T(ng r-ng p gch bn ngoi Hp m t(ng vi cp ch%u nhit i trong
ng n0m trong l-, hay cp c v. cch nhit
chy trong l-
Vch ng!n g- Mt n phng gn cht vo gi / ring hay
hp gn t(ng

Lp &'t thit b gn tr!n
Kt ni Thit b%: S dng cm trn trn gn gi /.

Lp rp: Lp thit b% c lp vi tm trn v vt liu treo trn.
Kt ni thit b% c %nh: Cung cp cc kt ni c %nh kn.
C %nh: *i vi thit b% hay ph tng nng hn 30 kg cung cp gi / xuyn
qua trn treo n kt cu cng trnh. Thanh gi0ng c m men un # ng!n
chn s d%ch chuyn ngang.

S dch chuy*n khc nhau
Tng qut: Nu bo co kho st %a k thut ti ch- d bo c nhng d%ch
chuyn khc nhau gia cng trnh v khu t c chn ng dn, cung cp khp
ni mm cho ng dn.
- V% tr: Lin k vi gi / ng treo vo chn cng trnh.
- Sp xp: Sp xp ng dn gim thiu s lng khp ni mm ng!n


joints.
- Magnitude: Accommodate the predicted movements.
3.4 BUILDING PENETRATIONS
Penetrations
Fire rated building elements: Seal penetrations with a system conforming to
AS 4072.1.
Non-fire rated building elements: Seal penetrations around conduits and
sleeves. Seal around cables within sleeves. If the building element is
acoustically rated, maintain the rating.
Sleeves
General: If piping or conduit penetrates building elements, provide metal or
UPVC sleeves formed from pipe sections as follows:
- Movement: Arrange to permit normal pipe or conduit movement.
- Diameter (for non fire-rated building elements): Sufficient to provide an
annular space around the pipe or pipe insulation of at least 12 mm.
- Prime paint ferrous surfaces.
- Terminations:
. If cover plates are fitted: Flush with the finished building surface.
. In fire-rated and acoustic-rated building elements: 50 mm beyond finished
building surface.
. In floors draining to floor wastes: 50 mm above finished floor.
. Elsewhere: 5 mm beyond finished building surface.
- Termite management: To AS 3660.1.
- Thickness:
. Metal: ) 1 mm.
. UPVC: ) 3 mm.
Sleeves for cables
General: For penetrations of cables not enclosed in conduit through ground
floor slabs, beams and external walls provide sleeves formed from UPVC pipe
sections.
- MIMS cables: Provide sleeves for penetrations through masonry.
chuyn ng.
- * ln: Ph hp vi chuyn ng c d bo.
3.4 L+ XUYN CNG TRNH
L xuyn
Nhng thnh phn kin trc ch%u la: B%t kn l- xuyn vi h thng ph hp
theo AS 4072.1.
Nhng thnh phn kin trc khng ch%u la: B%t kn l- xuyn xung quanh ng
dn v ng lt. B%t kn xung quanh cp trong ng lt. Nu thnh phn kin trc
yu cu cch m, cn duy tr c trng ny.

ng lt
Tng qut: Nu ng / ng lu"n cp xuyn qua kt cu cng trnh, cung cp ng
lt b0ng uPVC / kim loi nh sau:
- Di chuyn: Sp xp p ng cho cc di chuyn thng th(ng ng/ ng lu"n.
- *(ng knh (i vi kt cu khng ch%u la): Cung cp khong trng quanh
ng t nht 12mm.
- Sn lt chng r+.
- *u ng:
. Nu c mt n: b0ng mt vi b mt hon thin .
. *i vi t(ng chng chy / t(ng cch m: cch b mt hon thin t nht
50 mm.
. *i vi thot nc sn: cao hn b mt hon thin 50 mm.
. Khc: cch b mt hon thin t nht 5 mm.
- Tiu chun: To AS 3660.1.
- * dy:
. Kim loi: ) 1 mm.
. UPVC: ) 3 mm.
ng lt cho cp
Tng qut: *i vi l- m' cho cp khng lu"n trong ng i xuyn sn tng trt,
v t(ng vy, cung cp ng lt uPCV.
- Cp MIMS: Cung cp ng lt qua l- m' va xi m!ng.


3.5 CONCRETE PLINTHS
Construction
- Concrete: Grade N20.
- Finish: Steel float flush with the surround.
- Reinforcement: Single layer of F62 fabric.
- Surround: Provide galvanized steel surround at least 75 mm high and 1.6 mm
thick. Fix to the floor with masonry anchors. Fill with concrete.
3.6 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT ACCESS
General
Services and equipment: Locate and arrange all services and equipment so
that:
- They comply with the relevant requirements of the appropriate Occupational
Health and Safety regulations.
- Failure of plant and equipment (including leaks) does not create a hazard for
the building occupants.
- Failure of plant and equipment (including leaks) cause a minimum or no
damage to the building, its finishes and contents.
- Inspection and maintenance operations can be arranged to minimise
inconvenience and disruption to building occupants or damage to the building
structure or finishes.
- Services and equipment are readily accessible for inspection and
maintenance and arranged so that inspection and maintenance can be
carried out in a safe and efficient manner. Include the following:
. Conform to the relevant requirements of AS 1470, AS 1657, AS/NZS 1892.1
and AS/NZS 2865.
. If parts of the plant require regular inspection and maintenance either locate
plant so it is safely accessible from floor level or provide permanent access
platforms and ladders.
. In false ceilings locate items of equipment that require inspection and
maintenance above tiled parts where possible. If this is not possible (for
example if above set plaster or other inaccessible ceilings) provide access
panels. Arrange services and plant locations to reduce the number of
access panels. Coordinate with other trades to use common access panels
3.5 MNG MY
Kt cu
- B tng: Mc N20.
- Hon thin: thp phng mt.
- Gia cu(ng: 01 lp thp F62.
- Xung quanh: Cung cp thp m km xung quanh mng my, cao ti thiu
75mm, dy ti thiu 1.6mm. Neo c %nh vo sn b tng. * b tng lp
y.
3.6 C,A TH-M MY MC V THIT B
Tng qut
Thit b% v cc h thng c in: V% tr v sp xp thit b%, h thng sao cho:
- *p ng theo cc yu cu c#a Tiu chun v An Ton v sc kh.e cng
"ng.
- S c thit b%, my mc khng gy nguy him cho con ng(i.
- S c thit b%, my mc khng gy ra hay gy ra h h.ng ti thiu cho cng
trnh, b mt hon thin v cc hng mc cng trnh.
- Cng vic kim tra v bo tr gim thiu nh h'ng n sinh hot cng "ng
v gim thiu h h.ng cho kt cu cng trnh v b mt hon thin c#a n.

- C th d$ dng tip cn cc h thng v thit b% kim tra, bo tr an ton
v hiu qu. Bao g"m:

. Tng ng vi yu cu c#a AS 1470, AS 1657, AS/NZS 1892.1 v
AS/NZS 2865.
. Cng tc kim tra, bo tr thit b% c th thc hin an ton qua cc ca m'
cng cao vi phng my hay qua bc thm / thang c %nh.

. Thit b% lp t trong trn nu cn kim tra, bo tr th nn lp trn ni. Nu
trn chm, cn c l- th!m trn. B tr thit b% sao cho s l th!m t nht c
th. Phi hp vi cc nh thu khc, s dng chung l- th!m nu c.



where feasible.
. Modify manufacturers standard equipment when necessary to provide the
plant access in the contract documents.

3.7 SEISMIC RESTRAINT
Provisions
General: Arrange all components, other than service items exempted in
AS 1170.4, to resist seismic loads determined in accordance with AS 1170.4.
Securely fix all plant and equipment to the building structure. Do not rely on
gravity and/or friction to resist seismic forces.
Anti-vibration mounts: Use horizontally restrained type.
Components: Do not use components that will be damaged by earthquake
conditions. Protect systems against the adverse effects of components such as
mercury switches that, although not damaged by earthquake, may malfunction.
3.8 PAINTING AND FINISHES
General
General: If exposed to view (including in plant rooms) paint new services and
equipment.
Surfaces painted or finished off-site: Conform to Metals and prefinishes.
Exceptions: Do not paint chromium or nickel plating, anodised aluminium, GRP,
stainless steel, non-metallic flexible materials and normally lubricated machined
surfaces. Surfaces with finishes applied off-site need not be re-painted on-site
provided the corrosion resistance of the finish is not less than that of the
respective finish in this clause.
Standard
General: Conform to the recommendations of AS/NZS 2311 Sections 3, 6 and
7 or AS/NZS 2312 Sections 5, 8 and 10, as applicable.
Low VOC emitting paints
Provide the following low odour/low environmental impact paint types with the
following VOC limits:
- Primers and undercoats: < 5 g/litre.
- Low gloss white or light coloured latex paints for broadwall areas: < 5 g/litre.

. Nu nh sn xut yu cu, thay i l- th!m nu trong h" s thit k.

3.7 CHNG .NG T
Cung cp
Tng qut: Tr cc hng mc nu trong AS 1170.4, cung cp lp t h thng
ch%u tc ng ng t theo AS 1170.4. C %nh tt c thit b% vo kt cu cng
trnh. Khng tnh lc ma st trong tnh ton chng ng t.
Chng rung: s dng loi chng chuyn v% ngang.
Thnh phn cu kin: Khng s dng cu kin b% nh h'ng ng t. Bo v
h thng chng li cc nh h'ng c hi c#a cu lin nh cng tc th#y ngn,
mc d khng h hi do ng t, nhng c th vn hnh sai do tc ng c#a
ng t.
3.8 S/N V HON THIN
Tng qut
Tng qut: Nu trng thy (k c trong phng my) sn mi cc h thng v
thit b%.
Sn / hon thin b mt ti x'ng/ nh my: Theo chng kim loi v hon
thin b mt.
Ngoi tr: Khng cn sn cho cc b mt m chromium , nickel, m nhm,
GRP, thp khng r+, vt liu mm khng kim loi, b mt lun lun c du m/.
B mt hon thin ti nh my khng cn thit phi sn chng !n mm li tr
khi c yu cu c th trong chng ny.
Tiu chu0n
T"ng qut:Theo AS/NZS 2311 Phn 3, 6 v 7 hay AS/NZS 2312 Phn 5, 8 v
10.
Sn cm quang VOC thp
Cung cp sn VOC thp t nh h'ng n mi tr(ng:
- Lp lt v lp 1: < 5 g/litre.
- Sn nha trng hay mu sng bng m( cho t(ng: < 5 g/litre.
- Sn nha, mu, bng m(: < 85 g/litre.
- Sn nha bng: < 90 g/litre.


- Coloured low gloss latex paints: < 85 g/litre.
- Gloss latex paints: < 90 g/litre.
Painting systems
New unpainted interior surfaces: To AS/NZS 2311 Table 5.1.
New unpainted exterior surfaces: To AS/NZS 2311 Table 5.2.
Paint application
Coats: Apply the first coat immediately after substrate preparation and before
contamination of the substrate can occur. Ensure each coat of paint or clear
finish is uniform in colour, gloss, thickness and texture and free of runs, sags,
blisters or other discontinuities.
Combinations: Do not combine paints from different manufacturers in a paint
system.
Protection: Remove fixtures before starting to paint and refix in position
undamaged on completion.
3.9 MARKING AND LABELLING
General
General: Mark services and equipment to provide a ready means of
identification.
- Locations exposed to weather: Provide durable materials.
- Pipes, conduits and ducts: Identify and label to AS 1345.
- Cables: Label at each end to indicate the origin and destination of the cable.
Consistency: Label and mark equipment using a consistent scheme across all
services elements of the project.
Operating and maintenance manuals: Provide marking an labelling text
identical to the text and terminology used in operating and maintenance
manuals.
Accessories
Label isolating switches and outlets to identify circuit origin.
Labels and notices
General: Select from the following materials:
- Cast metal.
- For indoor applications only, engraved two-colour laminated plastic.
H thng Sn
Sn mi b mt trong nh: Theo AS/NZS 2311 Table 5.1.
Sn mi b mt ngoi nh: Theo AS/NZS 2311 Table 5.2.
p d(ng
Lp ph#: thtc hin lp ph# u tin ngay sau khi x l b mt, trc khi b
mt b% bn li. Bo m m-i lp sn / lp ph b mt phi "ng nht v mu
sc, bng, dy v kt cu, khng l0n, lm, gip v cc vt khng lin tc
khc.
Trn ln: Khng trn ln sn c#a cc hng khc nhau

Bo v: Tho hnh nh trc khi sn v gn li v% tr c sau khi hon tt.
3.9 NH DU V DN NHN
Tng qut
Tng qut: *nh du h thng v thit b% quy %nh s1n sng nhng phng
thc nhn dng.
- Nhng v% tr ch%u tc ng th(i tit: Cung cp nhng vt liu bn.
- ,ng, (ng ng, mng cp: Nhn dng v dn nhn theo AS 1345.

- Cp: Dn nhn ' m-i u ch+ u v cui dy cp.
Nht qun: Thit b% dn nhn v nh du dng mt s " nht qun trong tt
c cc thnh phn c#a h thng thuc d n.
Cm nang vn hnh v bo tr: Cung cp mt dng ch dn nhn "ng nht
trong v!n bn v k hiu c s dng trong cm nang vn hnh v bo tr.
Ph( kin
Dn nhn cng tc v cm nhn dng ngu"n cung cp in .

Nhn v ch thch
Tng qut: La chn t cc vt liu sau:
- Hp kim c.
- *i vi ng dng trong nh, nha cn m.ng c khc hai mu.
- Nhn b0ng nha d2o t dnh in n trc.
- Thp khng r+ hay "ng ) 1 mm b dy vi ch khc ph# mu en.


- Proprietary pre-printed self-adhesive flexible plastic labels.
- Stainless steel or brass ) 1 mm thick with black filled engraved lettering.
Emergency functions: To AS 1319.
Colours: Generally in conformance with AS 1345 as appropriate, otherwise
black lettering on white background except as follows.
- Danger, warning labels: White lettering on red background.
- Main switch and caution labels: Red lettering on white background.
Edges: If labels exceed 1.5 mm thickness, radius or bevel the edges.
Fixing: Fix labels securely using screws, rivets, proprietary self-adhesive labels
or double-sided adhesive tape.
- If labels are mounted in extruded aluminium sections, use rivets or
countersunk screws to fix the extrusions.
- Use aluminium or monel rivets for aluminium labels.
Label locations: Locate labels so that they are easily seen and are either
attached to, below or next to the item being marked.
Label text: To correspond to terminology and identifying number of the
respective item as shown on the record drawings and documents.
Lettering heights:
- Danger, warning and caution notices: ) 10 mm for main heading, ) 5 mm for
remainder.
- Equipment labels within cabinets: ) 3.5 mm.
- Identifying labels on outside of cabinets: ) 5 mm.
- Other locations: ) 3 mm.
Operable devices: Mark to provide a ready means of identification. Include the
following:
- Controls.
- Indicators, gauges, meters and the like.
- Isolating switches.
- Outlets.
Underground cable routes
Survey: Accurately record the routes of underground cables before backfilling.
Include on the record drawings.
Chc n!ng khn cp: Theo AS 1319.
Mu: Ni chung theo AS 1345 l ph hp, nu khng s l ch en trn nn
trng ngoi tr tr(ng hp sau.
- Nhn cnh bo nguy him: Ch trng trn nn ..
- Cng tc chnh v bin bo: Ch . trn nn trng.
Cnh mp: Nu nhn c b dy vt qu 1.5 mm, phi bo gc hay ct mp.
C %nh: C %nh nhn chc chn b0ng vt, inh tn, nhn t dnh chuyn dng
hay b!ng keo hai mt.
- Nu nhn c gn trn b phn nhm c, dng inh tn hay inh vt chm
c %nh.
- Dng inh vt nhm hay inh tn monel i vi nhn b0ng nhm.
V% tr nhn: *%nh v% tr nhn sao cho chng d$ nhn v d$ gn, bn di hay
cnh b phn c nh du.
Ch trn nhn: Ph hp vi k hiu v s nhn dng c#a b phn tng ng
c nu trong ti liu v bn v lu gi.
Chiu cao ch:
- Nhng ch thch cnh bo, nguy him: ) 10 mm vi tiu chnh, ) 5 mm
vi nhng ch cn li.
- Nhn thit b% trong phng: ) 3.5 mm.
- Nhn nhn dng bn ngoi phng: ) 5 mm.
- Nhng v% tr khc: ) 3 mm.
Thit b% vn hnh: Nhn ghi cc ch+ dn nhn bit cc h thng sau:
- B phn iu khin.
- B ch+ th%, cm bin, "ng h" o v nhng thit tng t.
- Dao cch ly.
- 3 cm.

Tuyn cp ng!m d1i &t
Kho st:Ghi li chnh xc tuyn cp ngm trc khi lp t li. Bao g"m trn
bn v hon cng.
Ghi hnh: Cung cp hnh chp k thut s tuyn cp ngm trc khi lp t.
Bao g"m trong cm nang vn hnh v bo tr.


Records: Provide digital photographic records of underground cable routes
before backfilling. Include in operation and maintenance manual.
Location marking: Accurately mark the location of underground cables with
route markers consisting of a marker plate set flush in a concrete base.
Markers: Place markers at each joint, route junction, change of direction,
termination and building entry point and in straight runs at intervals of not more
than 100 m.
Marker bases: 200 mm diameter x 200 mm deep, minimum concrete.
Direction marking: Show the direction of the cable run by means of direction
arrows on the marker plate. Indicate distance to the next marker.
Plates: Brass, aluminium or mild steel hot-dipped galvanized, minimum size 75
x 75 x 1 mm thick.
Plate fixing: Waterproof adhesive and 4 brass or stainless steel countersunk
screws.
Marker height: Set the marker plate flush with paved surfaces, and 25 mm
above other surfaces.
Marker tape: Where electric bricks or covers are not provided over
underground wiring, provide a 150 mm wide yellow or orange marker tape
bearing the words WARNING electric cable buriedbelow, laid in the trench
150 mm below ground level.
3.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
Additional information
General: Provide maintenance manuals including the following in addition to
that specified in the General requirements worksection:
- Installation description: General description of the installation.
- Systems descriptions: Technical description of the systems installed, written
to ensure that the principals staff fully understand the scope and facilities
provided. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting
conditions.
- Systems performance: Technical description of the mode of operation of the
systems installed.
- Equipment descriptions:
. Manufacturers technical literature for equipment installed, assembled
*nh du v% tr: *nh du chnh xc v% tr tuyn cp ngm b0ng cc ct mc
b0ng mt trong b b tng.
Ct mc: *t ct mc ti cc im ni, i hng, im u cp, im vo
cng trnh v trn tuyn cp thng cch khng qu 100m
B ct mc: b tng (ng knh t nht 200 mm su 200 mm.
Ch+ hng cp: Mi tn ch+ hng cp trn bng ch+ dn gn trn ct mc. Ch+
kh.ang cch n mc k tip.
Bng ch+ dn: *"ng thau, nhm, thp nhng km nng, kch thc nh. nht 75
x 75 dy 1 mm .
C %nh bng ch+ dn: S dng chng thm v 04 vt m "ng thau hay thp
khng r+.
Chiu cao bng ch+ dn: t b0ng mt vi mt (ng/ v+a h xung quanh, cc
b mt khc t cao hn 25mm.
B!ng cnh bo: Khi khng c gch hay np che cho cp ngm, cung cp b!ng
cnh bo cp ngm rng 150mm mu vng hay cam ghi r C4NH BO cp
ngm bn di, t trong mng cp cch mt b0ng hon thin 150mm.

3.10 CM NAMG V2N HNH V BO TR

Thng tin b sung
Tng qut: Cung cp cm nang bo tr nh di y ngoi nhng yu cu nu
trong trong chng Yu cu chung:
- M t lp t: M t tng qut vic lp t.
- M t h thng: M t k thut h thng c lp t, m bo cc nhn
vin ch# yu hiu phm vi v phng tin c cung cp. Nhn bit chc
n!ng, c tnh vn hnh bnh th(ng, v nhng iu kin gii hn.
- Vn hnh h thng: M t k thut cch vn hnh c#a h thng lp t.
- M t thit b%:
. Ti liu k thut c#a nh sn xut v thit b% lp t cho d n ny,
ngoi tr vn khng lin quan. *nh du m-i ti liu sn phm c th
nhn din r rng sn phm v cc b phn no c s dng trong lp
t v d liu c p dng lp t.



specifically for the project, excluding irrelevant matter. Mark each product
data sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts used in
the installation, and data applicable to the installation.
. Supplements to product data to illustrate relations of component parts.
Include typed text as necessary.
- Operation procedures:
. Safe starting up, running in, operating and shutting down procedures for
systems installed. Include logical step-by-step sequence of instructions for
each procedure.
. Control sequences and flow diagrams for systems installed.
. Legend for colour-coded services.
. Schedules of fixed and variable equipment settings established during
commissioning and maintenance.
- Maintenance procedures:
. Schedule of normal consumable items, local sources of supply, and
expected replacement intervals up to a running time of 40 000 hours.
Include lubricant and lubrication schedules for equipment.
. Instructions for use of tools and testing equipment.
. Emergency procedures, including telephone numbers for emergency
services, and procedures for fault finding.
. Material safety data sheets (MSDS).
- Certificates:
. Copies of test certificates for the installation and equipment used in the
installation.
. Test reports.
- Drawings:
. Single line diagrams.
. Service route layouts.
. Switchgear and controlgear assembly circuit schedules including electrical
service characteristics, controls and communications.
3.11 RECORD DRAWINGS
General
. B sung d liu sn phm ch+ r mi lin quan gia cc thnh phn. K
c v!n bn nh my khi cn.
- Qui trnh vn hnh:
. Qui trnh kh'i ng, chy, vn hnh v dng my an ton i vi h thng
lp t. Bao g"m ch+ dn tng bc c#a m-i qui trnh.

. Th t iu khin v s " khi i vi cc h thng lp t.
. Ch thch cc h thng c m mu.
. Qui trnh ci t thng s c %nh v thay i cho thit b% c thit lp
trong th(i gian th nghim v bo tr.
- Qui trnh bo tr:
. Bng k tiu th in, ngu"n in %nh mc v vt t yu cu thay th sau
m-i 40.000 gi( vn hnh, Bao g"m c k hoch thay du m/ cho thit b%.

. Ch+ dn s dng dng c v thit b% th nghim.
. Qui trnh vn hnh trong ch s c, bao g"m s in thoi khn v qui
trnh tm l-i
. Bng thng s an ton c#a vt t (MSDS).
- Chng nhn:
. Bn sao chng nhn th nghim cho cc h thng, thit b% s dng trong
cng trnh.
. Bo co th nghim.
- Bn v:
. S " mt si.
. Mt b0ng tuyn cp.
. Bng k thit b% ng ct v iu khin, bao g"m c tnh, iu khin v
truyn s liu trong h thng in.
3.11 BN V3 HON CNG

Tng th*
Tng th: ch+ r kch thc, loi v v% tr cc h thng c in so vi cc ct
mc c %nh c#a cng trnh v cc h thng i ngm trong t. Ch+ r khong


General: Show dimensions, types and location of the services in relation to
permanent site features and other underground services. Show the spatial
relationship to building structure and other services. Include all changes made
during commissioning and the maintenance period.
Drawings: Include all documented shop drawings.
Extensions and/or changes to existing: If a drawing shows extensions and/or
alterations to existing installations, include sufficient of the existing installation
to make the drawing comprehensible without reference to drawings of the
original installation.
3.12 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
Tools and spare parts schedule
General: At least 8 weeks before the date for practical completion, submit a
schedule of tools, portable instruments and spare parts necessary for
maintenance of the installation. For each item state the recommended quantity
and the manufacturers current price. Include the following in the prices:
- Checking receipt, marking and numbering in accordance with the spare parts
schedule.
- Packaging and delivery to site.
- Painting, greasing and packing to prevent deterioration during storage.
- Referencing equipment schedules in the operation and maintenance
manuals.
- Suitable means of identifying, storing and securing the tools and instruments.
Include instructions for use.
Spares
General: Provide spare parts listed in the appropriate worksections.
Replacement: Replace spare parts consumed during the maintenance period.
3.13 COMMISSIONING
Circuit protection
General: Confirm that circuit protective devices are sized and adjusted to
protect installed circuits.
Controls
General: Calibrate, set and adjust control instruments, control systems and
cch hnh hc gia cc kt cu cng trnh v cc h thng. Bao g"m tt c
thay i thc hin trong qu trnh bn giao vn hnh v bo tr.
Bn v: Bao g"m tt c bn v shop drawing.
M' rng v/hay thay i: Bn v th hin tt c phn m' rng v/hay thay i
trong bn v lp t hin hu
lm cho n d$ hi$u khng cn tham kho bn v gc c.
3.12 DNG C V PH TNG

Danh sch d(ng c( v ph( tng
Tng qut: t nht trc khi hon tt cng tc 8 tun, nh thu trnh danh
sch dng c, thit b% o cm tay v ph tng cn thit cho cng tc bo tr h
thng. M-i mc nu r s lng v gi hin ti. Bao g"m cc gi sau:
- Kim tra n t hng, nh du, nh s theo danh sch ph tng.
- *ng gi vn chuyn n cng tr(ng.
- Sn, v du m/ v ng gi trnh h h.ng trong qu trnh lu kho.
- Bng danh sch thit b% tham kho trong qu trnh vn hnh, bo tr.
- Cc tin ch cn xc %nh, bo qun v gi gn dng c thit b% o, bao g"m
h(ng dn s dng.

Ph( tng
Tng qut: Cung cp ph tng nu trong cc chng c lin quan.
Thay th: Thay th cc ph tng s dng trong qua trnh bo tr.
3.13 BN GIAO

Bo v m#ch &in
Tng qut: Xc nhn l thit b% bo v mch in c nh gi v iu
ch+nh bo v mch in c lp t.
i4u khi*n
Tng qut: Kim tra thang o, ci t v hiu ch+nh thit b% o, iu khin v
bo v.
Ghi ch
Tng qut: cung cp ghi ch hu ch cho cng tc th nghim khi bn giao lp


safety controls.
Notice
General: Give sufficient notice for inspection to be made of the commissioning
of the installation.
Reports
General: Submit reports indicating observations and results of tests and
compliance or non-compliance with requirements.
3.14 CLEANING
General
Practical completion: At practical completion, clean the following:
- Insides of switchgear and controlgear assemblies.
- Luminaires.
- Switchgear and contactors, and other electrical contacts. Adjust as
necessary.
3.15 COMPLETION TESTS
General
General: Test the works under the contract to demonstrate compliance with the
documented performance requirements.
Functional checks
General: Carry out functional and operational checks on energised equipment
and circuits and make final adjustments for the correct operation of safety
devices and control functions.
Proprietary equipment
General: Submit type test reports confirming compliance of proprietary
equipment.
Sound pressure level measurements
Correction for background noise: To AS/NZS 2107 Table B1.
External: To AS 1055.1.
Internal: To AS/NZS 2107.
Measurement positions: If a test position is designated only by reference to a
room or space, do not take measurements less than 1 m from the floor, ground
or walls.
t.
Bo co
Tng th: Cung cp bo co nhn xt kt qu th nghim, t / khng t theo
yu cu.

3.14 V SINH
Tng qut
Hon tt cng vic, lm v sinh:
- Bn trong t# thit b% ng ct , iu khin.
- *n.
- Thit b% ng ct v kh'i ng t v cc tip im in khc. Hiu ch+nh nu
cn.
3.15 TH, NGHIM HON TT
Tng qut
Tng qut: Th nghim cng vic trong hp "ng chng t. hon tt cc
yu cu theo h" s thit k.
Ki*m tra chc n5ng
Tng qut: Thc hin kim tra vn hnh v chc n!ng cc thit b% s dng
in, mch in v hiu ch+nh sau cng vn hnh ng thit b% bo v, chc
n!ng iu khin.
Thit b chuyn d(ng
Tng qut: Cung cp bo co xc nhn thit b% chuyn dng t type test.
o &6 7n
Th.a "n theo AS/NZS 2107 Table B1.
Ngoi nh: Theo AS 1055.1.
Trong nh: Theo AS/NZS 2107.
V% tr: Nu ch+ quan tm n 01 phng / hay khu vc, khng o gn hn 1m
cch sn t(ng .

Phn tch "n: *o "n (sound pressure level v background sound
pressure level) trn ton dy tn s t 31.5 Hz n 8 kHz ti cc v% tr qui %nh.


Sound pressure level analysis: Measure the sound pressure level and the
background sound pressure level over the full range of octave band centre
frequencies from 31.5 Hz to 8 kHz at the designated positions.
Sound pressure levels: Measure the A-weighted sound pressure levels and the
A-weighted background sound pressure levels at the designated positions.
Test instruments
General: Use instruments calibrated by a registered testing authority.
3.16 TRAINING
General
Duration: Instruction to be available for the whole of the commissioning and
running-in periods.
Format: Conduct training at agreed times, at system or equipment location.
Also provide seminar instruction to cover all major components.
Operation and maintenance manuals: Use items and procedures listed in the
final draft operation and maintenance manuals as the basis for instruction.
Review contents in detail with the principals staff.
Certification: Provide written certification of attendance and participation in
training for each attendee. Provide register of certificates issued.
Demonstrators
General: Use only qualified manufacturers representatives who are
knowledgeable about the installations.
Maintenance
General: Explain and demonstrate to the principals staff the purpose, function
and maintenance of the installations.
Operation
General: Explain and demonstrate to the principals staff the purpose, function
and operation of the installations.
3.17 MAINTENANCE
General
General: During the maintenance and defects liability periods, carry out
periodic inspections and maintenance work as recommended by manufacturers
of supplied equipment, and promptly rectify faults.
Mc m: *o mc m (A-weighted sound pressure level v the A-weighted
background sound pressure level) ti v% tr qui %nh.

Th8 nghim thit b &o
Tng qut: s dng thit b% o uc kim %nh b'i c quan chc n!ng
3.16 HUN LUYN
Tng qut
Th(i gian: Cng tc hng dn c th thc hin trong sut th(i gian nghim
thu bn giao, chy th.
Cu trc: hun luyn trong th(i gian thng nht ti v% tr t thit b% / h thng.
Thc hin bui gii thiu cc h thng chnh, ch# yu.
Hng dn vn hnh v bo tr: Cc hng mc v qui trnh c lit k trong
bn nhp sau cng Hng dn vn hnh v bo tr, c coi l c s' hng
dn. Qun l chnh s kim tra li chi tit ni dung.
Chng ch+: Cung cp chng ch+ cho cc thnh vin tham gia hun luyn. Cung
cp chng nhn cc chng ch+ pht hnh.
Xc nhn
Tng qut: Ch+ i din c#a nh sn xut, c chuyn mn su v h thng lp
t mi thc hin cng tc hun luyn.
Bo tr
Tng qut: Gii thch v chng minh cho nhn vin ch# cht mc ch, chc
n!ng, v bo tr cc h thng lp t.
Vn hnh
Tng qut: Gii thch v chng minh cho nhn vin ch# cht mc ch, chc
n!ng v vn hnh cc h thng lp t.
3.17 BO TR
Tng qut
Tng qut: Trong sut th(i gian bo hnh v sa cha h h.ng thc hin ng
tc bo tr v kim tra %nh k5 theo hng dn c#a nh sn xut / cung cp
thit b% v nhanh chng khc phc h h.ng.
S c: Nhanh chng phc v cc cuc gi s c khn cp.
K ho#ch bo tr


Emergencies: Attend emergency calls promptly.
Maintenance program
General: Submit details of maintenance procedures and program, relating to
installed plant and equipment, 6 weeks before the date for practical completion.
Indicate dates of service visits. State contact telephone numbers of service
operators and describe arrangements for emergency calls.
Maintenance records
General: Submit, in binders which match the manuals, loose leaf log book
pages designed for recording completion activities including operational and
maintenance procedures, materials used, test results, comments for future
maintenance actions and notes covering the condition of the installation.
Include completed log book pages recording the operational and maintenance
activities performed up to the time of practical completion.
Certificates: Include test and approval certificates.
Certification: On satisfactory completion of the installation, submit certificates
stating that each installation is operating correctly.
Number of pages: The greater of 100 pages or enough pages for the
maintenance period and a further 12 months.
Referenced documents: If referenced documents or technical worksection s
require that log books or records be submitted, include this material in the
maintenance records.
Service visits: Record comments on the functioning of the systems, work
carried out, items requiring corrective action, adjustments made and name of
service operator. Obtain the signature of the principals designated
representative.
Site control
General: Report to the principals designated representative on arriving at and
before leaving the site

Tng qut : Cung cp chi tit k hoch qui trnh bo tr cc h thng lp t 6
tun trc khi hon tt thi cng. Ch+ r ngy bo tr. Cung cp in thoi nhn
vin bo tr v m t th t cho cuc gi khun cp.

Bo co bo tr
Tng qut: Cung cp, trong h" s hng dn bo tr, nht k bo tr ghi chp
cc hot ng hon tt bao g"m qui trnh vn hnh bo d/ng, vt t s dng,
kt qu kim tra th nghim, phn h"i cng tc bo tr v ghi ch tng qut
iu kin c#a h thng. Bao g"m ghi nhn ton b cng tc vn hnh bo tr t
khi hon tt lp t.
Chng ch+: bao g"m chng ch+ th nghim v chp thun.
Cp chng ch+: Khi hon tt lp t, cung cp chng ch+ cng nhn h thng
hot ng tt.
S trang: Trn 100 trang hay # s dng trong 12 thang bo tr.
Ti liu tham kho: Nu c yu cu, phi cung cp ti liu tham kho, ti liu
k thut, bao g"m vt t trong bo tr.

*n bo tr: Thu thp cc kin phn h"i trong hot ng c#a h thng, thc
hin cng vic, sa cha, hiu ch+nh v tn c#a ng(i vn hnh. Phi c
ng(i i din chnh "ng v k xc nhn.

Qun l ra vo
Tng qut: Bo co n ng(i i din chnh khi n v khi r(i kh.i cng trnh

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0902 Electrical design and install


0902 ELECTRICAL DESIGN AND INSTALL
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide electrical systems as documented.
Qualification
General: Use only persons appropriately experienced and qualified to undertake
the electrical design work on the systems documented.
Performance
General: Carry out verification tests and measurements to show compliance with
the documentation.
General
1.3 STANDARDS
General
General: To AS/NZS 3000 Part 2 unless otherwise documented.
Electrical systems: To AS/NZS 3008.1.1 and SAA HB 301.
Degrees of protection (IP code): To AS/NZS 60529.
Telecommunications systems: To AS/ACIF S008, AS/ACIF S009, AS/NZS 3080,
SAA HB 243 and SAA HB 29.
2 EXECUTION
2.1 GENERAL
0902 THIT K V L$P %T IN
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp h thng in nh h" s thit k.
Cht l9ng
Tng qut:ch+ s dng k s c kinh nghim v gi.i thit k h thng in
Thc hin
Tng qut:thc hin th nghim v o l(ng xc nhn h thng ph hp vi ti
liu thit k.
1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: Ph hp vi phn yu cu chung.
1.3 TIU CHUN
Tng qut
General: Theo AS/NZS 3000 Phn 2 tr khi c nhng dn chng ti liu khc.
Phn in: Theo AS/NZS 3008.1.1 v SAA HB 301.
Cp bo v (IP code): To AS/NZS 60529.
H thng thong tin theo AS/ACIF S008, AS/ACIF S009, AS/NZS 3080,
SAA HB 243 v SAA HB 29

2. THI CNG
2.1 TNG QUT


General
Arrangement: Arrange services so that services running together are parallel with
each other and with adjacent building elements.
Fixing: If non-structural building elements are not suitable for fixing equipment and
services to, fix directly to structure and trim around holes or penetrations in non-
structural elements.
Installation: Install equipment and services plumb, fix securely and organise
reticulated services neatly. Allow for movement in both structure and services.
Lifting: Provide heavy items of equipment with permanent fixtures for lifting as
recommended by the manufacturer.
Suspended ground floors: Keep all parts of services under suspended ground
floors > 150 mm clear of the ground surface. Make sure services do not impede
access.
Submissions
Samples: Provide samples of all accessories and luminaires.
Technical data: Submit documentation to fully describe the proposed installation.
Installation of accessories
General: Unless installed on purpose built ductwork. Install accessories in
conformance with the Installation of accessories table.
Location: Final location of all outlets and equipment to be confirmed on site prior to
installation.
Spacing from adjacent horizontal surface: ) 75 mm to the centre of accessory
socket.
Default mounting heights to centre of accessory plate:
Outlets 300 mm
Switches and controls 1250 mm
Flush mounting: Provide flush mounted accessories except in plant rooms.
Installation of accessories table
Wall construction Installation and concealed cabling facilities
Rendered masonry partition Flush wall box with conduit chased into wall
Double sided face brick partition Vertically mounted flush wall box with conduit
concealed in cut bricks
Face brick external cavity wall Flush wall box with thermoplastic insulated
Tng qut
Sp xp:sp xp h thng i song song vi nhau v vi cc cu kin cng trnh.
C %nh:nu cu kin cng trnh khng ph hp gn thit b% v h thng vo
gn trc tip vo kt cu cng trnh v ct gt l xuyn trn cc cu kin.

Lt t; khi lp lt thit b% v h thng thng ng gn chc chn v rng vo cc
h thng gn .Cho php chuyn d%ch c trong kt cu ln h thng.
Nng /:cung cp mc nng cho cc thit b% nng theo hng dn c#a nh sn
xut.
Sn nng :gi tt c h thng trong sn nng cch mtt t > 150 mm Bo m
d$ dng vo bo tr h thng.

trnh
Mu:cung cp nhng mu cho tt c ph tng v n.
Thng s k thut: cung cp ti liu mo t y # thit b% trnh.
Lp &'t ph( kin
Tng qut: ngoi tr trong cng tc xy dng mng cp vic lp t ph kin
ph hp vi bng lp t cc ph kin.
V% tr:v% tr cui cng cho tt c cm, thei61t b% phi c xc %nh ngoi cng
tr(ng trc khi lp t
Khong cch t mt phng ngang gn nht: ) 75 mm tnh t tm cm

Chiu cao lp t mc %nh cho cc mt n cng tc cm tnh t tm:
3 cm 300 mm
Cng tc v iu khin 1250 mm

Gn m:tt c gn m t trong cc phng my.
Bng lp &'t ph( kin
Cu t#o t)ng Lp &'t v phng tin ko cp ng!m
Vch ng!n xy trt va Hp m t(ng v ng in c t m trong
t(ng
Vch ng!n p gch hai mt Hp m t(ng gn ng vi ng in t


cables in conduit run in cavity and tied against
inner brick surface, or thermoplastic sheathed
cables run in cavity
Stud partition Flush plate secured to proprietary support
bracket or wall box

Installation of ceiling mounted appliances
Connections: Appliances: Provide flush mounted outlets on the ceiling next to
support brackets.
Mounting: Mount appliances independent of ceiling tiles and suspended ceiling
material.
Connections: Fixed equipment: Provide concealed permanent connections.
Fixing: For equipment and appliances heavier than 30 kg provide support through
the suspended ceiling to the building structure. Brace appliances that have
excessive bending moments, are heavy or vibrate, to prevent horizontal
movement.
Manuals
General: Conform to the Operation and maintenance manuals clause in General
requirements.
Certification
General: Submit certification that the plant and equipment submitted meets all
requirements and capacities of the contract documents except for departures that
are identified in the submission.
2.2 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SYSTEMS
General
General: Provide a complete operational low voltage power system, comprising
the following and as documented:
- Supply from network distributor.
- Metering.
- Consumers mains.
- Submains.
- Final subcircuits.
Submissions
trong (ng ct gch
T(ng r-ng p gch bn ngoi Hp m t(ng vi cp ch%u nhit i trong ng
n0m trong l-, hay cp c v. cch nhit chy
trong l-
Vch ng!n g- Bng phng gn cht vo gi / ring hay hp
gn t(ng

Lp &'t thit b gn tr!n
Kt ni: Thit b%: S dng cm trn trn gn gi /.

Lp rp: Lp thit b% c lp vi tm trn v vt liu treo trn.

Kt ni: thit b% c %nh: Cung cp cc kt ni c %nh kn.
C %nh: *i vi thit b% hay ph tng nng hn 30 kg cung cp gi / xuyn qua
trn treo n kt cu cng trnh. Thanh gi0ng c m men un d ng!n chn s
d%ch chuyn ngang.
H1ng d:n s8 d(ng
Tng qut: Ph hp mc hng dn vn hnh v bo dng trong chng cc
yu cu chung.
Chng nhn
Tng qut: Np giy xc nhn r0ng my mc v thit b% trnh p ng mi yu cu
c#a hp "ng ngoi tr cc khc bit nu trong h" s trnh.
2.2. H THNG H; TH
Tng qutl
Tng qut cung cp hon ch+nh h thng p thp :

- Cung cp t mng c#a nh cung cp d%ch v.
- *o l(ng .
- Trc chnh.
- Nhnh chnh.
- Tuyn cui.
trnh


Technical data: Submit documentation to fully describe the proposed installation.
As a minimum provide:
- Single line diagram(s).
- Fault levels at switchboards.
- Maximum demand calculations.
- Cable and conductor cross sectional area and insulation type.
- Submain cable routes and support or enclosure method.
- Switchboard cupboard layouts including risers.
- Busduct systems including routes, dimensions and connection details.
- Certify compliance with AS/NZS 3000, for electrical services.
Accessories
General: Provide the following and as documented:
- General power outlets.
- Isolating switches.
- Three phase outlets.
Wiring systems
Standard: To AS/NZS 3013.
Selection: Provide wiring systems appropriate to the installation conditions and the
function of the load.
Thermal insulation: In walls filled with thermal insulation, install cables in PVC
conduit
Power cables
General: Copper cable generally, multi-stranded except for MIMS.
Minimum size:
- Lighting subcircuits: 1.5 mm
2
.
- Power subcircuits: 2.5 mm
2
.
- Submains: 6 mm
2
.
Voltage drop: Install final subcircuit cables within the voltage drop parameters
dictated by the route length and load.
Fault loop impedance: Provide final subcircuit cables selected to satisfy the
requirements for automatic disconnection under short-circuit and earth fault/touch
voltage conditions.
Thng s k thut: cung cp ti liu m t y # cc thit b% trnh. Ti thiu
cung cp:
- S " n tuyn.
- Dng ngn mch ti t# in
- Tnh ph ti cc i.
- Tit din v cch in cp.
- Hng tuyn cp phng php lp t
- Mt b0ng b tr phng in bao g"m gen in
- Busway bao g"m :tuyn busway, kch thc v chi tit u ni
Chng ch< ph h9p v1i AS/NZS 3000,cho h thng &in
Cng tc cm
Tng qut: cung cp theo thit k v nh sau:
- 3 cm thng th(ng .
- Isolator.
- 3 cm 3pha.
H thng &= cp
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 3013.
La chn: cung cp h thng / cp thch hp vi iu kin lp t v chc n!ng
c#a ph ti.
T(ng cch nhit: Khi i trong t(ng cch nhit, lu"n cp trong ng PVC
Cp &6ng lc
Tng qut : s dng cp "ng b6n Tr cp MIMS.
Kch thc ti thiu::
- Mch n: 1.5 mm
2
.
- Mch cm: 2.5 mm
2
.
- Nhnh chnh: 6 mm
2
.
St p:Lp t tuyn cp cui vi tn tht in p cho php b0ng cch la chn
tuyn cp v cp ph hp vi ti in.
Tng tr' ngn mch: la chn tuyn cp cui ph hp c th ct mch in t
ng khi xy ra ngn mch hay chm t.
Th8 nghim ti gi
tng qut: khi th nghim h thng in m cha th c ti tht , cung cp ti gi


Dummy load tests
General: Where electrical tests are required and the actual load is not available,
provide a dummy load equal to at least 75% of the design load.
2.3 SWITCHBOARDS
General
General: Provide proprietary switchboards to the following and as documented:
- Main switchboard.
- Distribution boards.
Rated short-circuit currents: Design for the maximum prospective symmetrical
r.m.s. current values at rated operational voltage, at each assembly incoming
supply terminal, excluding effects of current limiting devices.
Standards
Standard: To AS/NZS 3439.1 and AS/NZS 3439.3.
Statutory authoritys equipment
General: Refer to network distributor service rules to determine their requirements.
Install equipment supplied by the network distributor, and provide wiring to
complete the installation.
Rated short-circuit currents
General: The rated fault capacity of the assembly enclosure, busbars and outgoing
protective devices is equal to the fault level of the system at the assembly
Busbars
General: Incorporate proprietary insulated busbar systems for the interconnection
of isolators, circuit breakers and other circuit protective devices.
Earthing
General: Make provision for connection of communications systems CET at
switchboard earth bar to AS/ACIF S009.
Doors
General: Provide lockable doors with a circuit card holder unless enclosed in
cupboards or in an area which is not readily accessible to the public.
IP rating
General: IP52 minimum.
Weatherproof: IP56 minimum.
Finishes
Interior: White.
b0ng ti thiu 75% ti thit k.
2.3 T IN
Tng qutl
Tng qut: cung cp t# in ch to theo n t hng nh sau v nh h" s
thit k
- T# in tng.
- T# in phn phi.
Cp ngn mch:thit k t# in theo dng ngn mch rms ln nht trong tng
lai, ' in k lm vic, tnh ' u vo t# in, khng k tc dng c#a cc thit b%
hn dng.
Tiu chu0n
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 3439.1 and AS/NZS 3439.3.
Thit b c"a ngng &in
Tng qut:tham kho cc qui %nh c#a ngng in cho cc thit b% ny. Lt t cc
thit b% cho ngng in cung cp v cung cp giy xc nhn hon tt lp t.
Cp ngn m#ch
Tng qut: cp ngn mch c#a t# in, busbar v thit b% ng ct u ra b0ng
vi cp ngn mch u vo nu trn
Busbars
Tng qut: s dng h thng thanh ci chuyn dng u ni Isolator, CB v
cc thit b% bo v khc.
Ni &t
Tng qut: cung cp ni t CET cho h thng thong tin lien lc ti thanh ci
Earth bar theo As/ACIF 9009.
C8a t"
Tng qut: cung cp t# c kha ngoi tr t# c lp trong phng t# in hay
trong cc khu vc khc khng th t do ra vo
Cp IP
Tng qut: ti thiu IP 52.
T# chng nc: ti thiu IP56.
Sn hon thin b4 m't
Trong nh: trng.
Ngoi nh: theo tiu chun c#a nh sn xut.


Exterior: Manufacturers standard finish.
Supporting structure
General: Wall mounted for proprietary switchboards.
Floor mounted: Assemblies > 2 m
2
.
Ventilation
General: Required to maintain design operating temperatures at full load.
2.4 SWITCHBOARD COMPONENTS
Protective devices
General: Select and adjust protective devices to grade and coordinate for
overcurrent, and earth faults.
Switch-isolator and combination fuse-switch units
Standard: To AS/NZS 60947.1 and AS/NZS 3947.3.
Rated current: To suit unit installed in enclosure.
Rated fault capacity: Provide units selected for short-circuit making capacity that is
at least the fault level at assembly incoming terminals.
Breaking capacity: At least the rated full load current.
Rated duty: Uninterrupted in non-ventilated enclosure.
Operation: Independent manual operation including positive ON/OFF indicator.
Locking: Provide for padlocking in the OFF position.
Handles: Removable only when switch is in open position.
Fuse links: Isolated when switch contacts are open.
Moulded case and miniature circuit breakers
Moulded case breakers: To AS/NZS 60947.1, AS 2184 and AS 60947.2.
Miniature circuit breakers: To AS/NZS 60898.1 or AS 3111.
Trip type:
- Moulded case breakers: adjustable thermal, fixed magnetic.
- Miniature circuit breakers: Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic.
Current limiting: Moulded case breakers: required.
Fault capacity 10 kA: To AS 60947.2 and AS/NZS 60947.1.
Fault capacity < 10 kA, current rating < 100 A: Miniature overcurrent circuit
breakers to AS/NZS 60898.1 or AS 3111
Mounting: Mount circuit breakers so that the ON/OFF and current rating
Kt cu treo t"
Tng qut: gn t(ng i vi t# theo n t hang
T# t sn: khi din tch ln hn 2 m
2
.
Thng gi
tng qut: Yu cu gi nhit t# nh tiu chun khi hot ngy ti.

2.4 THIT B
Thit b bo v
Tng qut: la chn hiu ch+nh thit b% bo v ph hp vi dng qu ti v dng
ngn mch chm t.
Isolaior, b6 da ch ly, c!u ch
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 60947.1 and AS/NZS 3947.3.
Dng %nh mc:ph hp vi thit b% c lp t.
Dng i ngn mch: t nht b0ng dng ngn mch trn u vo thit b%.
Kh n!ng ct: t nht b0ng dng ti cc i.
Cng sut %nh mc: phi p ng kh n!ng mang ti lin tc trong t# khng c
thng gi c/ng bc.
Vn hnh: vn hnh b0ng tay c lp bao g"m ch+ th% ON/OFF
Kha: Cung cp mc kha ' v% tr OFF.
Tay gt: C th tho ra khi ang ' v% tr OFF.
Cu ch: *c cch ly in khi Isolator ' v% tr OFF.
MCCB
MCCB theo AS/NZS 60947.1, AS 2184 v AS 60947.2.
MCCB theo AS/NZS 60898.1 or AS 3111.
Loi r le trip:
- MCB: R le nhit c th hiu ch+nh, r le t c %nh.
- MCB: r le nhit v t c %nh.
Dng in gii hn: MCB : yu cu:.
Dng ct ngn mch 10 kA: Theo AS 60947.2 v AS/NZS 60947.1.
Dng ct ngn mch < 10 kA, Dng %nh mc < 100 A: B phn ngn mch qu
dng thu nh. theo AS/NZS 60898.1 hoc AS 3111
Lp t: Lp t sao cho khi c mt n vn thy r rang v% tr ONN/OFF v dng


indications are clearly visible with covers or escutcheons in position. Align
operating toggles of each circuit breaker in the same plane.
Clip tray chassis: For miniature overcurrent circuit breakers provide clip tray
assemblies capable of accepting single, double, or triple circuit breakers, and
related busbars. Provide moulded clip-on pole fillers for unused portions.
Residual current devices
Integral type: Incorporate earth leakage in circuit breaker protection operation. To
AS/NZS 61009.1.
Maximum tripping current: 30 mA.
Fuses with enclosed fuse links
Standards: To AS/NZS 60269.1, AS/NZS 60269.2.0 and AS/NZS 60269.2.1.
Fault level: Provide fuses suitable for the fault level at the assembly, and which
discriminate with other protective equipment.
Let-through energy and peak cut-off current: To suit protected equipment.
Utilisation category: Distribution/general purpose: gG.
Fuse-holders: Mount fuse-holders so that fuse carriers may be withdrawn directly
towards the operator and away from live parts. Provide fixed insulation which
shrouds live metal when the fuse carrier is withdrawn
Barriers: Provide barriers on both sides of each fuse link, preventing inadvertent
electrical contact between phases by the insertion of screwdriver.
Fuse links: Enclosed, high rupturing capacity type mounted in a fuse carrier. If
necessary for safe removal and insertion of the fuse carrier, provide extraction
handles. Mount on clips within the spares cabinet.
Identification: Clearly indicate Australian manufacturer or distributor.
Contactors
Standard: To AS/NZS 60947.4.1.
Rated operational current: Full load current of the load controlled.
Minimum rating: 16 A.
Contacts life: 1 million operations at AC-3 or DC-3.
Mounting: Mount with sufficient clearance to allow full access for maintenance,
removal and replacement of coils and contacts, without the need to disconnect
wiring or remove other equipment.
Auxiliary contacts: Provide auxiliary contacts with at least one normally-open and
one normally-closed separate contacts with rating of 6 A at 230 V a.c.
%nh mc. sp xp tt c cn gt c#a CB trong cng mt phng..

Gi gn thit b%: Cung cp gi gn MCB 1 cc, 2 cc v 3 cc v thanh ci lien
quan. Cung cp ming che cho cc v% tr d phng.

CB chng r(MCB)
Loi hp b: kt hp CB v chng dng r theo. Theo AS/NZS 61009.1.

Dng r ti a: 30 mA.
C!u ch v1i b &=
Tiu chun: Theo AS/NZS 60269.1, AS/NZS 60269.2.0 v AS/NZS 60269.2.1.
Dng ch%u ngn mch: cung cp cu ch c dng ch%u ngn mch thch hp, c
phn cp vi cc thit b% bo v khc.
Dng chy ph hp vi thit b% bo v.
Loi ng dng: Cho mc ch phn phi v tng qut: gG.
B /: d$ tho cu ch ra kh.i phng mang in. Cung cp cch in c %nh che
cc phn t mang in khi tho cu ch ra..
Che chn: cung cp che chn ti c hai u cu ch trnh v chm vo.
,ng cu ch: loi kn,cng sut ngn mch cao gm trn gi. * an ton khi tho
v lp cu ch, cu cung cp cn ko. Gm ton b ln Rack gi / trong t# in.

Ch+ dn xut x: nu r tn nh sn xut v phn phi..

Kh>i &6ng t?
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 60947.4.1.
Dng lm vic %nh mc: dng lm vic ln nht c#a ph ti.
Dng ti thiu: 16 A.
* bn: 1 triu ln hot ng ' ti AC-3 hoc DC-3.
Lp t: lp t vi khong trng thch hp cho cng vic bo tr, tho lp, thay
th cun dy, tip im m khng phi tho dy in v cc thit b% khc..
Tip im ph: cung cp t nht 1 tip im th(ng ng, 1 th(ng m' ring bit
dng %nh mc 6A ' in th 230VAC.


Interconnection: Do not connect contactors in series or parallel to achieve ratings.
2.5 LIGHTING
General
General: Provide a complete operational lighting system, tested and
commissioned.
Interior lighting standard: To AS/NZS 1680 Parts 0, 2.4 and 2.5, and AS 1680
Parts 1, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 3.
Exterior lighting standard: To AS/NZS 1158 Parts 0, 1.1, 1.3 and 3.1, and AS 1158
Parts 2 and 4.
Proprietary equipment: Provide only proprietary luminaires, fittings and
accessories.
Modifications and refurbishing: Carry out to the original manufacturers standards.
Minimum energy performance standards
General: To AS/NZS 4783.2 and AS/NZS 4782.2.
Lamps
Lamps: Provide all luminaires complete with lamps and accessories.
Verify operation: Install lamps in all luminaries and verify correct operation before
completion
Standards:
- Fluorescent: To AS 4782.1.
- Incandescent: To AS 2325.
- Tungsten halogen: To IEC 60357.
Low voltage lamps: Provide lamps strictly in accordance with the luminaire
manufacturers recommendation.
Dichroic lamps: Provide dichroic lamps with integral reflector.
Lighting control system
General: Provide the following as documented:
- Lighting switches.
- Dimmers.
- Automatic control systems.
Documentation: Provide complete technical and operational documentation for the
lighting control system.
Kt hp: khng cho php ni contractor song song t c dng %nh mc.
2.5 CHIU SNG
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp, th nghim, bn giao h thng n hon ch+nh.
*n trong nh :tiu chun theo AS/NZS 1680 Phn 0, 2.4 v 2.5, v nh 1680
phn 1, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 v 3.
*n ngoi nh theo tiu chun: To AS/NZS 1158 Phn 0, 1.1, 1.3 v 3.1, v
AS 1158 Phn 2 and 4.
*n chnh hang: ch+ cung cp n ph kin chnh hng.

Sa cha, ti ch: theo tiu chun nh sn xut.

Tiu chu0n tit kim n5ng l9ng
Tng qut: theo AS/NZS 4783.2 v AS/NZS 4782.2.
Bng &n:
Bng n: cung cp n vi bong n v ph kin.
Kim tra: lp bng n vo tt c n v kim tra xc nhn lm vic tt trc khi
ban giao.
Tiu chun:
- *n hu5nh quang: Theo AS 4782.1.
- Bng nung sng: Theo AS 2325.
- Bng tungsten halogen: Theo IEC 60357.
Bng in p thp: cung cp bng ph hp vi yu cu c#a nh sn xut.
Bng dichrioc: cung cp bng dichroic vi cha phn quang c s1n bn trong
bng n
H thng &i4u khi*n &n
Tng qut: cung cp thit b% sau: nh thit k :
- Cng tc n.
- Dimmers.
- H thng iu khin t ng.
Ti liu: cung cp y # ti liu vn hnh v k thut h thng iu khin n.


Installation
Supports: Mount luminaires on proprietary supports by means of battens, trims,
noggings, roses or packing material to suit location.
Completion
General: Verify the operation of all luminaires. Replace lamps which have been in
service for a period > 50% of the lamp life as published by the lamp manufacturer.
2.6 EMERGENCY EVACUATION LIGHTING
General
General: Provide a complete operational monitored, emergency evacuation
lighting system, tested and commissioned in accordance with AS/NZS 2293 and
as documented.
Single-point system luminaires
Visual indicator lights: Provide a red indicator, readily visible when the luminaire is
in its operating location, which indicates that the battery is being
Inverter system: Provide protection of the inverter system against damage in the
event of failure, removal or replacement of the lamp, while in normal operation.
Local test switches: Provide a momentary action test switch, accessible from
below the ceiling, on each luminaire to temporarily disconnect the mains supply
and connect the battery to the lamp.
Common test switches: Provide a common test switch on the distribution board
which disconnects main supply to the luminaries and tests for discharge
performance, after testing, this switch must automatically revert to normal
operating mode.
Monitored system
Data connection: Provide internal monitoring facilities and provision for the
connection of data cabling to a central monitoring computer where required for this
Proprietary systems: Use only proprietary systems with full compatibility between
the monitoring system, operating software, and the luminaries selected.
Batteries
Type: Lead-acid or nickel-cadmium batteries capable of operating each lamp at its
rated output continuously at least 2 hours during completion tests and 1.5 hours
during subsequent tests.
Battery life: At least 3 years when operating under normal conditions at an ambient
temperature of 25C and subjected to charging and discharging at 6 monthly
Lp &'t
Gi treo: treo n b0ng gi treo chnh hng vo cc v% tr thch hp.

Hon tt
Tng qut: kim tra hot ng c#a tt c n Thay th tt c bng n v hnh
qu 50% tui th theo cng b c#a nh san xut.
2.6 N THOT HI@M
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp, th nghim v bn giao h thng n thot him, n hin
th% ch vn hnh n nh thit k va 2 theo As/NZS 2293.
n &n &i*m
*n hin th%: cung cp n hin th% mu . khi n thot him khi ang sc in.

H thng i in: cung cp b bo v cho b i in khng h h.ng ngay khi b%
s c, khi thay bng n trong ch hot ng bnh th(ng.
Cng tc th cc b: Cung cp cng tc th tc th(i vo bn di trn, trn m-i
n ngt tm th(i.

Cng tc th chung: Cung cp mc th chung ti t# phn phi ngt tm th(i
ngu"n in chnh v kim tra hot ng ca pin. Sau khi th, cng tc phi chyn
v ch hot ng bnh th(ng.

H thng gim st
*u n data: cung cp h thng gim st v (ng truyn data n trung tm
gim st khi d n c yu cu.
H thng chnh hng: s dung h thng chnh h1ng ph hp gia h thng gim
st, phn mm vn hn v n..
Pin/$c qui
Loi : acid ch hay pin nickel_cadmiun c th cung cp in cho n hot ng
lin tc t nht 2 gi( trong khi th nghim bn giao v 1,5 gi( khi th nghim
%nh k5.
Tui th pin : t nht 3 n!m trong ch vn hnh bnh th(ng, nhit trung
bnh 95
o
C v tng sut sc in/ phng in 1 thng / ln.


intervals.
Marking: Indelibly mark each battery with its date of manufacture.
Power supply to single-point systems
General: Provide an unswitched active supply to each luminaire and exit sign,
originating from the test switch control panel.
Data monitoring for single-point systems
General: Provide a data cable system from each single-point luminaire connected
to the monitoring computer
2.7 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING
General
General: Provide a complete operational telecommunications cabling system,
tested and commissioned in accordance with AS/NZS 3080, AS/ACIF S009,
SAA HB 29 and as appropriate SAA HB 252.
Accomodation: Provide accommodation for telecommunications cabling
infrastructure complying with AS/NZS 3084 including the detailed requirements of
Appendix ZA, ZB and ZC. Include the following as documented:
- Building distributor.
- Backbone cabling.
- Floor distributors.
- Consolidation points.
- Horizontal cabling.
- Telecommunications outlets.
- Fly leads.
System requirements
Application class to AS/NZS 3080 clause 6.3: E.
Balanced system to AS/NZS 3080 clause 7 (data): Category 6.
Balanced system to AS/NZS 3080 clause 7 (voice): Category 6.
Conformance: Certify the design and installation for conformance with
AS/NZS 3080 in accordance with the detailed requirements of clause 4.
System warranty: Warrant the specified communications cabling performance for a
minimum of 15 years.
Equipment racks

Dn nhn : ghi r nhy sn xut.
H thng ngu7n &in
Tng qut:ngu"n cung cp in, sau cng tc th s cung cp trc tip n
n thot him, Exit.
D liu gim st
Tng qut: cung cp cp d liu t m-i im n thot him n my tnh gim
st. 2.7 H thng thng tin
2.7 H THNG CP THNG TIN
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp, th nghim v bn giao h thng thng tin hon ch+nh theo
AS/NZS3080 AS/ACIF S009, SAA HB 29 v ph hp vi SAA/ B252.
Tin ch:cung cp tin ch h tng cp thng tin ph h vi AS/ NZS 3084 bao
g"m cc yu cu trong phc lc ZA,ZB v ZC. Bao g"m cc h thng sau , nh
thit k:
- H thng phn phi trong ta nh.
- H thng cp trc chnh.
- H thng cp tng.
- *im ni.
- Cp trc ngang.
- 3 cm in thoi / data.
- Fly leads.

Yu c!u h thng
Lp theo AS/NZS 3080 iu 6.3E.
Cn b0ng h thng theo AS/ nzs 3080 iu 7( data).cat.6
Cn b0ng h thng theo AS/ nzs 3080 iu 7( m thanh) Category 6.
Ph hp : bo m thit k v lp t ph hp vi yu cu trong iu 4 AS/NZS
3080.
Cam kt: cam kt h thng thng tin c th vn hnh t nht 15 n!m.

RACK


Type: 19 inch rack.
Free standing racks: Provide adjustable feet.
Modular connector patch panels
Terminations: Terminate directly to the modular connector.
Patch cords: Terminate cord ends with appropriate registered jacks.
Optical fibre termination panels
Break out trays: Provide fibre optic cable break out trays at each group of fibre
optic cable terminations
Loom cables: Neatly loom cables and lay stripped cables into the break out tray.
Secure cables: Ensure that cables are secured by the sheath and that there is no
stress on the fibre optic cores.
Patch cords
General: Provide terminated patch cords for 100% of the total incoming and
outgoing ports used.
Records
Record book: Provide a record book at each cross connect.
Records in pencil: Complete the records in pencil for each termination and jumper,
providing origin and destination and type of service.
Location: Secure log books in each distribution frame records holder.
Identification and labelling, and record documentation: To AS/NZS 3085.1.
Cable separation
Low voltage cables: Separate telecommunications cables not enclosed in conduits
or ducts from low voltage services by at least 150 mm.
Electromagnetic interference (EMI): Provide clearance to minimise the effect of
EMI where communications cables are installed parallel and adjacent to power
cables carrying loads in excess of 200 A.
Installation
Crossover: Install cables neatly and without crossovers between cables.
Loom size: Loom cables into groups not exceeding 50 cables, and hold looms in
place using reusable cable ties at least 20 mm wide. Do not exert compressive
force on the cables when installing cable straps.
Telecommunications outlets
Outlets: Provide RJ45 8 way modular jacks except where documented otherwise.
Loi Rack 19
Rack t ng: cung cp chn iu khin c.
Pat oh pand
*u ni: u ni trc tip v cc m un, u ni.
Pat cord: u ni c#a cp patch cord bm jack ph hp..
PAND cp quang
Break out trong: cung cp break out trong cho m-i nhn u ni cp quang
B cp: b cp gn gn v t cp lt v cp vo trong break out.

C %nh cp: m bo c %nh v cp, khng tc ng n li cp quang.

Patch cords
Tng qut: cung cp patch cord cho ton b port u vo v port u ra c s
dng.
Nht k
Nht k : cung cp nht k ti m-i hp ni cho .
Ghi nht k b0ng bt ch: ghi li m-i u ni, jumber, u n v loi d%ch v.
V% tr: Gi nht k ti cc gi / c#a hp ni.
Xc %nh ghi nhn v ti liu ghi li theo AS/NZS 3085.1.
B6 chia cp
Cp in p thp: tch cp thng tin khng i trong ng hay mng cp kh.i cc h
thng in p thp khc t nht 150mm.
Nhi$u in t ( EMI) cp thng tin i song song vi cp ng lc hn 200A phi
c khong cch bo m nhi$u in t l thp nht.

Lp &'t
Ch"ng cho : lp t cp gn nhau khng ch"ng cho len nhau.
B cp: khng b qu 50 cp / b v buc gi b cp b0ng day buc rng ti
thiu 20mm. Khng s dng lc nn ln cp khi lp t cc dy cp.

cm thng tin
3 cm: cung cp cm loi mo un RJ 45 8 way ngoi tr cc v% tr khc nu
trong thit k.


Pinouts: The pinouts vary with the application. Determine required pinouts before
making cable terminations.
Fly leads
General: Provide fly leads to 50% of the outlets installed
Earthing system
Communication earth system (CES): Provide a communications earth terminal
(CET) associated with the local protective earth (PE) system adjacent to each
electrical distribution board.
2.8 AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION
General
General: Provide a fully operational, system, tested and commissioned in
accordance with the AS 1670 series and AS 7240.
General: Provide equipment listed in the CSIRO CMSE ActivFire Register of Fire
Protection Equipment or equivalent.
Base station monitoring system connection
Standard: To AS 7240.21.
Connection: Connect the installation to the fire alarm monitoring base station via
telecommunications carrier lines.
Installation wiring
Conductor size: 1.5 mm
2
TPI 230 V rated, with red and white insulation.
Sheathing: Red.
Control and indicating equipment
General: To AS 7240.2.
Air-handling fire mode control panels: To AS 4428.7.
Alarm investigation facility (AIF): To AS 4428.10.
Alarm signalling equipment: To AS 4428.6.
Wire-free alarm zone circuits: To AS 4428.9.
Fire indicator panels
General: Provide metal cubicle-type enclosures.
Isolation
General: Provide isolating facilities on fire indicator panels to enable tests to be
carried out without the transmission of alarm signals to the fire brigade.
Fly leads
General: Provide fly leads to 50% of the outlets installed
Fly leads
Tng qut. Cung cp t nht 50% fly lend cho cc cm lp t
Ni &t
H thng ni t thng tin( CES ): cung cp cc u ni t cho h thng thng
tin ( CET) kt hp vi h thng ni t bo v ( PE)gn ti m-i t in phn
phi.
2.8 H THNG BO CHY
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp, th nghim v bn giao h thng bo chy hon ch+nh theo
AS 1670 v AS 7240.
Cung cp thit b% ph hp vi danh mc thit b% cha chy CSIRO CMSE hay
tng ng .
u ni h thng gim st
Tiu chun: theo AS 7240.21.
*u ni:u ni h thng n trm gim st bo chy thng qua (ng day in
thoi.
Ko dy
Tit din dy dn ) 1.5 mm
2
. TPI 230v v mu . v trng.
V bo v: mu ..
Thit b &i4u khi*n v hi*n th
Tng qut: theo AS 7240.2.
T# iu khin AHU theo AS 4428.7.
Tin ch kim tra tn hiu bo ng (AIF): theo AS 4428.10.
Thit b% bo ng theo AS 4428.6.
Mch bo ng c lp theo AS 4428.9.
T" hi*n th chy
Tng qut: cung cp t# v kim loi.
Cch ly
Tng qut: cung cp tin ch cch ly h thng kim tra v khng truyn bo
ng n s' pccc.


Detectors
Duct sampling units (DSUs): To AS 1603.13.
Heat detectors: To AS 7240.5.
Integral heat detector/alarm units: To AS 1603.3
Point type smoke detectors: To AS 1603.2.
Multi-point aspirated smoke detectors: To AS 1603.8.
Optical beam smoke detectors: To AS 1603.7.
Integral smoke detector/alarm units: To AS 12239.
Self-indicating detectors
General: Provide a light emitting diode mounted in a clearly visible position, which
illuminates whenever detector operation causes an alarm condition to register on
the fire indicator panel. Provide self-indicating devices which, if faulty, will not
render the detector inoperative under fire conditions.
Mounting positions of light emitting diodes:
- Visible detectors: On the outside of the detector or its base.
- Detectors concealed above ceilings: On the underside of the ceiling immediately
below the detector.
- Detectors in other concealed spaces: On a visible panel close to the entry to the
concealed space housing the detector.
Installation
General: Install detectors so they can be easily inspected and tested in situ, and
readily withdrawn for service.
Integral smoke detector/alarm units: To AS 1670.6.
Manual call points
External alarm indication
Circuits: To AS 4428.1.
Strobe lights: To AS 1603.11.
Magnetic door holders
Standard: To AS 4178.
Control facilities
General: Provide ancillary control device circuits and connections for automatically
controlling and releasing magnetic door holders to operate the relevant doors
!u bo chy
*u gn ng gi( DSUs) theo AS 1603.13.
*u bo nhit theo AS 7240.5.
*u bo nhit kt hp bo ng theo AS 1603.
*u bo khi dng im theo AS 1603.2.
*u bo khi a im theo AS 1603.8.
*u bo khi quang dng tia theo AS 1603.7.
*u bo nhit kt hp bo ng theo AS 12239.
!u bo t hi*n th
Tng qut: cung cp du bo c n diode gn ' v% tr d thy, s2 sng khi u
bo gi mt tn hiu n t# bo chy. Nu b% h, khng c nh h'ng n
hot ng bo chy c#a u bo chy.

V% tr n hin th%:
- *u bo chy thy c : n gn bn ngoi u bo hay trn c#a u bo.
- *u bo trn trn : gn n ngay bn di u bo.
- *u bo gn trong cc khng gian kn:n gn trn bng thy c gn vi c#a
vo khng gian ny .
Lp &'t
Tng qut: u bo chy c lp t ' v% tr d2 dng kim tra, th nghim v d
dng tho lp khi can.
*u bo khi kt hp bo ng theo AS 1670.6.
Bo chy bAng tay
Tiu chun theo AS 1603.5.
Hi*n th cho &!u bo ngoi nh
Mch in theo AS 4428.1.
*n bo khn theo AS 1603.11.

Kha c8a t?
Tiu chun theo AS 4178.
Tin ch
Tng qut:cung cp h thng iu khin v m' kha t ca thot him t ng
trong ch chy.


under fire alarm conditions.
Fire fan control and indication panels
General: Provide fire detection and alarm signals for the fire fan control panel to be
incorporated by mechanical services
2.9 EMERGENCY WARNING AND INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
General
General: Provide a complete operational emergency warning and
intercommunication system, tested and commissioned in accordance with
AS 1670.4.
Accredited products: Provide equipment listed in the CSIRO CMSE ActivFire
Register of Fire Protection Equipment.
Loudspeakers
Mounting: Securely fix to building elements. Flush mount in suspended ceilings
and lift cars, and if practicable elsewhere; otherwise surface mount in an
enclosure.
Wall mounting height: 150 mm below finished ceiling level.
Evacuation zones
Zones: Provide separate zones for each fire compartment, or a separate zone for
each single storey.
Emergency intercommunications
Warden intercommunication points: Connect, as separate circuits, warden
intercommunication point (WIP) handsets which are in the same zone.
Conferencing: Provide switching facilities which permit conference calls, between
up to 5 warden intercommunication points, to be initiated from any emergency
control panel.
Lift cars: Provide a terminal block outside the lift motor room. Cable from the
terminal block to central control equipment. Provide a warden intercommunication
point handset in each fire lift car.
Marking: Permanently mark with unique circuit or serial numbers, concealed.
2.10 2.10 ACCESS CONTROL
General
General: Provide a complete operational access control system, tested and
commissioned in accordance with AS/NZS 2053 and AS/NZS 2201.1, *AS 2201.3
T" hi*n th v &i4u khi*n qu#t cha chy
Tng qut : cung cp tn hiu bo chy v bo ng cho t# iu khin qut cha
chy, c thc hin trong h thng c kh.
2.9 H THNG THNG BO KHN V THNG TIN LIN L;C
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp, th ngim v bn giao mt h thng thng bo khan v
thng tin lin lc theo AS 1670.4.

Thit b% chp thun : cung cap thit b% c trong danh sch thit b% cha chy
!ng k CSIRO CMSE hay tng ng
Loa
Lp t: gn c %nh vo kt cu cng trnh. Gn trong trn treo, trong bu"ng
thang my v cc ni khc nu c th.

Ngc li lp ni trong ni .cao lp t trn t(ng:150mm bn di cao
trn
Khu vc thot hi*m
Vng: cung cp m-i zone ring cho m-i khoan chy hay 1 zone ring cho m-i
tng.

H thng thng tin lin l#c khan cp
*in thoai thng tin lin lc : cc in thoi trong c#ng mt zone c ni vo mt
tuyn ring.
Gi nhm: cung cp nut tin ch cho php gi gia 5 my in thoi.

Bu"ng thang my: cung cp hp u day bn ngoi phng my thang my, cp
t hp u ni n thit b% iu khin. Cung cp in thoi lin lc trong thang
my cu h.a..
Dn Nhn : dn Nhn c %nh s seri hay s mch in.
2.10 H THNG KI@M SOT RA VO
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp , th nghim v bn giao mt h thng kim sot ra / vo
hon ch+nh theo AS / NZS 2053 v AS/ NZS 2201.1; AS 2201.3 v AS/NZS


and AS/NZS 2201.5, as applicable.
Processors or panels
Capacity: Provide separate entry/exit control modules for each designated door.
Users: Program the system to match the number of authorised users with unique
access codes.
Time zones: At least 4 per day, with provision for weekends and public holidays.
Door control devices
General: Provide electric strikes, electric locks, drop bolts, or similar devices to suit
door construction and hardware.
Fail-safe: Connect door control devices in a fail-safe mode to permit egress in the
event of power failure.
Authorised products: Provide equipment listed in the ActivFire Register of Fire
Protection Equipment.
Glass doors: Provide tumbler, drop bolts or magnetic holders.
Double leaf doors (solid frame): Provide an electric strike or lock on the fixed leaf,
connected to the door frame by concealed flexible wiring.
Activation
General: Provide keypads, card readers or other activation devices, and locate
next to entry points.
External: Provide weatherproof (IP56) hoods or housings for external units.
Default mounting height: 1250 mm from floor level.
Vehicle control
Vehicle access control: Provide a vehicle access control system combining
connection to vehicular doors and boom gates, and interconnection to the main
access control system.
Exit Loop detection: Provide a buried loop detection system adjacent to the exit
point to activate boom gates or vehicular doors on approach by a vehicle. Connect
so that doors or gates close after a pre-set time.
Interlock: Provide a photo electric beam safety interlock.
Interlock function: To prevent door or gate from closing until the vehicle has
cleared the exit point.
Push-buttons and readers: Where practicable, provide direct wall mounting for
push-buttons or readers; otherwise provide a mounting bollard and extension arm.
2201.5 ty p dng..
T" &i4u khi*n
Cng sut : cung cp cc m un iu khin vo / ra ring l2 cho m-i ca thit
k.
Ng(i s dng:lp trnh h thng ph hp vi s ng(i c php s dng vi
m xm nhp thng nht.
Chia ca: t nht 4 ca trong cc ngy ngh+ ngy l.

Thit b ki*n sot c8a
Tng qut: Cung cp kha in loi strilkes,drop bolts hay thit b% tng t ph
hp vi cu to ca.
An ton trong ch s c: kha ca chuyn qua ch an ton cho php thot
ra trong khi mt in.
Sn phm c cp php c#a c quan Phng chy cha chy.
Ca knh: cung cp kha tumbler,drop bolts hay kha t.
Ca 2 cnh(khung cng):cung cp kha in trong cnh cht, ni b0ng cp mm
i m qua khung ca.
Kch ho#t
Tng qut: cung cp bn phi1mthe3 t hay cc thit b% kch hot khc, v% tr gn
ca ra vo.
Ngoi nh;cung cp thit b% loi ngoi nh c chp che IP56.
Cao lp t mc %nh: 1250mm t mt sn hon thin.
Ki*m sot xe
Kim sot xe ra /vo: Cung cp h thng kim sot xe ra/vo kt hp ca vo cho
xe v thanh chn vi h thng kim sat ra vo trung tm.
Vng cm ng xe ra: cung cp vng cm ng chn ngm cnh ca ra m'
ca/ thanh chn gc cho xe ra. *u ni sao cho ca ny ng li sau mt th(i
gian ci t trc c
Interlock: Cung cp tia sng in t ng ca an ton.
Chc n!ng Interlock: Ng!n nga ca/thanh gc ng khi xe cn ang ' v% tr ca
xe.
Nt nhn v u c th2:cung cp nt nhn gn t(ng hay u c th2 ti v% tr
thch hp.


Reed switches: Provide heavy duty reed switches on both sides of vehicle doors,
which generate a door closed indication at the control panel.
Intercom
Base station: Provide an intercom base station at each external entry point,
interconnected with the individual local stations. Include speakers and
microphones.
Construction: Wall mounted flush stainless steel panel.
Weatherproofing: IP56.
Dial: Digital push-button type.
Schedule: Provide a weatherproof (IP56) schedule holder and card identifying
individual local stations. Locate next to the intercom panel.
Local station: Provide wall mounted intercom local stations, interconnected with
the base stations and external entry points.
Type: Surface mounted, removable handset type.
Operation: Provide an audible tone device to indicate that the individual station is
being called, and a press-to-talk switch so that the local station can communicate
with the base station only when the switch is held down.
Door control: Provide integral momentary action door release switches to operate
the door release or opening mechanisms at each external entry point.
Interconnection to other services
General: Provide card readers or other devices to allow the interconnection to
other systems as required. Provide and connect wiring to the designated services.
2.11 TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
General
General: Provide a complete operational analogue and digital television
distribution system, tested and commissioned in accordance with AS/NZS 1367.
System design and performance: To AS/NZS 1367.
Network operators
Free-to-air bands: Provide a system suitable for the reception of all local Free-to-
air services:
Cable: Arrange with the cable network operator for the connection to their cable
network. Comply with the cable network operators' requirements.
Cao lp t: 1250mm t sn hon thin
Cng tc v% tr: cung cp cng tc v% tr ' 2 cnh ca nh xe bo m ca
ng ' t# iu khin.

Thng tin lin l#c n6i b6
Trm ch#:cung cp 1 trm ch# (intercon) ti m-i snh chnh, lin kt vi tt c
my con ring l2. Bao g"m loa v micro.
Cu to:t# thp khng r+ phng mt gn t(ng
Chng m: IP56.
Quay s: loi nt nhn digital.
Danh b: cung cp gi treo chng nc (IP56) v danh b cc my con.V% tr:
bn cnh t# intercom
My con: cung cp my con loi gn t(ng lin kt vi my ch# v my ' cng
vo.
Loi: treo t(ng hay tay cm r(i.
Vn hnh: Pht ting reo khi c cuc, c ntpress-to-talk nhn v gi lin kt
vi trm ch#
*iu khin ca: cung cp ly in m' kha ca cng

Ni kt v1i cc h thng khc
Tng qut: cung cp u c th2 hay cc thit b% khc cho php lin kt vi cc
h thng khc nh trong thit k yu cu. cung cp dy dn truyn tnh hiu n
cc h thng nh thit k.
2.11 H THNG TRUYBN HNH
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp, bn giao v th nghim h thng truyn hnh k thut s v
tng t theo AS/NZS 1367.
Thit k v thi cng theo AS/NZS 1367.
Knh truy4n hnh
Knh thu sng tr(i mi$n ph: cung cp thch hp nhn sng tr(i mi$n ph ti d%a
phng
Truyn hnh cp: chun b% kt ni vi cc nh cung cp d%ch v truyn hnh cp.


Local: Provide video input sockets at the premises cabling head-end for the
distribution of three in-house video channels on the Free-to-air network.
Performance criteria
General: Performance to AS/NZS 1367.

2.12 LABELLING
General
General: Provide labels including control and circuit equipment ratings, functional
units, notices for operational and maintenance personnel, incoming and outgoing
circuit rating, sizes and origin of supply and kW ratings of motor starters.
Identifying labels
General: Provide labels fixed to access panels, doors, covers and escutcheon
panels and internal equipment, indicating the relevant worksection and
component.
Single-line diagrams
Custom-built assemblies: Provide single-line diagrams.
Format: Non-fading print, at least A3 size, showing the situation as installed.
Mounting: Enclose in a non-reflective PVC frame and wall mount close to
assembly.
Marking cables
General: Identify the origin of all wiring by means of legible indelible marking.
Identification labels: Provide durable labels fitted to each core and sheath,
permanently marked with numbers, letters or both to suit the connection diagrams.
Identify multicore cables and trefoil groups at each end with durable non-ferrous
tags clipped around each cable or trefoil group.

Telecommunications and television cabling
General: Label telecommunications cables. cross connects, outlets, in accordance
with the requirements of AS/NZS 3080, and SAA HB 29 Figures 5-18.
Labels: Label cables to indicate the origin and destination of the cable. Label
outlets to show the origin of the cross connect, the workstation or outlet number,
and the port designation.
Location marking
*p ng cc yu cu c#a nh cung cp.
V% tr: cung cp cm tivi truyn hnh 3 knh video trong nh trn sng mi$n ph.
Tiu ch thc hin
Tng qut : thi cng theo AS/NZS 1367.

2.12 DN NHN
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp nhn bao g"m dng %nh mc thit b% v h thng iu
khin, b phn chc n!ng, ghi ch ng(i thc hnh, bo tr, dng %nh mc vo/
ra, kch thc v ngu"n in cung cp n, KW c#a b kh'i ng m t.

Nhn nhn d#ng
Tng qut : Cung cp nhn gn c %nh vo trong ca th!m, np, mt n che v
thit b% bn trong, ch+ r thnh phn lin quan.

S &7 nguyn l
T# t hng: cung cp s " n tuyn.
*%nh dng: Mc in khng phai, ti thiu A3, ch+ r v% tr lp t.
Treo: bc trong ba PCV khng bng, treo trn t(ng gn t# in.
nh du cp
Tng qut Xc %nh ngu"n c#a tt c cp b0ng nhn khng bng, d$ c.
Nhn nhn dng: Cung cp nhn bn gn chc vo t li cp v tuyn cp, ghi
du v&nh cu s, ch hay c 2, ph hp vi s " n tuyn
Nhn dng cp nhiu li v mt nhm cp xp 3 cnh(trefoil)b0ng vng kim loi,
khng st, ti m-i u cp hay nhm cp .
Cp thng tin v cp truy4n hnh
Tng qut: *ng du cp thng tin, dy u cho cm ph hp vi yu cu c#a
AS/NZS 3080 v SAA HB 29 hnh 5-18
Nhn: dn nhn ch+ r ngu"n v im n tng tuyn cp. Dn nhn cm ch+ r
ngu"n cp n s c#a my nhnh hay s c#a cm, port u ni.

nh du v tr


General: Accurately mark the location of underground cables with route markers
consisting of a marker plate set flush in a concrete base.
Location: Place markers at each joint, route junction, change of direction,
termination and building entry point and in straight runs at intervals of not more
than 100 m.
Concrete bases: 200 mm diameter x 200 mm deep, minimum.
Direction marking: Show the direction of the cable run by means of direction
arrows on the marker plate. Indicate distance to the next marker.
Plates: Brass, aluminium or mild steel hot-dipped galvanized minimum size 75 x
75 x 1 mm thick.
Plate fixing: Waterproof adhesive and 4 brass or stainless steel countersunk
screws.
Marker height: Set the marker plate flush with paved surfaces, and 25 mm above
other surfaces.
Marker tape for electrical services: Where electric bricks or covers are not
provided over underground wiring, provide a 150 mm wide yellow or orange
marker tape bearing the words WARNING electric cable buried below, laid in
the trench 150 mm below ground level.
Labelling minimum lettering heights
Main assembly designation: 25 mm.
Distribution assembly designations: 15 mm.
Small proprietary distribution boards: 10 mm.
Main switches: 10 mm.
Outgoing functional units: 8 mm.
Identifying labels (on outside of cabinet rear covers): 4 mm.
Danger, warning and caution notices: 10 mm for main heading, 5 mm for
remainder.
Other labels including equipment labels within cabinets: 3 mm.
Label colours
Generally: Black lettering on white background except as follows:
- Main switch and caution labels: Red lettering on white background.
- Danger, warning labels: White lettering on red background.
Fixing
Ct mc: *t ct mc ti cc im ni, i hng, im u cp, im vo cng
trnh v trn tuyn cp thng cch khng qu 100m.

B ct mc: b tng (ng knh t nht 200 mm su 200 mm.
Ch+ hng cp: Mi tn ch+ hng cp trn bng ch+ dn gn trn ct mc. Ch+
kh.ang cch n mc k tip.
Bng ch+ dn: *"ng thau, nhm, thp nhng km nng, kch thc nh. nht 75 x
75 dy 1 mm .
C %nh bng ch+ dn: S dng chng thm v 04 vt m "ng thau hay thp
khng r+.
Chiu cao bng ch+ dn: t b0ng mt vi mt (ng/ v+a h xung quanh, cc b
mt khc t cao hn 25mm.
B!ng cnh bo: Khi khng c gch hay np che cho cp ngm, cung cp b!ng
cnh bo cp ngm rng 150mm mu vng hay cam ghi r C4NH BO cp
ngm bn di, t trong mng cp cch mt b0ng hon thin 150mm.

Dn nhn Chi4u cao ch ti thi*u
T# in chnh: 25 mm.
T# phn phi: 15 mm.
T# phn phi lp t s1n loi nh.: 10 mm.
Thit b% ngt chnh: 10 mm.
Thit b% chc n!ng u ra: 8 mm.
Nhn xc %nh (Bn ngoi c#a np hng t# in): 4 mm.
Cnh bo nguy him: 10 mm cho tiu chnh, 5 mm tiu cn li.
Cc nhn khc bao g"m nhn thit b% trong t# in: 3 mm.
Mu nhn
Tng qut: Ch en trn nn trng, ngoi tr
- Nhn cnh bo trn t# in chnh: ch . trn nn trng.
- Nhn cnh bo nguy him: Ch trng trn nn ..
C &nh
Tng qut: C %nh nhn chc chn.


General: Fix labels securely.
Fixing methods: Use screws and double-sided adhesive. Fixed in extruded
aluminium sections attached to panels with rivets or countersunk screws.
Aluminium labels: Aluminium or monel rivets.
Restrictions: Do not use self-tapping or thread-cutting screws.
Permanent fixing: Fix labels permanently in place.
Label fixing table
Component Fixing scheme Type
Cables Origin and destination Self adhesive wrap on
Cross connects Port number Proprietary
Outlets SAA HB 29 Figs 5-18 Engraved plate
Wall boxes SAA HB 29 Figs 5-18 Engraved adhesive label
Patch cords Type of service Colour code

Phng php: s dung vis v b!ng keo 2 mt. C %nh trn lp nhm dn vo t#
b0ng ri v hay vis m.
Nhn nhm: c %nh b0ng ri v nhm hay hp kim monel.
Nghim cm: khng s dng vis t ren
C %nh v&nh cu: gn c %nh nhn trn cng trnh.
Bng k c &nh nhn
Thnh ph!n Cibi nhn Lo#i
Cp *im u v cui B!ng keo t dnh
Cp ni S port Chuyn dng
3 cm Theo SAA HB 29 Figs 5-
18
Khc ln kim loi
Hp gn t(ng Theo SAA HB 29 Figs 5-
18
Nhn dn t n-i
Cp Patch cords Loi h thng M mu

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0911 Cable support and duct systems


0911 CABLE SUPPORT AND DUCT SYSTEMS
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide cable support, trunking and duct systems as
documented.
General
- Electrical general requirements.
1.3 SUBMISSIONS
Shop drawings
General: Submit shop drawings showing the following:
- Cable tray and trunking routes.
- Layout of cable supports and enclosures on the current architectural
background coordinated with the structure and other services.
- Layout of underground conduits, pits and drainage trenches.
- Invert levels for underground conduits.
- Depth of burial for cables and conduits.
- In situ pits.
- Provision for expansion and ground movement.
- Fabricated columns.
0911 H THNG GI C CP V MNG CP
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp gi / cp, h thng trunking v mng cp nh ti
liu thit k.
1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut:
Tng qut: ph hp vi chng yu cu chung
Cc chng lin quan
Ph hp vi chng c lin quan sau:
- Yu cu chung h thng in.
2.8 TRNH
Bn v Shop drawings
Tng qut: Cung cp bn v shop drawing, th hin::
- Tuyn cp tray v trunking.
- Mt b0ng gi / cp v t# in trn nn bn v kin trc, phi hp vi
kt cu v h thng khc.
- Mt b0ng ng lu"n cp chn ngm, h th!m, mng nc.
- Cao lp ng ngm(IL).
- Chiu su chn cp v ng.
- H th!m.
- Cung cp ni mm.
- Ct in.


- Footing for columns.
Technical data
General: Submit technical data for the following:
- Ducted wiring enclosure systems.
- Cable support systems.
- Proprietary pits.
- Proprietary columns.
- Load calculations for aerial cable supports.
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUITS
General
Standards: AS/NZS 2053 Parts 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8.
Type
General: Rigid.
Sizes
Conduits: 20 mm.
Underground: 25 mm.
Conduits for telecommunications: 25 mm.
Fixings
Saddles: Double sided fixed.
Colour
Conduits for telecommunications systems: White.
Galvanized water pipe
Medium or heavy: To AS 1074.
2.2 METALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS
General
Standards: AS/NZS 2053.7 or AS/NZS 2053.8.
- Mng ct in.
Thng s k thut.Tng qut:Cung cp cc thng s sau:
- Bao che mng cp.
- H thng gi / cp.
- H th!m chnh hng.
- Ct in chnh hng.
- Bng tnh ti cho gi / cp trn khng.
2. SN PHM
2.1 NG LUDN CP
Tng qut
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 2053 Phn 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 v 8.
Lo#i
Tng qut: Rigid.
Kch th1c
,ng lu"n: 20 mm.
,ng ngm: 25 mm.
,ng cho thng tin: 25 mm.
C &nh
Mc treo: Loi yn nga c %nh 2 u.
Mu
,ng lu"n cp h thng thng tin: mu trng.
ng n1c m# km
Loi ch%u p lc trung bnh v cao theo AS 1074.

2.2 NG KIM LO;I V PH KIN
Tng qut


Type
General: Screwed steel.
Fixings
Saddles:
Internal: Zinc plated.
- External: Hot-dipped galvanized.
Corrosion protection
Steel conduits: Paint ends and joint threads with zinc rich organic primer
to AS/NZS 3750.9.
2.3 NON-METALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS
General
Standards: Non-metallic conduits and fittings: AS/NZS 2053 Parts 2, 3, 4,
5 or 6.
Solar radiation protection: Required for exposed conduits and fittings.
Flexible conduit
General: Provide flexible conduit to connect with equipment and plant
subjected to vibration. If necessary, provide for adjustment or ease of
maintenance. Provide the minimum possible length.
Associated fittings
Type: The same type and material as the conduit.
Wall boxes on UPVC conduits: For special size wall boxes not available in
UPVC, provide prefabricated earthed metal boxes.
Inspection fittings
General: Provide inspection-type fittings only in accessible locations and
where exposed to view.
Joints
Type: Cemented or snap on joints.
2.4 CABLE DUCT/TRUNKING
General
Tiu chun:theo AS/NZS 2053.7 hoc AS/NZS 2053.8.
Lo#i
Tng qut: thp ren r!ng.
C &nh
Mc treo loi yn nga:
Trong nh: m km.
- Ngoi nh: Nhng km nng.
Bo v chng 5n mn
,ng thp: sn u ng v mi ni ren r!ng b0ng sn lt hu c giu km
theo AS/NZS 3750.9.
2.3 NG KHNG KIM LO;I V PH KIN
Tng qut
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 2053 Phn 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.
Bo v chng tia cc tm cho cc ng v ph kin i ni.
ng m4m
Tng qut : Cung cp ng mm ni vi thit b% chng rung Nu cn
cung cp ng mm d$ iu ch+nh v bo tr. Cung cp chiu ng ngn
nht c th.
Ph( kin &)ng ng
Loi: Cng vt liu vi ng.
Hp m t(ng: nu kch thc yu cu ln qu, c th s dng hp m
t(ng b0ng kim loi c ni t.
Ph( kin &* ki*m tra
Tng qut: cung cp ph kin kim tra ch+ a75t ' v% tr c th th!m v
thy c.
Ni
Loi: hn xi m!ng hoc snap.
2.4 TRUNKING/MNG CP
Tng qut


Standards:
- Cable duct/trunking systems: To AS/NZS 4296.
Cable duct
Material: Metal.
Material finish: Metallic-coated to AS 1397 Grade G2, Coating Class Z275.
Construction: Solid.
Covers
- Accessible locations: Screw-fixed or clip-on type removable only with the
use of tools.
Accessories: Purpose-made to match the duct system.
Cable support: Except for horizontal runs where the covers are on top,
support wiring with retaining clips at intervals of not more than 1000 mm.
Proprietary trunking systems
General: Provide proprietary, skirting duct, wall duct, floor duct and service
column systems, incorporating segregation where used for multiple
services. Provide rigid supports. Round off sharp edges and provide
bushed or proprietary cable entries into metallic trunking.
Accessories: Provide proprietary fixings and mountings facilities for
accessories and outlets.
Covers: Screw-fixed or clip-on type removable only with the use of tools.
2.5 CABLE TRAY/LADDER SUPPORT SYSTEMS
General
System: Provide a complete cable support system consisting of trays or
ladders and including brackets, fixings and accessories.
Selection: Run cables < 13 mm diameter on cable trays or in ducts.
Standard: NEMA VE-1.
Type tests: To NEMA VE-1.
Manufacture: Provide proprietary trays, ladders, fittings and accessories
from a single manufacturer for the same support system.
Selection: Select cable tray/ladder in conjunction with support system
Tiu chun:
- H thng trunking/mng cp theo AS/NZS 4296.
H6p cp
Vt liu: kim loi.
Hon thin b mt: b mt ph# kim loi theo AS 1397 Grade G2, lp ph#
Z275.
Kt ni: cng.
Np mng
- V% tr th!m c: bt vis hay s dng k6p ch+ m' c b0ng dng c.
Ph kin: ch to ph hp vi mng cp.
Gi //buc cp:ngoi tr hp cp i ngang, np bn trn, phi //buc
cp b0ng k6p cch khong ti a 1000mm.
H thng trunking chuyn dng
Tng qut: cung cp cc h thng trunking, hp cp gn t(ng, sn v
ct i in c#a chnh hng vi ng!n ring bit cho cc h thng khc
nhau i chung.cung cp gi / c %nh.Bo trn gc cnh v cung cp u
/ cp bushed cho cp vo trunking
Ph kin: cung cp ph kin gn cng tc v cm.
Np: Bt vis hay s dng k6p chi3mo73 c b0ng dung c.
2.5 H THNG THANG CP(TRAY/LADDER)
Tng qut
H thng: cung cp hon ch+nh h thng tray/ladder bao g"m gi treo,
ph kin.
La chn: cp c (ng knh nh. hn 13mm i ntrong tray hay hp cp.
Tiu chun: theo NEMA VE-1.
Type tests: Theo NEMA VE-1.
Sn xut: cung cp tray/ladder ph kin cng 1 nh sn xut cho cng 1
h thng / cp.



installation to achieve the documented loading and deflection
requirements.
Spare capacity: ) 50%.
Support:
- Power cables: Trapeze or centre rail structure.
- Communications cables: Single sided.
Dimensions: To the preferred dimensions nominated in NEMA VE-1.
Material: Corrosion-resistant finished steel.
Material finish: Metallic-coated to AS 1397, Grade G2, Coating Class Z275
Covers: Provide ventilated flat covers to cable trays/ladders installed in
accessible locations.
2.6 CATENARY SYSTEMS
General
Catenary systems: May be used within suspended ceiling spaces in lieu of
cable tray and ladder systems.
Wire: Provide stainless steel or coated galvanized cable and couplings for
catenary systems.
2.7 CABLE PITS
General
Cable draw-in pits: Provide. Sizes given are internal dimensions.
Proprietary cable pits
Pits 1200 x 1200 mm: Provide proprietary concrete or polymer moulded
pits.
In site construction
Pits > 1200 x 1200 mm: Provide either:
- Proprietary cable pits.
- Construct walls and bottoms from rendered brickwork or 75 mm thick
reinforced concrete. Incorporate a waterproofing agent in the render or
concrete.
La chn: la chn tray/ladder, kt hp vi gi treo, ph hp vi ti trng
v vng cho php.
Khng gian d phng: ) 50%.
Gi treo:
- Cp ng lc: kt cu treo/chng.
- Cp thng tin: treo mt mt.
Kch thc: kch thc thng dng theo NEMA VE-1.
Vt liu: thp chng !n mn b mt.
Hon thin b mt:: ph# kim loi theo AS 1397, Grade G2, lp ph# Z275
Np: cung cp np phng, thng gi cho ladder/tray ti cc v% tr th!m
c.
2.6 H THNG TREO CP
Tng qut
H thng treo cp c th s dng trong trn treo nh l mng cp.
Cp: s dng cp v u ni cp b0ng thp hay m km cho h thng
treo cp.
2.7 H TH-M
Tng qut
H ko cp: cung cp h ko cp, kch thc cho trong bn v l kch
thc trong.
H th5m ch t#o sEn
H 1200 x 1200 mm: cung cp ht th!m b0ng b tng hay nha c
chnh hng.
Ch t#o t#i ch
H > 1200 x 1200 mm: Cung cp:
- Hoc l h th!m ch to s1n.
- Hoc l h t(ng v y b0ng gch/ b tng dy 75mm c chng thm.



Pit covers
General: Provide pit covers to suit external loads. Fit flush with the top of
the pit.
Weight: < 40 kg for any section of the cover.
Lifting handles: Provide a lifting handle for each size of cover section.
Drainage
General: Provide drainage from the bottom of cable pits, either to
absorption trenches filled with rubble or to the stormwater drainage
system.
Absorption trenches: Minimum size 300 x 300 x 2000 mm.
2.8 COLUMNS
General
Columns: Conform to the following for fabricated columns more than
2400 mm high which are designed to support accessories outdoors.
Standards: Comply with the following standards as appropriate:
- AS 1798 for public lighting poles.
- AS 3600 for concrete structures.
- AS 4100 for steel structures.
- AS/NZS 4676 for structural design of columns.
- AS 4680 for hot-dipped galvanized (zinc) coatings on ferrous articles.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 UNSHEATHED CABLES INSTALLATION
General
General: Provide permanently fixed enclosure systems, assembled before
installing wiring. Provide draw wires to pull in conductor groups from outlet
to outlet, or provide ducts with removable covers.
Np h th5m
Tng qut: cung cp np h th!m ph hp vi ti trng bn ngoi tc
ng vo. Lm phng mt h th!m
Tiu chun: Theo AS 3996.
Trng lng: < 40 kg cho tt c b phn trn mnh c#a np.
Mc nng: cung cp mc nng cho m-i mnh c#a np.
Thot n1c:
Tng qut: cung cp h thng thot nc y c#a h th!m b0ng cch ni
vi mng thu y s.i hay ni vo h thng thot nc ma.

Mng thu: kch thc ti thiu 300 x 300 x 2000 mm
2.8 C.T IN
Tng qut
Ct in: ph hp vi cc yu cu sao cho cc ct in ngoi nh cao
trn 2400mm.
Tiu chun:theo cc tiu chun sau::
- AS 1798 cho n chiu sng cng cng.
- AS 3600 cho ct b tng.
- AS 4100 cho ct thp.
- AS/NZS 4676 cho kt cu ct.
- AS 4680 cho nhng km nng trn vt b0ng st.
3. THI CNG
3.1 L$P %T CP KHNG V BO V
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp h thng / cp kn c %nh, lp t trc khi ko
cp> Cung cp dy m"i ko cp t cm ny sang cm khc hay cung
cp hp cp c np tho ra c.


3.2 CONDUIT SYSTEMS INSTALLATION
Set out
General: If exposed to view, install conduits in parallel runs with right
angle changes of direction.
Bends
General: Install conduits with the equivalent of 7 2 right angled bends per
cable draw-in run.
Conduits in roof spaces:
General: Locate below roof insulation and sarking. In accessible roof
spaces, provide mechanical protection for light-duty conduits.
Inspection fittings
General: Locate in accessible positions.
Draw cords
General: Provide 5 mm
2
polypropylene draw cords in conduits not in use.
Draw-in boxes
General: Provide draw-in boxes as follows:
- Spacing: < 30 m.
- At changes of level or direction.
Underground draw-in boxes: Provide casketed covers and seal against
moisture. Install in accessible pits.
Expansion
General: Allow for thermal expansion/contraction of conduits and fittings
due to changes in ambient temperature conditions. Provide expansion
couplings as required.
Rigid conduits
General: Provide straight long runs, smooth and free from rags, burrs and
sharp edges. Set conduits to minimise the number of fittings.
Routes
General: Run conduits concealed in wall chases, embedded in floor slabs
or installed in inaccessible locations directly between points of termination,
3.2 L$P %T NG LUDN CP
Sp xp
Tng qut: nu ng i ni lp t ng lu"n cp song song, b gc vung
khi thay i kch thc.
BF gc
Tng qut:cho php ti a 2 co trong 1 tuyn ng.
ng trong t!ng mi:
Tng qut: lp t ng trc khi lp cch nhit mi.Trong cc tng mi c
th vo c, cung cp bao che cho ng m.ng.
Ph( kin ki*m tra
Tng qut: Cung cp ti v% tr c th th!m c.
Dy m7i
Tng qut: cung cp dy m"i 5mm nha polypropylene trong cc ng d
phng.
H6p ko dy
Tng qut: cung cp hp ko dy nh sau::
- Cach khong nh. nht 30 m.
- Ti im i hng hoc i cao .
Hp ko dy m trong t:cung cp ron np chng m.Lp t trong h
th!m.

Gin n>
Tng qut: Cung cp coupber gin n' cho ng lu"n cp ' nhit mi
tr(ng xung quanh.

ng cng
Tng qut: cung cp ng thng, trn, khng g(, cnh sc. lp t ph
kin t nht c th.
Tuyn ng
Tng qut: tuyn ng i trong lp h", sn nh hay cc v% tr khng th


minimising the number of sets. Do not provide inspection fittings.
Conduits in concrete slabs
Route: Do not run in concrete toppings. Do not run within pretensioning
cable zones. Cross pretensioning cable zones at right angles. Route to
avoid crossovers and minimise the number of conduits in any location.
Space parallel conduits 50 mm apart.
Minimum cover: The greater of the conduit diameter and 20 mm.
Fixing: Fix directly to top of the bottom layer of reinforcing.
Hollow-block floors
Locate conduits in the core-filled sections of precast hollow-block type
floors.
Columns
Conduits in columns:
- 4 per column.
- 25 mm diameter.
- Locate conduits centrally in each column.
Bends: Enter columns via 150 mm radius sweep bends. Do not use
elbows.
Chasing: Do not chase columns.
3.3 CABLE TRAY/LADDER SUPPORT SYSTEMS
INSTALLATION
General
Standard: To NEMA VE-2.
Design: Support cable trays/ladders to achieve the following:
- Concealed trays/ladders: Support spacing 7 length of tray/ladder section.
- Visible trays/ladders: Loaded deflection 7 span/350.
Fixing to building structure
General: Fix supports to the building structure or fabric by means of
) 8 mm threaded rod hangers attached to hot-dipped galvanized U-
brackets, or by means of proprietary brackets
th!m c c i thng gia 2 hp ni khng c ph kin hay hp
th!m.
ng &i trong sn nh
Tuyn ng; khng i trong lp b tng mt khng i trong vng cp ng
sut trc (nu c). Ct vung gc vng cp ng sut trc. Gim ti
thiu tuyn o61ngva2 trnh giao cho nhau. *i cch nhau t nht 50 mm .
B tng ph# ti thiu: 20 mm hay (ng knh ng ty theo s no ln
hn.
C %nh: gn vo lp trn c#a ct thp.
Sn g#ch block(Hollow)
,ng lu"n t trong rut gch block.
C6t &in
,ng lu"n cp i trong ct in:
- 4 ng/ ct.
- 25 mm (ng knh.
- *t gi tm m-i ct in.
B co: vo ct in s dng co di R 150 mm khng s dung co 90 .
T h": khng t ct in.
3.3 L$P %T MNG CP(LADDER/TRAY)
Tng qut
Tiu chu: Theo NEMA VE-2.
Thit k: tha mn yu cu lp t sau:
- Ladder/tray i m:khong cch gi / 7 chiu rng mng cp .
- Ladder/tray i ni: vng khi mang ti 7 hong cch gi //350.
C %nh vo kt cu cng trnh
Tng qut: C %nh vo kt cu cng trnh hay ko thp b0ng ty ren r!ng
) 8mm v gi / nhng km nng dng U cc gi / khc m nh sn
xut ch tao s1n



Cable fixing
General: Provide strapping or saddles suitable for fixing cable ties.
MIMS cables: provide non-magnetic straps.
Bend radius
General: Provide bends with an inside radius 12 times the outside
diameter of the largest diameter cable carried.
Cable protection
General: Provide rounded support surfaces under cables where they leave
trays or ladders.
Access
General: Locate trays and ladders to provide ) 150 mm free space above
and ) 600 mm free space on at least one side.
Clearances
From hot water pipes: > 200 mm.
From boilers or furnaces: > 500 mm.
EMI: Locate support systems for electrical power cabling and
communication cabling to minimise electromagnetic interference.
3.4 CATENARY SYSTEMS INSTALLATION
General
Anchoring: Anchor catenary systems to the structure. Do not fix to any
part of a suspended ceiling system.
Design loads: Provide catenary systems designed to support the proposed
load of the cables with a spare capacity of 50% loading.

Fixing: Fix cables to the catenary system such that no cable is under
stress due to tension or compression. Use proprietary fixings that allow
cables to be added or removed without destroying the integrity of the
system.

C &nh cp
Tng qut: cung cp dy hay mc thch hp buc cp. Cp "ng chy
MiMS: cung cp dy buc khng t tnh.
Bn knh un cong
Tng qut: cung cp co vi bn knh un 12 ln (ng knh ngoi ln
nht.
Bo v cp
Tng qut: cung cp gi / cp trn khi cp i ra kh.i mng cp.

Th5m np
Tng qut:khong khng ti thiu gia 2 lp mng cp l 150mm, bn
hng (t nht 1 bn) la 600mm.
Khong cch
*n ng nc nng: > 200 mm.
*n l hi hay h" quang in: > 500 mm.
EMI: khong cch gia mng cp n lc v thng tin phi m bo
nhi$u in t l nh. nht.
3.4 L$P %T H THNG TREO CP

Tng qut
Neo: neo h thng treo cp vo kt cu cng trnh khng c treo vo
trn treo.
Thit k ti trng: cung cp h thng treo cp vi s d phng 50% kh
ng!ng ti.
C %nh: c %nh cp vo h 5 thng treo vi lc ko/ nn nh. hn lc
cho php. Cung cp h thng chuyn dng cho php ko thm/ thang cp
m khng lm h h.ng h thng ban u.



3.5 CABLES IN TRENCHES INSTALLATION
Sand bed and surround
General: Provide clean sharp sand ) 150 mm around cables and conduits
installed underground.
Sealing ducts and conduits
General: Seal buried entries to ducts and conduits with waterproof seals.
Seal spare ducts and conduits immediately after installation. Seal other
ducts and conduits after cable installation.
3.6 COLUMNS INSTALLATION
General
General: Install columns as documented including the provision of in situ
reinforced concrete footings to the Wiring enclosures and cable support
systems schedule

3.5 L$P D%T M/NG CP
Ct nn v ct lp xung quanh
Tng qut; cung cp ct sch khng sc nhn ) 150 mm quanh cp/ng
lu"n cp chn ngm
Bt kn ng lu7n cp
Tng qut: b%t kn u ng lu"n cp chn b0ng keo chng nc b%t kn
ng d phng ngay sau khi lp t..Cc ng khc b%t kn sau khi ko cp.

3.6 L$P %T C.T IN
Tng qut
Tng qut: lp t ct in nh thit k bao g"m mng ct ti ch-Theo
bng k h thng mng cp v bo v cp

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0921 Low voltage power systems


0921 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SYSTEMS
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide low voltage power systems as documented.
1..2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Network supply
General: Liaise with the Network Distributor and provide network
connection as documented.
Programme: Schedule the works and statutory inspections to suit the
construction programme.
Embedded generator supplies
General: Provide embedded generator supplies as documented.
Distribution system
General: Provide power distribution system elements as documented.
Metering
Retail: Provide metering to the requirements of the principal, the selected
electricity retailer and the network distributor.
Private: Provide private metering as documented.
Design
Design responsibilities: Refer to the definition of provide in the General
requirements worksection.
Design parameters: As documented.
Fault protection: Automatic disconnection to AS/NZS 3000 clause 2.4.
Maximum demand: Calculation method to AS/NZS 3000 Appendix C.
0921 H THNG IN H; TH
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp in h th nh thit k.
1..2 M T H THNG
L1i &in quc gia
Tng qut: lin h vi cng ty *in lc %a phng v thc hin u ni
nh m t trong thit k.
Chng trnh: L%ch trnh cc cng trnh v thanh tra theo lut %nh cho ph
hp vi chng trnh xy dng.
Cung cp my pht &in d phng
Tng qut: cung cp my pht in d phng nh thit k.
H thng phn phi &in h# th
Tng qut: Cung cp h thng phn phi in h th nh thit k.
o l)ng
Khu vc bn l2: cung cp "ng h" d0o m theo yu cu cu ch# nh,
khch hng v in lc .
Khu vc t nhn: cung cp "ng h" o m ring nh thit k.
Thit k
Trch nhim thit k: Tham kho %ng ngh&a vcung cp nu trong
chng yu cu chung.
Thng s thit k: theo thit k.
Bo v ngn mch: ngt t ng theo AS/NZS 3000 mc 2.4.
Ph ti cc i: tnh theo AS/NZS 3000 ph lc C


General
- Cable support and duct systems.
1.4 STANDARDS
General
General: To SAA HB 301.
Electrical equipment: To AS/NZS 3100.
Fire and mechanical performance classification: To AS/NZS 3013.
Selection of cables: To AS/NZS 3008.1.1.
Distribution cables: To AS/NZS 4961.
Testing
1.5 INTERPRETATIONS
Abbreviations
General: For the purposes of this worksection the abbreviations given
below apply.
- MIMS: Mineral-insulated metal-sheathed.
Definitions
Embedded generator: Electricity generator connected to the local
electrical distribution network.
Extra-low voltage: Not exceeding 50 V a.c. or 120 V ripple-free d.c.
Low-voltage: Exceeding extra-low voltage, but not exceeding 1000 V a.c.
or 1500 V d.c.
High voltage: Exceeding low-voltage
1.3 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: ph hp vi chng cc yu cu chung .
Cc chng lin quan
Ph hp vi cc chng lin quan sau:
- H thng mng cp v gi cp.
1.4 TIU CHUN
Tng qutl
Tng qut: theo SAA HB 301.
Thit b% in theo AS/NZS 3100.
Phn loi vn hnh c kh theo AS/NZS 3013.
La chn cp: Theo AS/NZS 3008.1.1.
Cp phn phi theo AS/NZS 4961.
Th8 nghim
Tiu chun theo AS/NZS 3017.
1.5 GII THCH
T? vit tt
Tng qut: trong phm vi chng ny, cc t vit tt sau c s dng.
- MIMS: cp v bo v kim loi, cch in v c.
nh ngha
My pht in nhng: my pht in kt ni vi mng phn phi in %a
phng .
H thng in p thp khng vt qu 50 V.a.c hoc 120V D.C.
Low-voltage: Exceeding extra-low voltage, but not exceeding 1000 V a.c.
or 1500 V d.c.
Cao th: cao hn h th


1.6 SUBMISSIONS
Samples
General: Submit samples of all visible accessories and equipment.
Technical data
General: Submit the following information for each main, submain and
final subcircuit for which calculation is the responsibility of the contractor.
- Single line diagram.
- Fault Levels at switchboards.
- Maximum demand calculations.
- Cable and conductor cross sectional area and insulation type.
- Cable operating temperature at design load conditions.
- Voltage drop calculations at design load conditions.
- Protective device characteristics, e.g. curves, I
2
t.
- Discrimination and grading of protective devices.
- Prospective short circuit current automatic disconnection times.
- Earth fault loop impedance calculations for testing and verification.
- Certify compliance with AS/NZS 3000, for electrical services.
- Stringing calculations for aerial cables.
Final subcircuits: May be treated as typical for common route lengths,
loads and cable sizes.
Shop drawings
General: Submit shop drawings of the following:
- Cable routes.
- Busduct systems including routes, dimensions and connection details
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 WIRING SYSTEMS
General
1.6 TRNH
M:u
Tng qut: trnh mu tt c thit b%, ph kin thy c.
Thng s thit k
Tng qut: trnh thng tin sao cho m-i tuyn cp chnh tiye61n nhnh
v cp cui tuyn, theo nh thu c trch nhim tnh tan trnh.
- S " nguyn l.
- Ngn mch ti t# in.
- Ph ti cc i.
- Tit din cp v loi cch in.
- Nhit lm vic c#a cp trong iu kin lm vic thit k.
- St p trong iu kin lm vic thit k.
- *c tnh bo v c#a thit b%,( (ng congI
2
t.)
- Phn cp thit b% bo v.
- Th(i gian ct ngn mch.
- Tnh ton tng tr' ngn mch th nghim v ci t.
- Chng minh ph hp vi AS/NZS 3000.
- Tnh ton lc c!ng c#a cp trn khng.
Tuyn cp u cui c th tnh in hnh chung cho chiu di, ph ti v
kch c/ cp.
Shop drawings
Tng qut: cung cp bn v shop drawing nh sau::
- Tuyn cp.
- Tuyn, kch thc v chi tit busway
2 SN PHM
2.1 H THDNG CP
Tng qut


Selection: Provide wiring systems appropriate to the installation conditions
and the function of the load.
2.2 POWER CABLES
Standard
PVC and XLPE cables: To AS/NZS 5000.1.
Aerial cables: To AS 1746.
Cable
General: Select multi-stranded copper cable generally, except for mineral
insulated metal sheathed (MIMS).
Minimum size:
- Lighting sub-circuits: 1.5 mm
2
.
- Power sub-circuits: 2.5 mm
2
.
- Sub-mains: 6 mm
2
.
Voltage drop: Select final subcircuit cables within the voltage drop
parameters dictated by the route length and load.
Fault loop impedance: Select final subcircuit cables selected to satisfy the
requirements for automatic disconnection under short circuit and earth
fault/touch voltage conditions.
Underground residential distribution systems: Select cables according to
AS/NZS 4026.
Distribution cables: To AS/NZS 4961.
Conductor colours
General: For fixed wiring, provide coloured conductor insulation. If this is
not practicable, slide at least 150 mm of close fitting coloured sleeving on
to each conductor at the termination points.
Active conductors in single phase circuits: Red.
Active conductors in polyphase circuits:
- A phase: Red

La chn: cung cp h thng cp ph hp vi iu kin lm vic v chc
n!ng c#a ph ti.
2.2. CP .NG LGC
Tiu chu0n
Cp PVC v XLPE theo AS/NZS 5000.1.
Cp trn khng theo AS 1746.
Cp
Tng qut: la chn cp nhiu li tr cp chng chy (MIMS).

Kch thc ti thiu::
- Tuyn n: 1.5 mm
2
.
- Tuyn nhnh cm: 2.5 mm
2
.
- Tuyn nhnh chnh: 6 mm
2
.
St p: La chn kch thc tuyn nhnh da trn chiu di tuyn, ph
ti t st p cho php.
Tng tr' ngn mch: tuyn cp u ni c la chn nh0m bo m ct
ngn mch/ chm t/ chng r.

H thng cp phn phi in ngm trong khu dn c: la chn theo
AS/NZS 4026.
Cp phn phi theo AS/NZS 4961.
Mu cp
Tng qut: i vi cc h thng c %nh, cung cp cp c v bc c mu.
Nu khng phi gn vng nh du mu cch u cp khng qu 150
mm.
Dy pha tuyn cp 1 pha: mu ..
Dy pha tuyn cp 3 pha:
- Pha A: *.
- Pha B: trng.


- B phase: White.
- C phase: Blue.
2.3 BUSDUCTS
Systems
Type: Proprietary type-tested systems made up of integral lengths and
fittings containing solid busbar conductors and housings, assembled in
sections to form complete fully enclosed and insulated low impedance
power distribution systems.
Selection
Ratings: Provide busduct selected to meet nominated current ratings and,
if used as consumers mains, to match the statutory authoritys substation
equipment.
Degree of protection: For complete assembly, at least the following:
- Indoor use: IP54.
- Outdoor use: IP55.
Indoor system accessories
For current ratings 400 A: Provide fuse, fuse switch or circuit breaker
type plug-in connection boxes. Provide interlocks to enable plug-in boxes
to be safely installed or removed on an energised system. Provide plug-in
boxes whereby earthing to the busduct housing is achieved before
connection of active conductors.
For current ratings > 400 A: Provide bolt on accessible T-off boxes.
Expansion joints: Provide expansion joints in vertical runs, to allow for
expansion and contraction of the busduct system.
End caps: Provide end caps or covers to fully enclose ends of busducts
not connected to equipment.
Bus bar
The aluminum bus bars shall be suitably plated at all joint and contact
surface area to insure good electrical contact and prevent corrosion in
high-acting loads.
- Pha C: xanh dng.
2.3. BUSWAY
H thng
Loi: busway hng chnh hng c type test, ch to trn b busway v
ph kin, bao g"m cc thanh dn cng, v cch in, lp t thnh 1 h
thng phn phi in, in tr' thp, cch in v hon ton kn.
Tiu chun theo AS 3439.2.
La chHn
*%nh mc: cung cp busway ph hp vi dng in %nh mc v nu s
dng nh tuyn cp chnh phi thch hp vi thit b% trm bin th c#a
in lc.

Cp bo v IP: sau khi hon tt lp rp phi ti thiu theo:
- Trong nh: IP54.
- Ngoi nh: IP55.
Thit b c"a h thng trong nh
Khi dng %nh mc 400 A: cung cp cu ch, dao ct cu ch hay CB loi
hp u ni(plug-in), cung cp kha lin ng bo m hp u ni c
th u vo, tho ra trn h thng ang mang in.Hp u ni phi ch
to sao cho tip %a cho v busway, phi thc hin trc kho u ni vo
pha nng
Khi dng %nh mc> 400 A: cung cp hp u ni dng u v(T-off) bt
bulong.
Ni mm: cung cp ni mm trn tuyn ng cho php h thng busway
co gin.
*u cui: cung cp chp u cui bao kn hon ton busway khng
u vo thit b%.
Thanh ci
Thanh ci b0ng nhm m ti cc im u ni, tip xc bo m dn
in tt v chng !n mn do h" quang.
M phi l m thit cho thanh ci "ng, bc cho thanh ci nhm, m ' tt


The plate shall be done by Tin for Copper and Silver for Aluminum bus
bars at all joint and contact surface
The bus-bars shall be hard drawn electric aluminum with conductivity over
60%
The temperature rise at any point in the busway shall not exceed 55C
rise above ambient temperature when operating at rated load current.
Insulation
Entire length of all bus bars inside enclosure shall be insulated except at
joint.
Each bus bar shall be insulated with Class B(130oC) degree by multi
layers of epoxy insulation.
Housing
The bus duct housing shall be totally enclosed non-ventilated type for
protection against mechanical damage and dust accumulation.
Each of the bus duct housing shall be constructed and joined completely
electrical and mechanical.
The busway housing shall be of extruded aluminum painted with polyester
epoxy powder paint to provide protection against corrosion.
Polyester epoxy powder paint shall be applied to by an automated
electrostatic process.
Joint
The bus duct joint shall be of one bolt type joint with positive torque which
utilizes a high strength steel bolt and disc spring to maintain proper
pressure over a large contact surface area.
The blot shall be two-headed design to indicate when proper torque has
been applied and require only a standard long handle wrench to be
properly activated.
It shall be possible to remove any joint connection assembly to allow
electrical isolation or physical removal of a busway length without
disturbing adjacent busway lengths.
Access shall be required to only one side of the busway for tightening joint
bolts.
c im ni v b mt tip xc
Thanh ci phi l nhm tinh khit trn 60%

Nhit gia t!ng ti m-i im trn thanh ci khng vt qu 55C so v i
nhit mi tr(ng xung quanh khi bus ti thit k.
Cch &in
Tr im ni, tt c thanh ci phi bc cch in.

M-i thanh ci phi bc cch in epoxy nhiu lp loi B (130oC).
VI bHc
Busway phi bc b0ng v kn loi khng cn thng gi trnh cc tc
ng c kh nguy him v bm bi.

M-i v busway phi c cu to v lin kt c v in hon ton.

V busway phi l nhm sn mt lp sn t&nh in epoxy chng !n
mn.
Sn t&nh in epoxy phi s dng qui trnh sn t&nh in t ng.
Mi ni
Mi ni busway phi l loi s dng 1 bulong vi lc xit ln bulong thp
cng v long n p to thnh p lc ln b mt tip xc ln.

Bulon phai l loi 2 u, thit k c th ch+ th% khi no lc xit t
v ch+ cn 1 kha tay cm va phi l c th thc hin.

C th tho bt k5 mi ni no cch ly in hay tho 1 on busway ra
v khng nh h'ng n cc on ln cn.
Ch+ cn c khong trng ' 1 bn c#a busway l c th xit c c#a mi
ni.
M-i mi ni cho php iu ch+nh dung sai lp t theo chiu d busway


Each joint kit shall allow approx.10mm adjustment in section length.
Plug-in busway
Plug-in busway shall be identical to feeder construction and joint.
On plug-in busway there shall be hinged cover type on each side and
usable simultaneously
Plug in openings to be finger safe.
Plug-in unit
Plug-in unit shall be circuit breaker type or fusible switch type with visible
blade and the types and ratings shall be listed in Contract.
Plug-in unit shall be completely enclosed in a sheet steel housing
Switching device shall have positive quick-make, quick-break interrupter
and interrupting rating of circuit breaker plug-in unit shall be as document.
Plug-in unit shall be mechanically interlocke
Schedule
Voltage 1000V
8 Current Ampere 2000A
8 Conductor Material AL
8 Insulation Class B (130
o
C) Epoxy
8 Housing Materials Al (Extruded Aluminum)
8 Phase & Wire 3P4W
8 Earthing Internal Earth :+50%E
8 IP Degree IP54
8 Reference Code 1000V 2000A 3P4W+50%E AL IP54

2.4 ACCESSORIES
General purpose socket outlets
Standard:
- General: To AS/NZS 3112.
- Industrial: To AS/NZS 3123.
Pin arrangement: Mount outlets with the earth pins at the 6 oclock
n 10 mm.
Busway loai Plug-in
Busway loai Plug-in phi c xc %nh chnh xc ch to mi ni cp
in.
Trn busway plug-in phi c np y kn 2 mt v c th s dng c 2
mt ny
M' np Plug in phi an ton cho cc ngn tay
H6p ni(Plug-in unit)
Hp ni c th la CB hay cu ch vi ng!n tip xc v cng sut nu
trong thit k.
Hp ni phi l hp st kn
Thit b% ng ct phi ng ct nhanh, cng sut theo thit k.
Hp ni phi c kha lin ng c kh
'c tnh
*in p 1000V
8 Dng %nh mc 2000A
8 Loi thanh dn Nhm
8 Cch in Loi B (130
o
C) Epoxy
8 Vt liu v Nhm ( nhm ph#)
8 Pha & dy dn 3P4W
8 Tip t Ni t bn trong :+50%E
8 IP Degree IP54
8 Tiu chun 1000V 2000A 3P4W+50%E AL IP54

2.4 CNG T$C C$M
Tng qut cng tc cm s8 d(ng chung
Tiu chun:
- Tng qut theo AS/NZS 3112.
- Cng nghip theo AS/NZS 3123.
Th t chn: gn cm sao cho chn ni t 6 gi( trn "ng h".


position.
Plugs 230/400 volt
General: Provide plugs with integral pins of the insulated type to
AS/NZS 3112.
Permanently connected equipment
General: Provide final subcircuit to permanently connected equipment, as
documented.
Isolation: Provide isolating switch adjacent to equipment
Coordination: Coordinate with equipment supplier.
Wall/ceiling mounted equipment: Conceal final cable connection to
equipment.
Isolating switches
Emergency stop switches
Standard: To IEC 60947-5-5.
3-phase outlets
Construction: Surface mounted type of high-impact resistant plastic, with
flap lid on the outlet.
Minimum: 20 A, 400 V a.c.
Pin arrangement: Five round pins mounted with earth pins at the 6 oclock
position, neutral pins in the centre and the red, white and blue phases in a
clockwise sequence when viewed from the front of the outlet.
Plug: Provide a matching plug top for each outlet.
Appliances
General: Provide appliances, as documented.
Connection: Shorten lead to minimum length for plug connections.
Ceiling sweep fans
Horizontal clearance: 1200 mm from blade tip to wall cupboards or
shelves that require access by ladder or steps.

Phch cm 230/400 v
Tng qut cung cp chn phch cm ph hp vi loi cng nghip theo
AS/NZS 3112.
Thit b &u ni th)ng trc
Tng qut cung cp thit b% u ni nh trong thit k.

Cch ly cung cp isolator bn cnh thit b%
Phi hp: phi hp vi nh cung cp thit b%.
Thit b% gn trn/t(ng: u mi ni vo trong thit k

Isolator
Nt d?ng kh0n cp
Tiu chun theo IEC 60947-5-5.
cm 3 pha
Construction: Surface mounted type of high-impact resistant plastic, with
flap lid on the outlet.
Th t chn cm: loi 5 chn trn vi chn ni t t ' v% tr 6 gi( trn
"ng h", chn trung tn ' trung tm, pha ., trng, xanh xp theo chiu
quay kim "ng h" khi nhn vo mt cm
Phch cm: cung cp phch cm cho ph hp vi m-i loi cm
Thit b &in
Tng qut: cung cp thit b% in nh thit k( nu c)
*u ni: dy ni ngn nht
Qu#t tr!n
Tiu chun theo AS/NZS 60335.2.80.
Khong cch phng ngang: 1200 mm t u cch qut n t# /k gn
tng m cu thang /b leo ln.


Size: 1200 mm diameter unless otherwise documented.
Mounting height: Use longest proprietary suspension rod to ensure that
height from blades to finished floor level: > 2200 mm.
Speed regulators, capacitive and electronic: Flush mounted with OFF
position
3 EXECUTION
3.1 EARTHING
Earthing systems
Standard: Provide an earthing system as documented
Electrodes
General: Provide electrodes to suit soil resistivity.
Bonding
General: Provide bonding to AS/NZS 3000 clause 5.6.
Earth and bonding clamps
General: Provide proprietary earthing and bonding clamps.
3.2 MINERAL INSULATED METAL SHEATHED CABLE (MIMS)
General
General: Maintain manufacturers seals until joint or termination is made.
Remove moisture by heating cable ends.
Seals
Temporary seals: Fit temporary seals to the open ends of cables cut and
not immediately used.
Terminations: Fit termination seals at ends of cable runs as soon as the
cable has been cut to length, stripped back, and the moisture driven out.
Through joints: Same fire-rating as the cable.
Sheath earthing
General: If MIMS cables enter metal enclosures, earth sheaths to non-
Kch thc: (ng knh 1200 mm ngoi tr ch+ ra trong thit k.
Cao lp t: s dng dy treo c chiu di ln nht bo m chiu cao
t cnh qut n sn hon thin > 2200 mm.
Hp iu tc, t# in v thit b% in t: gn phng mt c v% tr OFF
3 THI CNG
3.1 NI T
H thng ni &t
Tiu chun: cung cp h thng ni t nh thit k
CHc tip &a
Tng qut: cung cp cc tip %a ph hp vi in tr' c#a t.
Lin kt
Tng qut: lin kt cc h thng theo AS/NZS 3000 mc 5.6.
KJp ni &t
Tng qut: cung cp k6p ni t chuyn dng.
Tiu chun theo AS 1882.
3.2 CP CHNG CHY V THP CCH IN V C/ (MIMS)
Tng qut
Tng qut: gi nguyn u b%t c#a nh my cho n khi thi cng u ni.
Nung u cp loi m.
Bt &!u cp
B%t tm th(i: b%t tm th(i cc u cp mi ct khng thi cng lin.

*u ni: lp u ni cp cng sm cng tt ngay sau khi ct cp, bc v
cp v ht m.
Mi ni: cng cp chng chy nh cp.
Ni &t vI cp
Tng qut: nu cp MIMS i vo hp/t# kim loi, ni t v. bo v c#a


ferrous plates secured to the enclosures. Where sheaths terminate at
plates, fully insulate, colour code, and fix the conductors to the enclosures.
Bonding
General: Bond metal sheaths of single core cables in multi-phase circuits
with proprietary earth bonding clips or clamps.
Separation
General: Separate MIMS cables from tough plastic sheathed (TPS) cables
and UPVC conduits by at least 25 mm.
Eddy currents
General: Arrange single core cable entries into non-ferrous metal gland
plates to minimise eddy currents.
Vibration
Connections with vibrating equipment: Loop cables in a complete circle
next to the point of connection.
MIMS cable terminations
MIMS cable systems: Test the insulation resistance as follows:
At the time of termination.
- 24 hours later.
3.3 POWER CABLES
General
Standard: Classifications to AS/NZS 3013.
Handling cables: Report damage to cable insulation, serving or sheathing.
Stress: Ensure that installation methods do not exceed the cables pulling
tension. Use cable rollers for cable installed on tray/ladders or in
underground enclosures.
Straight-through joints: Unless unavoidable due to length or difficult
installation conditions, run cables without intermediate straight-through
joints.
Cable joints: Locate in accessible positions in junction boxes and/or in
pits.
cp b0ng bn kim loi, khng t tnh, gn c %nh vo t#. Sau bc cch
in, nh mu lm du, v c %nh cc dy dn vo t#.
Bonding
Tng qut: ni v. kim loi c#a cp n trong mch in 3 pha b0ng k6p
ni t chuyn dng.
Phn cch
Tng qut: tch cp MIMS ra xa t nht 25mm vi cp v nha(TPS) hay
ng lu"n cp UPVC.
Dng qu:n:
Tng qut: sp xp cp 1 l-i vo trong in cp khng t tn gim thiu
dng qun.
Rung lc
Khi ni vo thit b% c rung lc: to 1 vng trc khi ni

!u cp MIMS
Th nghim cach in cho cp MIMS:
Khi u u cp.
- 24 gi( sau.
3.3 CP .NG LGC
Tng qut
Cp treo: bo co h h.ng, v. cp, cch in cp.
9ng sut: bo m phng php lp t cp khng vt qu gii hn
ko c#a cp. S dng rng rc khi ko cp trong mng, trn mng cp.
Ko thng 1 tuyn: ngoi tr trong iu kin lp t kh kh!n hay chiu
di cun cp khng p ng c, tuyn cp phi lin tc khng c ni
gia 2 u cp.

Ni cp: ni trong hp ni cp, hp pt c th vo kim tra c.
Nhng mch in p cc thp: ko dy ring nhng mch in p cc


Extra-low voltage circuits: Individual wiring of extra-low voltage circuits:
Tie together at regular intervals.
Tagging
General: Identify multi core cables and trefoil groups at each end with
stamped non-ferrous tags clipped around each cable or trefoil group.
Marking
General: Identify the origin of all wiring by means of legible indelible
marking.
3.4 FIRE-RATED (OTHER THAN MIMS)
Protection
General: If exposed to mechanical damage, provide protection to
AS/NZS 3013.

3.5 COPPER CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS
General
General: Other than for small accessory and luminaire terminals,
terminate copper conductors to equipment, with compression-type lugs of
the correct size for the conductor. Compress using the correct tool or
solder.
Within assemblies and equipment
General: Loom and tie together conductors from within the same cable or
conduit from the terminal block to the point of cable sheath or conduit
termination. Neatly bend each conductor to enter directly into the terminal
tunnel or terminal stud section, allowing sufficient slack for easy
disconnection and reconnection.
Alternative: Run cables in UPVC cable duct with fitted cover.
Identification: Provide durable numbered ferrules fitted to each core, and
permanently marked with numbers, letters or both to suit the connection
diagrams.
Spare cores: Identify spare cores and terminate into spare terminals, if
thp. B tng on theo tiu chun.
Vng &nh du
Tng qut: nh du cp nhiu li, cp xp tam gic, ti cc u b0ng
vng khng nhi$m t quanh m-i cp v nhm cp.
nh du
Tng qut: xc %nh ngu"n n c#a tt c dy in b0ng b!ng nh du
khng phai d$ dc.
3.4 CP CHNG CHY (KHC MIMS)
Bo v
Tng quT: nu i ni m c th b% tc ng c kh phi c bo v theo
AS/NZS 3013.

3.5 U NI CP DNG
Tng qut
Tng qut: Tr u ni vo cc thit b% nh. v n, tt c u ni vo cc
thit b% phi s dng u coss p kch thc ng vi tit din c#a cp.
Phi s dng u p v thit b% p chuyn dng

Trong t"/ thit b
Tng qut: b cc dy dn trong cng si cp hay ng lu"n cp t mi
n u dy n v. bo v cp hay t ng lu"n cp. Un cp gn gng
vo u ni mi n d$ dng tho u li.

La chn khc: i cp trong hp cp UPVC c np
Xc %nh: cung cp vng nh s gn cho m-i ph hp vi s " u dy

Li cp d phng: nh du cc li cp d phng v u vo cc mi
n d phng (nu c th) Nu khng b!ng cch in v buc gn gng


available. Otherwise, neatly insulate and neatly bind the spare cores to the
terminated cores.
3.6 ALUMINIUM CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS
General
Conductor surface preparation: Remove oxide as follows:
- Wire brushing surfaces to be connected.
- Immediately applying oxidation inhibiting abrasive grease containing zinc
or similar particles. Thoroughly cover the surfaces and work the grease
between the strands of stranded conductors.
Fittings: Unless joint contact surfaces are factory tinned or factory pre-
filled with oxidation inhibiting abrasive grease, prepare as for conductors.
Aluminium-to-aluminium jointing
Compression method:
- Provide aluminium or aluminium alloy crimp lugs or ferrules selected to
suit the size and shape of the conductors.
- Use compression dies selected to suit lugs or ferrules, with hexagonal
dies for stranded conductors and indent dies for solid conductors.
- Fill lugs or ferrules with oxidation inhibiting abrasive grease.
- Insert conductors into lugs or ferrules, driving out excess grease.
- Apply dies to provide at least 2 indentations at each joint or termination.
Fusion weld method: Make joints by fusion welding with aluminium lugs.
Protect cable insulation from heat by fixing substantial heat sinks to the
cable
near the joint. After completion of the weld, wire brush the joint and file
sharp projections smooth.
Aluminium-to-copper jointing
Method: Use compression method, as for Aluminium-to-aluminium
jointing.
Connector types: Select from the following:
- Bi-metal: Lug or pin type with cast copper palm or pin, friction welded to
vo cc u ni cp khc
3.6 U NI CP NHM
Tng qut
Chun b% b mt dy dn. loi b. oxit nh sau:
- Ch dy dn s c nh du.
- Ngay lp tc bi m/ chng oxy hoa cha km hay cc thnh phn
tng t Bi m/ ton b b mt c#a cc tao cp v c#a cp c
bn li.

Ph kin: Ngoi tr cc tip xc c#a mi ni c m km hay bi m/
chng oxy ha ' nh my, chun b% nh trn cho dy dn.
Mi ni nhm nhm
Phng php nn:
- Cung cp u ni p nhm nhm c kch thc v hnh dng ph hp
dy dn.

- S dng u p cht loi lc gic cho dy cp bn v u t cho cp
li cng.
- Bm y m/ chng oxy ha vo u coss p
- *t cp vo u coss lau m/ tha.
- M-i mi ni hay u cp phi p 2 v% tr.
Phng php hn nung chy: mi ni c hn nung chy vi u coss.
Bo v v lp cch in kh.i nhit c#a la hn b0ng cch thu nhit ngay
gn mi ni. Sau khi hn xong loi b. ba v cho nh1n
Mi ni &7ng nhm

Phng php: s dng phng php nn nh mi ni nhm nhm.

Loi mi ni: la chn cc phng php sau::


an aluminium barrel section, subsequently factory filled with oxidation
inhibiting abrasive grease.
- Case electro-tinned aluminium lug: Bolt the palm of the lug to the copper
busbar or terminal by means of a stainless steel bolt and nut with a large
diameter stainless steel flat washer and a spring cup washer.
3.7 AERIAL CABLES POWER
Aerial cables
Tension: String and tension cables to meet the project specific design
criteria.
Aerial connection poles
For change of direction < 10 degrees: Pin insulators mounted on
horizontal cross arms.
For change of direction ) 10 degrees: Shackle insulators secured by
hooks on poles and bolts on crossarms or elsewhere.
Bundled conductors: To AS 3766.
Aerial connection building attachment
General: Provide proprietary up-stands, as required.
Attachment: Shackle insulators and supports securely bolted to building
structure.
Building entry: Angle conduit upwards at a minimum angle of 45 degrees
for weather proofing.
3.8 BUSDUCT INSTALLATION
General
Standard: To AS/NZS 3439.2.
Horizontal runs: Support bus ducts at maximum intervals of 2 m, with
adjustable hangers and steel angle supports. Provide runs that are
straight and level. Install hangers at least 300 mm from joint centres.
Secure bus ducts to angle supports with proprietary clamps.
Vertical runs: Support with a combination of fixed and spring type hangers
to allow for expansion and contraction of the bus duct system.
- L/ng kim: u cp vi ng hay ta "ng hn vi ng nhm c bi y
m/ chng oxy ha lm ' nh my.

- *u cp/ u mi ni nhm m km: xit c tai u cp vo thanh "ng
hay mi n ni b0ng bulon thp khng r+, (ng kn ln.
3.7 CP TRN KHNG
Cp trn khng
Lc c!ng: C!ng cp theo ng yu cu k thut nu trong thit k.

!u ni cp trn khng Tr( &in
Khi tuyn cp i hng, gc < 10 s dng s ng gn trn
ngang
Khi tuyn cp i hng, gc ) 10 : s dng s treo, treo vo ct in
b0ng mc v bt bulon vo x ngang hay tng t.
B dy dn theo AS 3766.
Dy trn khng vo cng trnh
Tng qut: cung cp u cp vo cng trnh chuyn dng nh yu cu.
Lin kt vo cng trnh: s dng s treo v gi treo bt bu lon vo kt cu
cng trinh.
Cp vo: ng lu"n cp vo nghin ti thiu 45 ng!n nc

3.8 L$P %T BUSWAY
Tng qutl
Tiu chun theo AS/NZS 3439.2.
Lp ngang: lp t gi / khong cch ti a l 2m, vi ty treo iu ch+nh
c v gi / b0ng thp gc. Tuyn busway phi thng v ngang b0ng .

Lp dc: treo b0ng gi / co l xo cho php busway gin n/.



Fittings: Provide elbows, offsets and junctions for changes in direction. If
necessary, provide weatherproof covers and gaskets.
Site tests
3.9 COMPLETION TESTS
Inspection: Visually inspect the installation to AS/NZS 3000 before testing.
Submit record on a checklist.
Test and verify the installation to AS/NZS 3000 Section 8 using the
methods outlined in AS/NZS 3017. Record and submit the results of all
tests.
Dummy load tests
General: Where electrical tests are required and the actual load is not
available, provide a dummy load equal to at least 75% of the design load.
3.10 PARE PARTS
General
Spare parts: As documented

Ph kin: cung cp co, ch Z chuyn hng. Nu cn cung cp np
v jon chng nc
3.9 TH, NGHIM HON TT
Kim tra: kim tra b0ng mt theo AS/AZS 3000 trc khi th nghim. *
trnh bo co danh mc kim tra
Th nghim v chng nhn lp t ph hp AS/NZS 3017 mc 8 s
dng cc phng php nu trong AS/NZS 3017
Bo co v trnh tt c th nghim
Th nghim tc gi
Tng qut: cung cp ti gi b0ng t nht 75% ti tht thit k, khng cho
php s dng ti tht
3.10 PH TNG THAY TH
Tng qut
Ph tng thay th nh trong thit k yu cu
ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0931 Power generation diesel


0931 POWER GENERATION DIESEL
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
General
General: Provide proprietary packaged stand-by generating set(s) as
documented, incorporating the following:
- Engine cooling system.
- Combustion air system.
- Exhaust system.
- Liquid fuel system.
- Acoustic enclosure.
- Control system.
- Connection to low voltage power system.
General
- Liquid fuels.
- Low voltage power systems.
- Switchboards proprietary.
- Switchboards custom-built.
- Switchboard components
0931 MY PHT IN DIESEL
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Tng qut
Tng qut: Cung cp my pht d phng chuyn dng nh h" s thit k,
bao g"m cc h thng sau :
- H thng lm mt my pht in.
- H thng cp khng kh t cho my n.
- H thng thot gi thi.
- H thng cung cp du.
- H thng cch m.
- H thng iu khin.
- *u ni vo h thng in h th.
1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: ph hp chng nhng yu cu chung.
Cc chng lin quan
- Cung cp du.
- H thng in h th.
- T in h th_loi ch t o sn.
- T in h th_loi t hng.
- Thit b ng ct


3 STANDARD
General
General: For the purpose of this worksection, compliance with the
following standards relating to stand-alone systems are also applicable to
those systems which are to be connected to the network supply:
- Stand-alone power systems: To AS/NZS 4509.1, AS/NZS 4509.2 and
AS/NZS 4509.3.
4 INTERPRETATIONS
Definitions
Net continuous rated output (or prime rating): Net continuous electrical
output available at alternator terminals, not including the electrical power
consumed by the generating sets dependent and essential auxiliaries.
Net short-time rated output (or stand-by rating): Net electrical output
available from the generating set for 1 hour in every 12 hours at net
continuous rated output, not including electrical power consumed by the
generating sets dependent and essential auxiliaries.
Start response time: Total elapsed time from receipt of start signal to final
connection to load.
5 PRE-COMPLETION TEST
Factory inspection
Requirement: Give sufficient notice so that inspection may be made of
each complete generating set and associated systems at the
manufacturers or suppliers factory before delivery to the site.
6 SUBMISSIONS
Technical data
General: Submit technical data including the following:
- Technical description and specifications of each generating set, including

1.3 TIU CHUN
Tng qut
Tng qut : p dng trong chng ny, my pht in lm vic c lp
hay ho vi li in quc gia, phi ph hp vi cc tiu chun sau:
- H thng lm vic c lp theo AS/NZS 4509.1, AS/NZS 4509.2 v
AS/NZS 4509.3.

1.4 GII THCH
nh ngha
Cng sut pht lin tc(prime): cng sut c th pht lin tc ' thanh ci
c#a my pht in, khng bao g"m ph ti t dng .

Cng sut pht trong th(i gian ngn(standby) : cng c th pht 1 gi( sau
khi chy 12 gi( lin tc, ' cng sut pht lin tc khng bao g"m ph ti
t dng.
Th(i gian p ng: khong th(i gian ch( t khi nhn c tn hiu kh'i
ng n khi hon tt mang ti.
1.5 TH, NGHIM TRKC BN GIAO
Th8 nghim > nh my
Yu cu: thng bo th(i gian th nghim cho m-i my pht in v cc
h thng ph tr ti nh my trc khi vn chuyn n cng trnh.

1.6 TRNH
Ti liu k thut
Tng qut: cung cp cc ti liu k thut bao g"m:
- M t v c ti1ng k thut c#a m-i my pht in bao g"m: (ng


output curves for base load and stand-by conditions, alternator and
engine data, automatic voltage regulator, synchronising and load sharing
modules and auxiliaries.
- Type test reports as follows:
. Generating sets.
. Alternators: To AS 1359.101.
- Net continuous rated output.
- Net short-time rated output.
- Transient and subtransient reactance of the alternators.
- Voltage regulation grade.
- Generating set efficiency at 50%, 75% and 100% load.
- Calculations for performance of acoustic enclosures and silencers.
- Evidence that the engine type has previously passed cold starting tests
at the minimum ambient site temperature.
Shop drawings
General: Submit shop drawings indicating the following:
- General arrangement of equipment, generating sets, fuel tanks, exhaust
silencers, control panels, batteries, cable tray runs.
- Single line schematic showing the interconnection with the building
electrical system.
- Operating sequence in test and emergency modes as well as restoration
of normal supply.
- Location and size of fuel tanks.
- Physical size of exhaust silencers including clearances from other
system, building and structural elements.
- Physical size of generating set base and clearances for maintenance.
- Location and estimated size of control and distribution boards.
- Location of control and starting batteries.
- Acoustic performance criteria (engine, exhaust, air flow), to determine
the level of sound proofing required.
cong cng sut pht in ' iu kin stand by v chy nn, thng s
my pht v ng c, b iu khin in th, m dun chia ti v ho
"ng b( nu c), t dng.
- Bo co type test nh sau:
. My pht in.
. My pht theo AS 1359.101.
- Cng sut u ra lm vic lin tc.
- Cng sut u ra lm vic ngn hn.
- *in tr' ngn mch my pht( transient v subtransient)
- Mc iu ch+nh in p.
- Hiu sut my pht in ' ti 50%, 75% v 100%.
- Tnh ton b cch m v tiu m.
- Bo m ng c th nghim kh'i ng ' nhit xung quanh thp
nht.

Shop drawings
Tng qut: trnh bn v shop drawing th hin r:
- B tr tng qut thit b%, my pht in, b"n du, b tiu m ng khi, t#
iu khin, c quy v tuyn cp..
- S " dn tuyn th hin u ni vo h thng in c#a cng trnh.
- Th t thao tc trong ch th nghim, s c v khi phc in li
quc gia.
- V% tr v kch thc b"n du.
- Kch thc vt l c#a b tiu m bao g"m khong cch n cc h
5tho61ng khc, kin trc v kt cu cng trnh.
- Kch thc vt l c#a my pht in v khong trng bo hnh.
- V% tr v kch thc t# ng lc v iu khin.
- V% tr acquy cung cp in iu khin v kh'i ng.
- Tiu ch cch m( my pht, ng khi, thng gi) yu cu xc %nh
"n.


- Maximum mass and overall dimensions of each separable assembly.
- Access clearances for operational maintenance and dismantling.
- Electrical single line diagram, and general arrangement for the complete
system.
- Control diagrams.
- Alarms and shutdown annunciator text engraving schedule
- Details of foundations and anti-vibration mountings.
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
Multiple generating sets
General: For multiple generating sets operating in parallel, provide
generating sets of the same make and type.
Mounting
General: Mount the engine and alternator units on a common structural
steel frame to support the generating set assembly and the engine local
control board.
Coupling
General: Directly couple the engine and generator shafts with a self-
aligning type coupling, capable of transmitting the engine maximum output
torque under operating conditions, including starting and overload.
2.2 ALTERNATORS
General
Standards: To AS 1359 Parts 0, 30, 31, 101, 102.1, 102.2, 107, 109, 114
and IEC 60034-5 and 60034-12.
Voltage waveform: Sinusoidal, with total wave form deviation not
exceeding 10%.
Excitation: Provide self-regulated brushless type exciters.
Overspeed: Withstand a speed of 1.2 times unit rated speed for both
- Ti trong v kch thc ln nht c#a tng b phn r(i.
- Khong trng vo sa cha bo tr v thao lp thit b%.
- S " n tuyn h thng in v b tr tng th cho ton h thng.
- S " h thng iu khin.
Bng k thng bo, bo ng v dng my
- Chi tit b my v chng rung.
2 SN PHM
2.1 TNG QUT
My pht vn hnh song song
Tng qut: My pht vn hnh song song phi ging nhau.

Lp &'t
Tng qut: my pht v ng c phi gn trn cng mt khung thp gn
ton b my pht in v t# iu khin.

Lin kt
Tng qut: My pht v ng c gn vi nhau b0ng khp ni t iu
ch+nh, cho php truyn momen cc i trong cht lm vic, kh'i ng
v qu ti my pht in .
2.2 MY PHT
Tng qutl
Tiu chun: Theo AS 1359 Phn 0, 30, 31, 101, 102.1, 102.2, 107, 109,
114 v IEC 60034-5 v 60034-12.
Dng sng in p: hnh sin, bin dng sng khng qu 10%.
Kch t: cung cp b kch t t iu ch+nh khng ch-i than.
Qu tc : cho php my pht v ng c qu tc 1,2 ln so vi tc
%nh mc.


alternator and engine.
Alternator underspeed withstand: Normal operation at net continuous
rated output at a speed of 0.95 times unit rated speed, without
overheating.
Sustained short-circuit withstand: At least 2.5 times full load steady state
short-circuit current, for at least 5 s.
Number of poles: 4.
Enclosure classification: IP21, with screened ventilation openings.
Cooling method classification: Class IC 01, to AS 1359.106.
Insulation classification: Thermal class 180 (H), to IEC 60085
Anti-condensation heaters
General: Provide at least 2 anti-condensation heaters within the winding
enclosure.
Rating: Rate heaters to maintain the windings and insulation at least 6C
above ambient temperature when the alternator is at rest and one heater
is in service.
Location: Locate a heater at each end of alternator windings in a position
which allows heat transfer to the winding insulation by convection, without
exceeding maximum allowable insulation temperature. Do not fix heaters
to windings.
Terminations: Connect heaters to separate identified terminals within a
separate accessories terminal box which is connected to a permanent
supply.
Connection diagram: Provide a connection diagram for the heaters.
Locate within the terminal box.
Winding thermistors
General: Provide thermistors to alternator stator windings.
Thermistor type: Positive temperature coefficient.
Thermistor temperatures:
- Engine shutdown: 160C.
Di tc c#a my pht: cho php my pht chy vi tc 0,95 ln
tc %nh mc ' ch vn hnh cng sut lin tc m khng nng
my.
Kh n!ng ch%u ngn mch: t nht 2,5 ln cng sut %nh mc trong ch
ngn mch trong 5 giy .
S cc: 4 cc.
V. my pht: IP 21 vi l- m' thng gi( nu c)
Phng php lm mt: loi IC 01 theo AS 1359.106.
Loi cch in theo IEC 60085 loi 180 (H)
in tr> chng ngng t(
Tng qut: cung cp 2 in tr' chng ngng t trong cc cun dy.

Cng sut: cng sut c#a in tr' bo m nhit khng kh trong cc
cun dy v cch in cao hn nhit mi tr(ng bn ngoi 6 C khi
my ngng hot ng v bt 1 in tr' .
V% tr: lp in tr' ' m-i cui m-i cun dy c#a my pht ' v% tr sao cho
nhit c th truyn vo cun dy b0ng khng kh i lu m khng vt
qu nhit cho php ti a c#a cch in. Khng c %nh in tr' sy
vo cun dy.
*u ni: ni cc in tr' sy vo trong cc hp u dy ring, khc nhau
v ni vo ngu"n cp in lin tc.

S " u ni: cung cp s " u ni cho m-i in tr' sy. V% tr t bn
trong hp ni.
Bin tr> cho cu6n dy
Tng qut: cung cp bin tr' cho cc cun dy stator my pht .
Bin tr' loi: h s nhit dng.
Nhit c#a bin tr':
- Dng ng c: 160C.


- Winding temperature high pre-alarm: 140C.
Terminal boxes
Construction: Provide metal terminal boxes. Size to allow the current
transformers, power and control cables and cable lugs to be neatly
installed and terminated with necessary clearances between live parts and
the box, and without placing undue strain on termination points.
Supply cable terminal box: Provide removable lid and side covers.
Terminals: Provide star connected windings. Bring both ends of each
winding out to separate terminals. Establish a neutral terminal.
Sealing: Provide neoprene or bonded cork gaskets between terminal
boxes and their frames and covers
2.3 ENGINES
General
Sizing: Take into account the nature of loads including auxiliaries,
harmonics and transient operation.
Bearings: Provide front and rear main bearings, so that crankshaft
alignment is not affected by dismantling of the alternator.
Governing
General: Provide electronic or mechanically controlled governors which
enable engines to operate continuously at 1480 r/min from no-load to the
maximum rated electrical load connected to the alternator. Provide filters
which ensure that harmonics or switching spikes generated by the load do
not interfere with the operation of the governor, overspeed or underspeed
cut out devices.
Governing accuracy: Class M3, to AS 4594.
Governor adjustments: Provide adjustment settings for the following:
- Speed droop.
- Stability.
- Maximum speed.
- Acceleration rate.
- Bo ng cun dy cao: 140C.
H6p &u dy
Cu to: b0ng kim loi . Kch thc ph hp, lp t my bin dng, cp
ng lc v iu khin, u cp go5nga2ng v c ng!n cch r rng gia
cc phn mang in v hp ni m khng c lc ko c!ng qu mc ' cc
u ni.
Cung cp hp u ni cp: loi np v hng tho r(i c.
*u ni: cung cp cun dy u sao: mang c 2 u cun dy ra u vo
cc u ni ring. Thit k u ni trung tnh.
B%t kn: cung cp jon cao su cho np hp u ni

2.3 .NG C/
Tng qut
Kch thc: p ng ton b ph ti bao g"m ph ti t dng, ph ti
ngn hn, khng "ng b.
trc: cung cp trc pha trc v sau sao cho khp ni khng nh
h'ng b'i vic tho u pht in.
i4u tc
Tng qut: cung cp b iu tc iu khin c v in, bo dm my pht
in hot ng n %nh' tc 1480 vong / pht khi ti in thay i t
khng ti n y ti. Cung cp b lc sng hi bo m sng hi hay
hot ng ng ct ph ti t ngt khng nh h'ng n hot ng c#a
b iu tc, thit b% ct qu tc hay tc thp.
Cp chnh xc: loi M3 theo AS 4594.
*iu khin ci t:
- * gim tc.
- * n %nh.
- Tc ti a.
- Gia tc.
- * t!ng ph ti.


- Load gain.
2.4 FUEL STORAGE
General
General: Conform to Liquid fuels.
2.5 CONTROLS
General
General: Provide automatic and manual modes to start and shut down
generating sets in the selected sequence and, if operating in parallel,
share the load to optimise their rated kW and kVAR capacities.
Manual sequence control
General: Provide controls to manually, start, synchronise and shut-down
each generating set. Include emergency stop, synchroscope, meters,
selector switches, check synchroniser and status indicating lights.
Automatic start control
General: Provide for the following:
- When a start signal is received, generating sets start automatically,
come on-line and, if appropriate synchronise before connecting to the
load.
- Connection of alternators for sequential control of load sharing/shedding.
- Shutdown of alternate machines.
Automatic engine shutdown
General: Provide for generating sets to run to suit the load demand until
receipt of the mains restored signal is received. At this point the
automatic sequenced engine shutdown signal must be activated after an
adjustable time delay of 0 30 min.
Engine shutdown
General: Provide a shutdown control system which disconnects the
alternators, and shuts down engines upon the occurrence of fault
conditions, such that:
- Engines cannot be restarted before safety devices have been manually

2.4 KHO DU
Tng qutl
Tng qut: theo chng cung cp du.
2.5 IBU KHI@N
Tng qut
Tng qut: Cung cp ch t ng kh'i ng, ngng my pht in
theo 1 trnh t la chn trc hay, nu my pht in u song song, t
ng phn phi ti u ph ti.
*iu khin b0ng tay
Tng qut: cung cp iu khin kh'i ng, ho "ng b( nu c) v dng
my pht in b0ng tay. Bao g"m dng s c, in k, "ng h", cng tc
chn, b kim tra "ng b( nu c) v n ch+ th% trng thi.
i4u khi*n t &6ng
Tng qut: cung cp nh sau:
- Khi nhn c tn hiu start, my pht in t ng kh'i ng, ng
vo h thng in v, nu c, "ng b trc khi u ni vo ph ti.
- *u cc my pht chia s2/ sa thi ph ti.
- Dng my pht in.
T &6ng d?ng &6ng c
Tng qut: cung cp iu khin my pht chy p ng vi ph ti cho
n khi nhn c tn hiu khi phc in li. Khi ny tn hiu dng
my pht in s c kch hot vi th(i gian tr$ c th iu ch+nh t 0-3
pht.

D?ng &6ng c
Tng qut: cung cp h dng ng c bao g"m ngt my pht v dng
ng c khi c s c nh:
- *ng c khng th kh'i ng sau khi thit b% bo v c reset b0ng
tay v cc 1 u d bo ng tr' li trng thi bnh th(ng.


reset and system alarm sensors have returned to the normal state.
- The overspeed shutdown acts directly to disconnect the fuel supply
independent of the governor.
- The shutdown control system may be reset by the operation of one reset
switch, after safety devices have been manually reset.
Emergency and fault shutdown
General: Provide for the following conditions to register as audible and
visible alarms and to cause each generating set main circuit breaker to
open immediately and each generating set to immediately shutdown:
- Emergency stop push-button: Pressed.
- Generating set: Over voltage.
- Generating set protection: Activated.
- Generating set: Over current.
- Engine: Overspeed.
- Engine oil pressure: Low.
- Jacket water temperature: High.
Automatic synchronising
General: Provide synchronising modules which automatically synchronise
each incoming alternator supply frequency and phase angle to the live
busbars
Emergency stop push-buttons
Generating sets < 2 m long: Provide one push-button per generating set.
Other generating sets: Provide 2 push-buttons per generating set. Locate
one on each side or locate one of the push-buttons in the engine local
control board.
Type: 40 mm diameter red, palm operated type mounted in a metal wall
box fixed to a free standing U channel pedestal. Wire to disconnect the
generator and immediately shut down the engine when the controls are in
the automatic or manual mode.

- Vic dng do qu tc c#a b iu tc lm ngng cung cp du.

- H thng dng c th reset li nh( cng tc reset sau khi tt c thit b%
bo v c reset li b0ng tay.
D?ng kh0n cp v s c
Tng qut: Cung cp b iu khin dng my pht in v ngt CB tc
th, "ng th(i pht tn hiu bo ng b0ng ting v n bo trong cc iu
kin sau:

- Nt nhn dng khn cp c: nhn.
- Qu in p: my pht in.
- Bo v my pht in b% kch hot.
- Qu tc ng c.
- Qu dng my pht in.
- p sut du: thp.
- Nhit nc lm mt qu cao
T &6ng ho &7ng b6( nu c)
Tng qut: Cung cp modun t ng ho "nng b tn s v gc lch
pha cho m-i u ra my pht
Nt nhn d?ng kh0n cp
My pht in ngn hn 2m cung cp 1 nt dng khn cp cho m-i my
pht in.
My pht in di hn 2m cung cp 2 nt dng khn cp gn 2 bn my
pht in hay 01 ci gn trong t# iu khin.
Loi: mu . (ng knh 40mm, ng lng bn tay gn trn vch t# in
b0ng kim loi, khng gn trn khung U t# in. *u dy sao cho c th
dng ng c v ngt my pht in ngay lp tc trong ch iu khin
t ng v b0ng tay.



2.6 CONTROL PANELS
General
General: Provide control panels, switchgear and controlgear assemblies to
Switchboards custom built , Switchboard components and as
documented.
Equipment: Accommodate equipment operating in parallel and stabilise
load sharing between each generating set at all load steps. Include
reverse power interlock.
Engine local control board
General: For each generating set, provide the following:
- Key operated local engine start/stop control.
- Controls for auto/off/manual/load test.
- Emergency manual shutdown.
- Speed indicator, kW meter, frequency meter, ammeter, kVAR meter,
power factor meter, and hours run meter.
- Indicator showing generating set under local control.
- Oil pressure indicator.
- Coolant temperature indicator.
- Undervoltage protection: Adjustable down to 90% rated voltage with time
delay 0 to 10 s.
- Under frequency protection with two stages.
. First stage: Adjustable 47 50 Hz with time delay 0 to 10 s.
. Second stage: Adjustable down to 40 Hz and with instantaneous trip.
- Automatic voltage regulator consisting of the following
. Switch to select manual or automatic voltage control.
. Solid-state type automatic voltage regulator.
- Under and overvoltage sensing.
- Power transducers.
- Over and underspeed sensors.

2.6 T IN IBU KHI@N
Tng qut l
Tng qut: cung cp t# iu khin bao g"m thit b% ng ngt v iu
khin ph hp chng t# in t hng, chng thit b% ng ngt v v
ph hp vi ti liu thit k .
Thit b%: cung cp thit b% trong ch my pht vn hnh song song,
chia s2 ph ti ' tt c ch ph ti. Bao g"m kho lin ng ngu"n d
phng .
T" &i4u khi*n &6ng c t#i ch
Tng qut: M-i my pht in, cung cp
- Kho m' my/ dng my.
- *iu khin th nghim chy ch auto/ off / manal/ load.
- Dng khn cp b0ng tay.
- Ch+ th% tc , "ng h" KW, Hz, A, KVAR, "ng h" h s cng sut,
"ng h" m th(i gian chy my.
- Ch+ th% my pht ang c iu khin ti ch-.
- Ch+ th% p sut du.
- Ch+ th% nhit lm mt.
- Bo v thp p: c th hiu ch+nh role n gi tr% in p thp 90% so
vi %nh mc v th(i gian tc ng t 0 n 10 giy.
- Bo v tn s thp theo 2 ch .
. Ch 1: hiu ch+nh t 47- 50 Hz, th(i gian tr$ 0 n 10 giy .
. Ch 2: c th iu ch+nh n 40Hz, tc ng tc th:
-T ng iu ch+nh in p bao g"m
. Cng tc la chn ch iu khin t ng/ b0ng tay.
. B iu ch+nh in p t ng loi bn dn.
- Cm bin thp p/ cao p.
- B ngu"n.


Alternator output control: For overload or fault protection provide the
following:
- Type: ACB
- Rating.
- Closing e.g. hand closing or power-assisted closing if the device is a
circuit-breaker.
- Overload protection e.g. integral or separate relay.
- Tripping voltage supply. Only if separate tripping voltage supply is
required.
Alternator voltage control:
- Manual control adjustment.
- Automatic voltage regulator:
- Voltage adjustment.
- Set point adjustment.
2.7 BATTERIES AND CHARGERS
General
General: Provide separate batteries and charger systems for the following:
- Engine start.
- Control and alarm functions.
Standards
Engine start batteries: To AS/NZS 4029.1, AS 4029.2 or AS 4029.3.
Battery chargers: To AS 4044.
Control and alarm batteries: To AS 3731.1, AS 3731.2, AS/NZS 4029.2 or
AS 4029.3.
Starting batteries
Location: Locate in proprietary battery holders attached to the generating
set, or on purpose-built stands next to the set and constructed of timber or
other corrosion resistant material. Isolate batteries from vibration.
Covers: Provide a high-impact resistant transparent cover for each
- Cm bin tc thp/ cao.
*iu khin u ra my pht in:
- Loi: ACB.
- Cng sut nh thit k.
- *ng b0ng tay hay b0ng m t in nu l CB.
- Bo v qu ti s dng r le trong CB hay r le ngoi.
- Cung cp ngu"ntrip CB ch+ cung cp ngu"n in ngoi nu c yu
cu.
*iu khin in p my pht:
- *iu khin b0ng tay.
- *iu khin t ng:
- *iu khin in p.
- *iu ch+nh im ci t.
2.7 AC QUY V B. S;C
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp h thng ac quy v b sc ring cho cc h thng
sau:
- Kh'i ng ng c.
- Cung cp ngu"n iu khin, bo v.
Tiu chu0n
:c quy kh'i ng ng c theo AS/NZS 4029.1, AS 4029.2 or AS 4029.3.
B sc theo AS 4044.
:c quy bo v v iu khin theo AS 3731.1, AS 3731.2, AS/NZS 4029.2
or AS 4029.3.

$c qui kh>i &6ng
V% tr: gn trn khung ac qui chuyn dng gn vo my pht in hay trn
g g- hay vt liu khng b% axit !n mn, t cnh my pht in, chng
rung cho c qui


battery.
Capacity: Sufficient to crank the engine for 3 successive attempted starts,
repeated at 5 min intervals.
Isolator: Provide a lockable isolator to prevent accidental starting.
Starting batteries chargers
General: Select the charger to suit the batteries supplied.
Mains power: Connect chargers to the mains power to ensure that power
is maintained to the charger under all supply conditions.
Alarm outputs: Provide the following local audible and visual alarms
together with facilities for extending them via a common alarm output to a
remote location:
- Mains off.
- Over voltage.
- Over current.
- Low battery voltage.
- Insufficient charge rate.
Control and alarm batteries
Location: Segregate battery and charger equipment from generator control
equipment.
Capacity: Sufficient to supply full generating set control, monitoring and
alarm functions for a period of 48 hours, and then operate circuit breaker
and transfer devices for 10 consecutive open-trip-close cycles with mains
supply off and at minimum ambient temperature.
Chargers control and alarm batteries
General: Select the charger to suit the batteries supplied.
Alarm outputs: Provide the following local audible and visual alarms
together with facilities for extending them via a common alarm output to a
remote location:
- Mains off.
- Over voltage.
Che y: s dng np y trong sut, ch%u c tc ng c cao cho m-i
c qui.
Cng sut: c th kh'i ng ng c thnh cng 3 ln lin tip cch nhau
5 pht.
Isolator: cung cp isolator c kho, phng khi c s c khi kh'i ng .

B6 s#c c qui kh>i &6ng
Tng qut: la chn b sc ph hp vi c qui.
Ngu"n cung cp in chnh: bo m u tin cung cp in cho b sc.
Cnh bo: cung cp tn hiu cnh bo hnh v ting ti v% tr t b sc v
truyn tn hiu cnh bo n cc h thng cnh bo chung:

- Ngu"n in chnh mt
- Qu ti p.
- Qu dng.
- *in p c qui thp.
- Dng in sc thp.

$c qui &i4u khi*n v bo &6ng
V% tr: t c qui v b sc xa thit b% iu khin my pht in
Cng sut: cung cp lin tc 48 gi( ton b h thng iu khin, hin th%
v cnh bo c#a my pht in v cho php vn hnh ng ct CB, cc
thit b% chuyn i ngu"n in 10 ln trong iu kin ngu"n in li mt
v nhit mi tr(ng xung quanh thp nht .
B6 s#c c qui &i4u khi*n v cnh bo
Tng qut: la chn b sc ph hp vi c qui.
Tn hiu cnh bo: cung cp tn hiu cnh bo hnh v ting ti v% tr t
b sc v truyn tn hiu cnh bo n cc h thng cnh bo chung:
- Ngu"n in chnh mt
- Qu ti p.


- Over current.
- Insufficient charge rate.
2.8 STARTING
Electric starting
General: Provide starter motors, batteries and chargers, and associated
control equipment to automatically start each engine.
Wiring: Wire starter motors so that starter motor solenoid contacts are on
the active side and field windings are at earth potential when the motor is
de-energised. Provide an interlock, connected directly to the engine, to
prevent the starter motor operating when the engine is running.
Starting interlock: Provide a starting lock out system which prevents
further starting attempts after 3 successive unsuccessful attempts.
2.9 ROOM ACOUSTIC
General
General: Provide room acoustic to surround generating sets, including
inlet and outlet sound attenuators.
Sound pressure level limit
General: 55 dB (A) at 12 locations 1 m from the room exterior surface, at
1.5 m above floor or roof levels, measured with the generating set
operating at constant maximum rated full load output, with doors closed
and service penetrations sealed.
Dimensions
General: Size room to accommodate diesel engine inlet and outlet
attenuators and permit an unobstructed walkway at least 600 mm wide
between the generating set and internal face of the enclosure.
Doors
General: Provide doors of same acoustic material as the room. Provide
door stays to each door.
Ventilation
- Qu dng.
- *in p c qui thp.
- Dng in sc thp
2.8 KHLI .NG
Kh>i &6ng &in
Tng qut: cung cp mt kh'i ng, c qui v b sc v cc thit b%
iu khin c lin quan c th t ng kh'i ng ng c.
*u dy: u dy sao cho tip im c#a solenoid mt ' cc cp ngu"n,
cn tip im cc cun dy stator m t c ni t khi m t b% ngt
in. Cung cp kha lin ng ni trc tip vo ng c diesel trnh
kh'i ng ng c khi ng c ang chy.
Kha lin ng kh'i ng: Cung cp mt kha lin ng, gip ng!n chn
cc n- lc kh'i ng sau 3 ln lin tip khng thnh cng.
2.9 CCH M PHNG
Tng qut
Tng qut : cung cp cch m phng my pht in bao g"m ming gi
vo / ra tiu m.
Gii hn "n cho php
Tng qut: khng qu 55db ( A) ti 12 v% tr xung quanh, cch t(ng xung
quanh 1m v 1.5 m cch sn v trn.

Kch tht:
Tng qut: kch tht phng thch hp vi b tiu m gi vo / ra v xung
quanh my t nht 600 mm.

Ca
Tng qut: Cung cp ca cng vt kiu cch m nh phng cung cp b
ng ca t ng ( doorstay)cho m-i cnh.
Thng gi


General: Provide ventilation to the room so that:
- With generating sets running at full rated output the enclosure
temperature rise does not exceed 12C.
- Hazardous concentrations of toxic or explosive fumes and gases are
prevented.
2.10 MARKING
Rating plates
Temperature-rise limits: If temperature-rise limits are achieved by de-
rating an oversized generator, state the de-rated value.
Alternator mass: State alternator mass.
Thermistor detector identification and warning plates
Thermistors: Provide details of thermistor type classification and reference
temperature.
Warning: Provide a warning engraved in 4 mm high lettering as follows:
- WARNING Do not apply more than 2.5 V across the protection
thermistor devices.
Anti-condensation heater identification and warning: Locate next to heater
terminals. State the number, voltage and power rating of the heaters, and
the following separate warning engraved in red letters on a white
background:
- WARNING Anti-condensation heater. Circuit is live when the set is off.
Auxiliary wiring
Ferrules: Provide to wiring ends identifying each conductor.
Engine direction of rotation
General: If driving shafts or associated rotating parts are accessible,
clearly and permanently mark the direction of rotation on an adjacent fixed
surface.
Rotation identification: Provide a label within the supply cable terminal box
identifying the relationship between the direction of rotation and the
marking of terminals.
Tng qut: Cung cp thong gi sao cho:
- My phy in chy y ti nhit trong phng khng t!ng qu 12
0
C.

- Khi c v kh gy n khng pht sinh
2.10 DN NHN
Cng sut:
Gii hn nhit gia t!ng : nu gii hn nhit gai t!ng b0ng cch
gim cng sut my pht in phi dn nhn ghi r cng sut t c.
Ti trng my pht : ghi r ti trng my pht in.
Dn nhn ch< th v cnh bo &!u d nhit ( thermistor)
Thermistor: cung cp chi tit loi, nhit tham kho c#a thermistor.
Cnh bo: cung cp bng khc chm ch cao 4mm nh sao:
- C4NH BO: khng cho php dng in qu 2.5V qua thit b% bo v
thermistor.
Cnh bo , ch+ th% cho in tr' nhit chng ng sng: dm ngay cnh
in tr' . ghi s lng, in p , cng sut c#a cc in tr' v trn bng
ch . nn trng khc chm ghi:

- C4NH BO- *in tr' trnh ng sng. Vn c in khi dng my pht
in.
M#ch t dng
*u cp: Cung cp vng nh s m-i dy in.
Ch< th h1ng quay &6ng c
. Tng qut : nu trc ng c v cc ph kin quay khc nhn h' thy
c , nh du c %nh v r rnh chiu quay c#a ng c trn b mt
c %nh gn .
Th t pha: Dn nhn trn mino u dy c#a cp ngu"n ch+ r quan h
c#a th t pha c#a cp v chiu quay ng c.
- Dn Nhn t b sc


Charger enclosure markings
General: Provide enclosure with the following:
- Manufacturers rating plates.
- Markings to AS 4044.
Plate material: Stainless steel
3 SCHEDULE
(See in annex)
4 EXECUTION
4.1 GENERAL
Plinths
General: Provide reinforced concrete plinths for floor mounted equipment,
sized to suit equipment footprints.
Resilient mounts
General: Provide at least 6 resilient mounting blocks between the frame
and the plinth.
Drip trays
General: Provide removable drip trays under those parts of the assembly
where fuel or lubricant leakage may occur. Provide overflow outlet pipes
taken to a point where a receptacle can be fitted under the pipe outlet.
Capacity: At least 1.5 times the oil capacity of the engine sump.
Material: 1.6 mm galvanized steel with brazed joints and rolled edges.

4.2 PERMANENT TEST LOAD
General
General: Provide a permanent, fan cooled, resistive test load connected to
the generating set control panel.
Tng qut : cung cp t c
- Nhn ghi cng sut c#a nh sn sut
- Nhn ghi theo AS 4044-
Vt liu Nhn thp khng r+.
3 %C TNH KM THU2T CA THIT B
(xem trong ph lc)
4 THI CNG
4.1 TNG QUT
Mng my
Tng qut : cung cp chn b0ng b tng ct thp cho thit b% t trn sn
, kch tht ph hp vi chn c#a thit bi.
B6 gim chn
Tng qut : cung cp t nht 6 b gim chn gia khung s(n my pht
in v v b mng.
Khay d!u
Tng qut: cung cp khay du c th t rt ra c cc v% tr c th c
du r r+. Cung cp ng x du trn ti v% tr c th dung thng hng.
Cng sut : ti thiu 1.5 ln dung tch b"n cha du c#a ng c.
Vt liu : thp m km 1,6 ly vi mi ni m "ng v gc cnh da trn.

4.2 PH TI TH, NGHIM

Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp ph ti in tr' th nghim khng i lm mt b0ng
qut, u ni vo t# iu khin my pht in.
Sp xp: ti th nghim, qut v thit b% ng ct, iu khin t trong 2


Arrangement: Enclose test load resistors and fan and associated
switchgear and controls in 2 segregated enclosures within a common
ventilated sheet metal enclosure.
Degree of protection:
- Indoor locations: IP41.
- Outdoor locations: IP55.
Rating: At least 50% rated output of combined generating sets.
Resistor bank: 415 V, 3 phase, delta connected, stainless steel finned,
sheathed element type. Interconnect resistors with nickel plated copper
links supported on stand-off insulators. Arrange resistor banks to suit
switched load steps.
Resistor bank switching: Switched in at least 3 equal load steps, from the
generating set control panel.
Internal wiring:
- Connection to elements: 150C silicon rubber insulation.
- General internal wiring: V-90HT insulation.
Circuit breakers: Provide a main circuit breaker to connect the alternator
supply and individual circuit breakers for each resistor group.
Protection: Provide a thermal overload relay for fan motor protection.
Provide safety interlocks to disconnect the load if ventilation air flow is
restricted or resistor temperature limits are exceeded.
Fan run-on: 5 min after load disconnection.
Remote monitoring: Provide outputs for remote monitoring of the following:
- Load step indication.
- Fan run-on.
- Common alarm for fan motor overload, air flow restriction, and safety
interlock operation.
4.3 ENGINE COOLING
General
General: Provide a cooling system consisting of radiators, fans and
t# in khc nhau c chung mt vch thng gi.

Mc chng nc:
- Trong nh IP 41.
- Ngoi nh IP55.
Cng sut : t nht 50 cng sut c#a t hp my pht in.
B in tr': 4.5v . 3 pha, u sao, b0ng thp khng r trng thit tng
thanh bc kn. Ni cc in tr' b0ng dy nickel m "ng / b0ng s
cch in . sp xp cc b ib tr' ph hp vi tng cp ph ti c
cung cp.
Cc cp ph ti: ng ph ti t t# iu khin chnh theo t nht 3 cp
b0ng nhau
*i dy bn trong:
- Ni vi cc thanh in tr': cp cch in cao su silicon 150
0
C.
- Ni dy bn trong b0ng cp cch in v- 90HT.
CB: cung cp CB chnh ni my pht in vi tng CB ring cho m-i
in tr'.
Bo v : cung cp r le qu nhit cho qut . Cung cp kha lin ng ngt
ph ti nu gi c#a qut bi chn hay nhit vt qua ng/ng cho
php.
Qut tip tc chy : 5 pht sao khi in tr' c ngt ra .
Hin th% t xa:cung cp tn hiu hin th% t xa trong tr(ng hp sau:
- Ch+ th% cp ph ti.
- Qut ang chy.
- Bo ng chung khi m t qut qu ti, lu"ng gi b% cn, kha lin ng
bo v tc ng.
4.3 LM MT .NG C/
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp h thng lm mt bao g"m kt nc qut v bm.


pumps.
Cooling air ductwork: Connect the cooling air outlet to generator room
cooling air outlet.
4.4 ENGINE AIR INTAKE
General
Filters: Provide dry type air intake filters of sufficient capacity to permit
continuous engine operation for 200 hours before filter servicing becomes
necessary. Provide filter manometers.
Ductwork: To AS 4254.
Fans: Provide a fan selected for the installed system air pressure drop.
Include power absorbed by the fan under site operating conditions when
calculating generator output.
4.5 EXHAUST SYSTEM
General
General: Provide exhaust piping from the engine complete with silencers,
piping, ductwork, supports and expansion devices.
Exhaust piping
Material: Grade 321 Stainless steel.
Diameter: Match engine exhaust manifold connection.
Connections: Provide flanged connections to silencers and pipe
interconnections.
Vibration isolation: Provide a stainless steel flexible connection to the
engine.
Weatherproofing
General: Provide weatherproof flashing, sleeves and acoustic seals where
the exhaust system penetrates the roof or external walls.
Exhaust drainage
General: Grade the exhaust line away from the engine to drainage
pockets, or connect to a suitable drainage outlet.

*(ng ng khng kh lm mt:: Kt ni cm lm mt khng kh cho
phng my pht in u ra
4.4 GI VO CHO .NG C/
Tng qut
B l:cung cp b lc loi kh cho ming ly gi vo ng c, cho php
ng c chy lien tc 200 gi( trc khi cn bo tr. Cung cp "ng h" o
suy gim p sut c#a b lc.

,ng gi theo AS4254.
Qut : cung cp qut lm vic c p sut thich hp vi gim p. Tnh
c cng sut tiu th in c#a qut trong diu kin vn hnh khi tnh cng
sut u ra my pht in
4.5 NG X KHI
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp h thng x khi bao g"m b gim m, ng khi , gi
/ v b gin n'.
ng x khi
Vt liu: thp khng r+ # 321.
*(ng knh: ph hp vi u ni vo ng x khi.
*u ni: s dng mt bch ni ng khi n b gim m.
Gim chn: cung cp ni mm b0ng thp khng r+ ni ng khi vi
my pht in.
Chng n1c ma
Tng qut: cung cp m chp chng nc, ng lt v trt kn cch m khi
ng khi i qua sn mi hay t(ng bin.
X nc cho ng khi
Tng qut : nghing ng khi t my pht n u thu nc x hay u
ni vo ming thot nc thch hp.



Exhaust pipe insulation
General: Insulate the full length of exhausts within buildings.
Insulation Material: Mineral wool, suitable for temperatures up to 260C.
Maximum thermal conductivity: 0.036 W/m.K at 20C.
Minimum thickness: 50 mm.
Application: Wrap insulation around exhaust pipes. Hold in place with
12 mm x 0.55 mm zinc-coated steel straps at 600 mm maximum centres.
Sheathing: Sheath insulation as follows:
- Sheathing not exposed to weather: 0.55 mm metallic-coated steel sheet.
- Sheathing exposed to weather: 0.55 mm metallic-coated steel sheet or
0.8 mm (minimum) aluminium sheet.
- Joints: Lap joints in sheathing at least 30 mm and rivet or screw at
150 mm maximum centres.
- Edges: Neatly cut around nozzles and cone down to flanges.
- Terminations: At terminations, return edges of sheathing to protect
edges of insulation
4.6 FUEL SYSTEM
General
General: Comply with the Liquid fuels worksection.
Fuel connections
Fuel piping and associated auxiliary equipment: To AS 1940.
Stop valves
General: Provide stop valves on the inlet to, and outlets from, the daily
service tank.
4.7 COMPLETION
Completion tests
General: For each generating set carry out the following:
- Check tightness of connections and securing devices.
Cch nhit cho ng khi
Tng qut: cung cp cch nhit cho ng khi i trong cng trnh.
- Vt liu cch nhit:: mineral wool, ph hp nhit n 260
0
C.

- * dy : ti thiu 50mm.
- p dng : ph# cch nhit bn ngoi ng khi . gi cch nhit b0ng n6p
thp trng km 12mm 0.55 mm cch khon ti a 600mm

- Bc cch nhit nh sau: cch nhit khng l ngoi tr(i : Bc b0ng tn
ph# kim loai dy 0.55mm.
- Cch nhit ngoi tr(i b0ng tn ph# kim loi dy 0.55mm hay nhm dy
0.8mm.

- Mi ni: s dng n6p ni vung t nht 30mm bn riv / bt vis cch
khong ti a 150mm.
- *u ng: b2 cp lp bc bo v lp cch nhit

4.6 H THNG CUNG CP DU
Tng qut
Tng qut: ph hp vi chng cung cp nhin liu.
u ni cung cp d!u
,ng du v thit b% ph tr lin quan theo AS 1940.
Van d?ng
Tng qut: cung cp van dng khn cp trn u ng du vo v ra c#a
b"n du ngy.

4.7 HON TT
Th8 nghim hon thnh


- Verify correctness of operation of protection devices and systems
including sensor settings. Simulate actual conditions as far as possible,
in order to test responses to faults imposed.
- Functional checks to AS 4594.1 Table 7, List C, items C1 to C5
inclusive.
- Cold start with the engine having been at rest for the previous 24 hours,
timed from receipt of mains failure signal to acceptance of full rated load
in 3 load steps to within the limits of output voltage and frequency.
- Continuous operational trial consisting of:
. 4 hours at 100% rated power.
. 1 hour at 110% rated power.
. 30 min at 75% rated power.
. 30 min at 50% rated power.
- Record fuel consumption for each step of the continuous trial.
- Sample engine oil from engine sump before and after tests. Perform
laboratory analysis and submit a report on each oil sample.
- Continuous operational trial: During the trial, measure the following at
maximum intervals of 30 minutes:
. Generator kW and kVAR output.
. Generator output voltage.
. Generator output current.
. Generator output frequency.
. Power factor.
. Oil pressure and water temperature.
. Electrical power requirements of continuously running electric motor
driven ancillaries.
. Each battery charger current and voltage readings.
. Noise level.
Synchronisation and load sharing tests: For generating sets running in
parallel perform tests to verify automatic synchronisation and load sharing
Tng qut: m-i my pht phi c th nghim sau:
-Kim tra cc mi ni, c %nh thit b%.
- Xc nhn cc thit b% bo v h thng hot ng chnh xc bao g"m ci
t u cm bin. M ph.ng cc iu kin lm vic thc t cng nhiu
cng tt, kim tra cc p ng vi cc s c.
-Kim tra vn hnh theo AS 4594.1 bng 7 danh sch C mc C1 n C5.
- Kh'i ng ngui ng c dieszel c ngh+ trc 24 gi(. *o th(i
gian t khi nhn tn hiu bo mt in li n khi c th cp in cho
phu ti, ' 3 cp ph ti, vi in p v tn s trong gii hn cho php.
. Th nghim vn hnh lin tc
. 4 gi( ' ti 100%
. 1 gi( ' ti 110%
. 30 pht ' ti 75%
. 30 pht ' ti 50%.
- *o l(ng tiu th du ' m-i cp ph ti nu trn.
- Ly mu du nh(n(oil) trc v sau khi th. Xt nghim mu v trnh
bo co th nghim cc mu ny .
- Th nghim vn hnh lin tc: trong sut qu trnh th nghim, o cc
thong s sau m-i 30 pht:
. Cng sut pht KW v KVAr.
. *in p u ra my pht.
. Dng in u ra my pht
. H s cng sut
. Nhit nc v p sut du nh(n
. Yu cu in chy lin tc ng c in

. Ghi nhn in p v dng lm vic c#a b sc c qui
. * "n.
Th nghim ha "ng b v chia s2 ph ti: khi cc my pht in hot
ng song song, th nghim xc thc hot ng "ng b v chia s2 ph


including the following:
- Sequence start and shutdown of each generating set.
- Parallel operation of generating sets.
- Synchronising of generating sets.
- Equal load sharing of kW and kVAR over 5 equal load steps.
- Neutral switching sequence and operation, where provided.
- Operation of controls, switchgear and auxiliaries.
Temporary test loads
General: Provide test loads including power and control wiring, ancillary
equipment and test instruments to achieve the kW, kVAR and necessary
load steps.
Reports
General: Submit reports from manufacturers or suppliers verifying the
performance of safety and control functions of each system.
Maintenance
Call out: Respond to call outs for breakdowns or other faults requiring
corrective maintenance. Attend on site within 24 hours of notification.
Rectify faults and replace faulty materials and equipment
ti nh sau:

- Ln lt kh'i ng v dng tng my pht.
- Vn hnh song song cc my pht.
- Ha "ng b cc my pht
- Cn b0ng ph ti theo KW v kvar cho 5 cp ph ti b0ng nhau.
- Thao tc Switch dy trung tnh nu c cung cp
- Kim tra vn hnh h thng iu khin, ng ct v t dung.
Ph ti th nghim
Tng qut: cung cp ti thu nghim bao g"m cc cp ng lc v iu
khin, thit b% ph tr v "ng h" o KW , kvar v cc cp ph ti cn
thit.
Bo co
Tng qut: trnh bo co c#a nh sn sut / nh cung cp xc nhn
cc h thng iu khin , bo v hot ng tt .
Bo tr
Cuc gi khn cp : p ng cc cuc gi khn cp c#a my pht in b%
dng hay b% s c khc n sa cha bo hnh. C mt ti cng trnh
trong vng 24 gi( sau khi nhn c thong bo, khc phc su c v thay
th cc thit b% vt t b% h h.ng
ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0941 Switchboards proprietary


0941 SWITCHBOARDS PROPRIETARY
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide switchboards as follows and as documented.
General
- Switchboard components.
1.3 STANDARDS
General
Standards: To AS/NZS 3439.3.
1.4 INTERPRETATIONS
Definitions
General: For the purposes of this worksection the definitions given below
apply.
- Proprietary assemblies: Low voltage switchgear and controlgear
assemblies available as a catalogue item, consisting of manufacturers
standard layouts and equipment.
- Rated currents: Rated currents are continuous uninterrupted current
0941 T IN CH T;O SNN
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: Cung cp t# in ch to s1n nh thit k.
1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Chng lin quan
- Nhng yu cu chung.
- H thng h th.
- Thit b ng ct.
1.3 TIU CHUN
Tng qut
Tng qut: Theo AS/NZS 3439.3.
1.4 GII THCH
ng ngha
Tng qut: cc %nh ngh&a sau c p dng trong chng ny .
- T# lp rp s1n: t# ng ct c th lp rp nh catalogue bao g"m thit b%
tiu chun c#a nh my.

- Dng in %nh mc: dng in %nh mc l dng in lm vic lin tc
khng b% ngt trong mi tr(ng lp t v iu kin vn hnh c#a thit b%


ratings within the assembly environment under in-service operating
conditions.
- Rated short-circuit currents: Maximum prospective symmetrical root
mean square (r.m.s.) current values at rated operational voltage, at each
assembly incoming supply terminal, excluding effects of current limiting
devices.
1.5 SUBMISSIONS
Product data for proprietary assemblies
General: Submit the following:
- Makes, types and model numbers of items of equipment.
- Type test certificates for components, functional units and assemblies
including internal arcing-fault tests and factory test data
- Overall dimensions.
- Fault level.
- IP rating.
- Rated current of components.
- Number of poles and spare capacity.
- Mounting details.
- Door swings.
- Paint colours and finishes.
- Access details.
- Schedule of labels.
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
Busbars
General: Incorporate proprietary insulated busbar systems for the
interconnection of isolators, circuit breakers and other circuit protective

- Dng in ngn mch: dng in ngn mch i xng trung bnh bnh
phng cc i( r.m.s) ' in p %nh mc, tnh ti cc vo c#a thit b%,
bao g"m c thit b% hn dng.

1.5 TRNH
Thng s k thut t" &in ch t#o sEn
Tng qut: trnh theo:
- Hng sn xut, loi v model c#a thit b%.
- Chng nhn type test cho cc thit b%, t# in bao g"m th nghim h"
quang bn trong v thng s th nghim nh my
- Kch thc tng th.
- Dng ngn mch.
- Ch+ s IP.
- Dng %nh mc c#a thit b%.
- S cc v cng sut d phng.
- Chi tit lp t.
- Khong cch ca m'.
- Mu sn v vt liu hon thin.
- Chi tit ca th!m.
- Chi tit nhn.
2 SN PHM
2.1 TNG QUT
Thanh ci
Tng qut: cung cp thanh ci bc chnh hng ni gia cc isolator, CB
v cc thit b% bo v khc .



devices.
Earthing
General: Make provision for connection of communications systems CET
at switchboard earth bar to AS/ACIF S009
Doors
General: Provide lockable doors with a circuit card holder unless enclosed
in cupboards or in an area which is not readily accessible to the public.
IP rating
General: IP42 minimum.
Weatherproof: IP56 minimum.
Finishes
Interior: White.
Exterior: Installed in cupboards, switchrooms and plant rooms:
Manufacturers standard powder coated finish.
Exterior: Installed elsewhere: To non-standard selected powder coated
colour.
Supporting structure
General: Wall mounted for proprietary switchboards.
Floor mounted: Assemblies > 2 m
2
.
Ventilation
General: Required to maintain design operating temperatures at full load.
3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
Fixing
General: Before making inter-panel connections, fix assemblies and
metering equipment enclosures into position, level and plumb.
Cable entries
General: Neatly adapt one or more cable entry plates, if fitted, to accept
incoming cable enclosure. Provide the minimum number of entry plates to
leave spare capacity for future cable entries. Do not run cables into the top
Ni &t
Tng qut: cung cp v% tr u ni h thng thng tin CET ' thanh ni t
theo AS/ACIF S009
C8a
Tng qut: cung cp t# in c kha v gi ng bn v ngoi tr t# lp
trong phng in hay cc khu vc khng c th vo t khu cng cng.
Ch< th IP
Tng qut: ti thiu IP 42.
Chng nc: ti thiu IP 56.
Hon thin
Trong nh: mu trng.
Ngoi nh: lp trong t#, phng in, phng my sn t+nh in theo tiu
chun c#a nh sn xut.
Ngoi nh: ti cc v% tr khc: sn t&nh in mu la chn khng cn theo
tiu chun.
Kt cu treo
Tng qut: cc t# ch to s1n gn t(ng.
*t trn sn: trong tr(ng hp t# > 2 m
2
.
Thng gi
Tng qut: yu cu duy tr nhit vn hnh theo thit k ' ti y.
3 THI CNG
3.1 TNG QUT
C &nh
Tng qut: trc khi u ni thit b% trong t# in, c %nh thit b% ng
ct, thit b% o l(ng ng v% tr, ng cao v thng hng.
!u vo cp
Tng qut: gn gn gng mt hay nhiu bn gi cho cp vo, nu ph
hp, cp i vo t# in. Cung cp ti thiu bn gi cho cp d phng
cho cp vo trong tng lai. Khng i cp vo pha trn t# chng nc.
Cp 1 rut: cp vo qua gland cp khng t tnh, khng s dng vng


of weatherproof assemblies.
Single core cables: Pass separately through non-ferrous gland plates. Do
not provide metal saddles. Provide glands for all single core cables.
Cable enclosures
Cable enclosures: Continue cable enclosures to or into assemblies and fit
cable entry plates so that the IP rating of the assembly and the fire rating
of the cable are maintained
Cable supports
Cable supports: Support or tie mains and submains cables within 200 mm
of terminations. Provide cable supports suitable for stresses resulting from
short circuit conditions.
3.2 MAINTENANCE
General
Standard: To *AS 2467

k6p kim loi. Cung cp gland cho tt c cp n

Mng cp
Mng cp: tip tc bao che cp n t# in v c %nh bn gi cp vo
sao cho gi nguyn ch+ s IP v cp chng chy c#a t# in

Gi &= cp
*/ hay buc cp chnh, cp nhnh cch u cp trong khong 200mm.
Cung cp gi / cho php cp ch%u c ngn mch.

3.2 BO TR
Tng qut
Tiu chun: theo *AS 2467

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0942 Switchboards custom-built


0942 SWITCHBOARDS CUSTOM-BUILT
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide switchboards as follows and as documented.
General
1.3 STANDARD
General
Standards: To AS/NZS 3439.1.
1.4 INTERPRETATIONS
Abbreviations
below apply.
- TTA: Type tested assemblies.
- NTTA: Non-type tested assemblies.
- PTTA: Partially type tested assemblies.
Definitions
0942 T IN CH T;O THEO /N %T HNG
1. TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp t# in nh thit k.
1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: ph hp vi cc chng yu cu chung.
Cc chng lin quan
- Cc yu cu chung v in.
- H thng in h th.
- Thit b ng ct.
1.3 TIU CHUN
Tng qut
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 3439.1.
1.4 GII THCH
Vit tt
Tng qut: cc %nh ngh&a sau s dng trong chng ny.
- TTA: t# th nghim type test.
- NTTA: t# khng c th nghim type test.
- PTTA: t# th nghim type test 1 phn.
nh ngha


apply.
Custom-built assemblies: Low voltage switchgear and controlgear
assemblies manufactured to order
- Rated currents: Rated currents are continuous uninterrupted current
ratings within the assembly environment under in-service operating
conditions.
- Rated short-circuit currents: Maximum prospective symmetrical root
mean square (r.m.s.) current values at rated operational voltage, at each
assembly incoming supply terminal, excluding effects of current limiting
devices.
1.5 TESTS
Routine tests
Assemblies: Electrical and mechanical routine function tests at the factory
using externally connected simulated circuits and equipment.
Dielectric testing: NTTAs and PTTAs: 2.5 kV r.m.s. for 15 s.
1.6 INSPECTION
Notice
Inspection: Give sufficient notice so inspection may be made of the
following:
- Fabrication and painting completed.
- Factory assembly completed, with busbars exposed and functional units
in place.
- Assembly ready for routine testing.
- Assembly installed prior to connection.
- Assembly installed and connected.
1.7 SUBMISSIONS
Calculations
Tng qut: nhng %ng ngh&a sau s dng cho chng ny.
T# in lp t theo n t hng: t# in h th v iu khin ch to
theo n t hng
- Dng in %h mc: dng in lm vic lin tc trong mi tr(ng v iu
kin lm vic c#a thit b%.

- Dng ngn mch: dng in ngn mch i xng trung bnh bnh
phng cc i(r.m.s) ' in p %nh mc, ti cc vo thit b%, bao g"m
c thit b% hn dng

1.5 TH, NGHIM
Th8 nghim thng th)ng
T# in: th nghim chc n!ng vn hnh thng th(ng in v c kh ti
nh my, s dng thit b% v dng gi %nh ni bn ngoi.
Th nghim cch in: t# NTTAs v PTTA th 2.5 kV r.m.s. trong 15 giy.
1.6 KI@M NH
Thng bo
Kim %nh: thng bo cho cc bn bit trc khi thc hin kim %nh cc
cng on sau:
- Hon tt ch to v sn v. t#.
- Hon tt lp rp vi thanh ci cn trn v thit b% c lp t.
- T# in hon tt, chun b% th nghim thng th(ng.
- T# in lp t xong ti cng tr(ng trc khi ng in.
- T# in lp t xong v ng in.
1.7 TRNH
Tnh ton
Tng qut: trnh cc tnh ton chng minh ph hp vi c tnh k


General: Submit detailed certified calculations verifying design
characteristics.
Standard: To AS 3865 and AS 4388.
Type test data
General: Submit type test certificates for components, functional units and
assemblies. Verify that type tests and internal arcing-fault tests, if any,
were carried out at not less than the designated fault currents at rated
operational voltage.Alterations to TTAs: Submit records of alterations
made to assemblies since the tests.
Routine tests
General: Submit reports.
Technical data
Calculations: Submit design calculations of non-type tested and non-
proprietary busbar assemblies.
Shop drawings
General: Submit shop drawings showing:
- Types, model numbers and ratings of assemblies.
- Component details, functional units and transient protection.
- Detailed dimensions.
- Shipping sections, general arrangement, plan view, front elevations and
cross-section of each compartment.
- Projections from the assembly that may affect clearances or inadvertent
operation, such as handles, knobs, arcing-fault venting flaps and
withdrawable components.
- Fault level and rated short circuit capacity characteristics.
- IP rating.
- Fixing details for floor or wall mounting.
- Front and back equipment connections and top and bottom cable
entries.
- Door swings.
- External and internal paint colours and paint systems.
thut thit k.
Tiu chun: theo AS 3865 and AS 4388.
Thng s th8 nghim type test
Tng qut: cung cp chng nhn th nghim type test cho cc thit b%
ng ct iu khin vn hnh v t# in. Chng minh dng th nghim
type test v th nghim h" quang bn trong (nu c)Khng nh. hn dng
in ngn mch thit k ' in p hot ng.Thay th cho TTA: cung cp
cc bo co th nghim, thay th thc hin cho t# in sau khi th#
nghim
Th8 nghim thng th)ng
Tng qut: cung cp bo co.
Thng s k thut
Tnh ton: cung cp cc tnh ton cho cc th nghim khng phi type
test v cho cc thanh ci khng phi l sn phm chnh hng.
Bn v shop drawings
Tng qut: cung cp bn v shop drawing sau:
- Loi, s model v cng sut %nh mc c#a t# in.
- Chi tit thit b%, bo v v vn hnh.
- Kch thc chi tit.
- M dun vn chuyn, b tr tng qut, b tr mt b0ng, mt ng v mt
ct tng khoang t# in
- Cc gc l"i c#a t# in c th nh h'ng n khong cch an ton in
hay thao tc bt cn nh tay cm, tay nm np bt phng h" quang v
thit b% tho r(i c.
- Dng ngn mch v kh n!ng ch%u c dng ngn mch.
- Thng s IP.
- Chi tt c %nh t# xung sn/ ln t(ng.
- *u ni trc/ sau t#. Cp vo trn/ di t# .
- Khong ca m'.
- H thng sn bn trong v bn ngoi t# .
- S lng, nh sn xut, loi v cng sut %nh mc c#a thit b% iu


- Quantity, brand name, type and rating of control and protection
equipment.
- Construction and plinth details, ventilation openings, internal arcing-fault
venting and gland plate details.
- Terminal block layouts and control circuit identification.
- Single line power and circuit diagrams.
- Details of mains and submain routes within assemblies.
- Busbar arrangements, links and supports, spacing between busbar
phases and spacing between assemblies, the enclosure and other
equipment and clearances to earthed metals.
- Dimensions of busbars and interconnecting cables in sufficient detail for
calculations to be performed.
Form of separation and details of shrouding of terminals
- Labels and engraving schedules.
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CUSTOM-BUILT SWITCHBOARD CONSTRUCTION
General
General: Provide custom-built switchboards as documented.
Layout
General: Position equipment to provide safe and easy access for
operation and maintenance. Group devices according to function.
Compartments: Separate shipping sections, subsections, cable and
busbar zones, functional unit modules and low voltage equipment
compartments by means of vertical and horizontal steel partitions which
suit the layout and form of separation.
Form 1 enclosures: Separate into compartments by means of partitions at
1.8 m maximum centres.
Equipment on doors: Set out in a logical manner in functional unit groups,
so it is accessible without the use of tools or keys.
khin v bo v.
- Chi tit v kt cu chn , l m' thng gi, l- phng h" quang trong v
chi tit u / cp vo.
- B tr mt b0ng mi n u dy iu khin v nh du th t dy.
- S " n tuyn dng in v cng sut.
- Chi tit tuyn cp chnh/ ph trong t# in.
- B tr thanh ci, lin kt v gi /, khong cch gia cc thanh ci v
gia thanh ci vi t# in, cc thit b% khc, v khong cch an ton n
cc kim loi ni t.
- Kch thc busbar v cp lin kt, chi thit thc hin tnh ton.Form
t# v chi tit che u ni cp

- Dn nhn.
2 SN PHM
2.1 CU T;O T IN L$P %T THEO /N %T HNG
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp t# in lp t theo n t hng nh thit k.
M't bAng
Tng qut: sp xp thit b% d$ dng , an ton, trong cng tc vn hnh
v sa cha. Nhm cc thit b% theo chc n!ng.
Ng!n phn cch: phn cch cc ng!n vn chuyn ring, ng!n busbar,
ng!n cp, cc ng!n cha cc m dun chc n!ng, v cc ng!n thit b% h
th bng cc vch ng!n thp ngang v dc, ph hp vi mt b0ng v
dng t#.
Dng 1(from 1): phn cch b0ng cc vch ng!n tm cao ti a 1.8m
Thit b% gn trn ca: sp xp logic theo chc n!ng c th thao tc khng
cn s dng kho hay dng c chuyn dng.



Segregation
General: Segregate BCA emergency equipment from non-emergency
equipment by means of metal partitions designed to prevent the spread of
a fault from non-emergency equipment to emergency equipment.
Enclosure materials
General: Fabricate from sheet metal of rigid folded and welded
construction. Obtain approval for non-welded forms of construction.
Material: Metallic-coated sheet steel to AS 1397.
Material thickness: Diagonal dimension < 900 mm:) 1.6 mm.
Diagonal dimension ) 900 mm:)2.0 mm.
Coating class:
- Indoor assemblies: Z200.
Outdoor assemblies: Z450
Insect proofing
General: Cover ventilation openings with non-combustible and corrosion
resistant 1 mm mesh.
Equipment mounting panels
General: To support the weight of mounted equipment.
Metallic panels: Construct from 3 mm thick metal with heavy metal angle
supports or plates bolted or welded to enclosure sides.
Non-metallic panels: Provide non-metallic panels selected to suit the
weight of the mounted equipment and design the mounting structure for
stability and stiffness.
Non-metallic boards: To IEC 60893-1.
Equipment fixing
Spacing: Provide 50 mm minimum clearance between the following:
- Busbars for lifts, fire services and building emergency services.
- General installation services, busbars and equipment.
Mounting: Bolts, set screws fitted into tapped holes in metal mounting
panels, studs or proprietary attachment clips. Provide accessible
equipment fixings which allow equipment changes after assembly
Cch ly
Tng qut: cach ly thit b% khn cp BCA vi cc thit b% bnh th(ng khc
b0ng cc vch thp nh0m trnh nh h'ng s c n nhm ti binh
th(ng ln nhm ti khn cp.
Vt liu t" &in
Tng qut: lm t thp tm hay kt cu c th hn, gp. Kt cu khng
hn c phi c chp thun trc.
Vt liu: thp tm ph# kim loi theo AS 1397.
* dy: (ng cho< 900 mm, dy ) 1.6 mm.
*(ng cho ) 900 mm, dy )2.0 mm.
M km:
- Trong nh: Z200.
- Ngoi nh: Z450
Chng cn trng
Tng qut: che l- thng gi b0ng li
1mm khng r+ khng chy.
T" gn thit b:
Tng qut: ch%u c trong lng thit b% gn ln.
T# kim loi: kt cu b0ng tn dy hn 3mm, c gi / b0ng thp gc hay
tn dp loi ch%u lc nng bt bulong hay hn vo cnh t# in.
T# khng kim loi: la chn ph hp vi trng lng c#a thit b% gn vo
t# v c kt cu treo t# chc chn.
T# khng kim loi: theo IEC 60893-1.
C &nh thit b
Khng gian trng: Cung cp t nht 50mm gia cc thit b% sau:
- Cc thanh ci cho thang my, thit b% cha chy v thit b% khn cp cho
cng trnh.
- Thit b% v thanh ci phc v cho cc ph ti tng qut.
Gn thit b%: s dng bulong, vis gn vo khay kim loi gn thit b%, ri v
hay k6p chuyn dng. Cung cp cc gi / cho php thay thit b% d$


commissioning.
Installation: For lightweight equipment, provide combination rails and
proprietary clips.
Earth continuity
General: Strip painted surfaces and coat with corrosion resistant material
immediately before bolting to the earth bar. Provide serrated washers
under bolt heads and nuts at painted, structural metal-to-metal joints.
Construction
Lifting provisions: For assemblies with shipping dimensions exceeding
1800 mm high x 600 mm wide, provide fixings in the supporting structure
and removable attachments for lifting.
Supporting structure: Provide concealed fixings or brackets to allow
assemblies to be mounted and fixed in position without removing
equipment.
Floor-mounting: Provide mild steel channel plinth, galvanized to class
Z600, with toe-out profile, nominal 75 mm high x 40 mm wide x 6 mm
thick, for mounting complete assemblies on site. Drill M12 clearance holes
in assembly and channel and bolt assemblies to channel. Prime drilled
holes with zinc rich organic primer to AS/NZS 3750.9.
Ventilation: Provide ventilation to maintain design operating temperatures
at full load.
2.2 CABLE ENTRIES
General
General: Provide cable entry facilities within assembly cable zones for
incoming and outgoing power and control cabling. Provide sufficient clear
space within each enclosure next to cable entries to allow incoming and
outgoing cables and wiring to be neatly run and terminated, without undue
bunching and sharp bends.
Cover and gland plates
Cover plates: Provide 150 mm maximum width cover plates butted
together and covering the continuous cable entry slot.
Gland plates: Provide removable gland plates fitted with gaskets to
dng sau ny..
Lp t: cho cc thit b% nng cung cp thanh rail v k6p chuyn dng.

Ni &t lin t(c
Tng qut: bc lp sn v ph# b0ng vt liu chng r+ ngay sau khi ni t.
Cung cp lng n r!ng ca p b0ng c tn ti mi ni kim loi- kim loi
b% sn.

Kt cu
Cung cp v% tr cu: cho cc t# in kch thc khi vn chuyn ln hn
1800mm H x 600mm W, cung cp mc cu, c th tho c, gn
vo khung t# in
Kt cu treo: cung cp gi / m sn cho php c %nh t# in m khng
tho thit b% bn trong.
T# gn sn: Cung cp chn b0ng thp en, m km Z600, dng teo-out,
kch thc thng th(ng 75mmH x 40mm W x 6mm tk, lp t# in '
cng trnh. Khong l- M12 ' t# in v chn gn bulong. Sn lt l-
khoang b0ng sn gc km theo AS/NZS 3750.9
Thng gi: cung cp thng gi duy tr nhit lm vic thit k ' ti
y.
2.2 CP VO
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp gi / cp trong cc khoang cp cho cp ng lc
v iu khin vo/ ra. Cung cp khng gian # ln trong t# in gn ch-
cp vo i cp vo/ ra v u ni gn gng, khng ri v cong qu
mc.
Np che v np &m
Np che: cung cp np che b ngang ln nht 150mm, loi gi u nhau
che kn khi i cp vo.
Np m: cung cp np m c jon cao su bo m gi nguyn ch+ s
IP.


maintain the degree of protection.
Materials: 1.5 mm thick steel, 5 mm thick composite material or laminated
phenolic. 6 mm thick brass for MIMS cables and cable glands.
2.3 BUS TRUNKING SYSTEM ENTRY
General
General: Provide entry plates with close tolerance cut-out to
accommodate busbars, fitted with a flange bolted and sealed to assembly
enclosure to maintain assembly IP rating. Earth busway enclosure to
assembly protective earth conductor. Fit busway flanges at assembly
manufacturers premises and retain for transportation.
2.4 DOORS AND COVERS
General
Provide lockable doors with a circuit card holder unless enclosed in
cupboards.
Door layout
Maximum width: 900 mm.
Minimum swing: At least 90.
Door stays: Provide stays to outdoor assembly doors.
Adjacent doors: Space adjacent doors to allow both to open to 90 at the
same time.
Door construction
Protection: Provide single right angle return on all sides and fit suitable
resilient sealing rubber to provide the documented IP rating and prevent
damage to paintwork.
Hinges: Provide corrosion-resistant pintle hinges or integrally constructed
hinges to support doors. For removable doors, provide staggered pin
lengths to achieve progressive engagement as doors are fitted. Provide 3
hinges for doors higher than 1000 mm. Provide restraining devices and
opposed hinges for non lift-off doors.
Door hardware: Provide the following:
- Corrosion resistant lever-type handles, operating a latching system with
Vt liu: thp tm dy 1.5mm, composite hay phenolic dy 5mm, tm
"ng dy 6mm cho cp MIMS v vng m cp ( cable gland).
2.3 BUSWAY VO T
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp np che vo cho busway vi l- m' c kch thc
ph hp vi busway, c %nh b0ng mt bich bt bulong v c jon b%t kn
duy tr ch+ s IP c#a t# in. Ni tv. busway vi thanh cai PE t# in.
Mt bch ni c#a busway c gn t nh my v c nguyn khi
vn chuyn.
2.4 C,A V BAO CHE
Tng qut
Cung cp ca c kho, vi gi / bn v nguyn l, ngoi tr t# in
trong k t#.
M't bAng c8a
Rng ti a: 900 mm.
Gc m' ti thiu 90.
Chng gi ca: cung cp chng gi ca ngoi nh.
Ca k cn: sp xp khng gian cho php 2 ca gn nhau m' "ng th(i
90

Cu t#o c8a
Bo v: cung cp ca n m' bn phi cho tt c mt v gn jon cao su
m kn bo m ch+ s IP nh thit k v khng lm h lp sn b
mt.
Bn l ca: cung cp bn l trc chng r+ ton b cho ca t# in. *i vi
cc ca tho r(i c, cung cp trc cn di # gi cnh ca. T# cao
hn 1000mm s dng 3 bn l. S dng bn l ngh%ch v cht chn cho
ca t# khng tho r(i.
Ph kin ca t#: cung cp cc ph kin sau:
- Tay c0m loi n by chng r+ truyn ng ln h thng cht ca g"m:


latching bar and guides strong enough to withstand explosive force
resulting from fault conditions within the assembly.
- Dual, edge mounted, corrosion resistant T handles with provision for key
locking cylinder.
- Captive, corrosion resistant knurled thumb screws.
Locking: Incorporate cylinder locks in the latching system. Key alike, 2
keys per assembly.
Door mounted equipment: Protect or shroud door mounted equipment and
terminals to prevent inadvertent contact with live terminals, wiring, or both.
Earthing: Maintain earth continuity to door mounted indicating or control
equipment with multi-stranded, flexible earth wire, or braid of equal cross-
sectional area, bonded to the door.
Covers
Maximum dimensions: 900 mm wide and 1.2 m
2
surface area.
Fixing: Fix to frames with at least 4 fixings. Provide corrosion-resistant
acorn nuts if the cover exceeds 600 mm in width. Rest cover edges on the
cubicle body or on mullions. Do not provide interlocked covers.
Handles: Provide corrosion resistant D type handles.
Escutcheons
General: For doors enclosing circuit breakers, provide escutcheon plates
as barriers between operating mechanisms and live parts.
Escutcheon plates
General: Provide plates or removable covers with neat circuit breaker
toggle cut-outs allowing interchangeability of 1, 2 and 3 pole circuit
breakers. Provide
corrosion-resistant lifting handles or knobs. Provide unused circuit breaker
toggle cut-outs with blanking in-fill pole covers.
Maximum dimensions: 900 mm wide and 1.2 m
2
surface area.
2.5 FACTORY FINISHES
General
cht ca v thanh dn # cng ch%u c lc ph hu; khi c s c
bn trong t# in.
- Tay c0m kp dng T loi chng r+ c kho tr.
- Vis kha chng r+ gn h thng cht ca..
Kho: kt hp kho hnh tr trong h thng cht ca vi 2 kho ging
nhau cho 1 t# in.

Thit b% gn trn ca t#: bo v hay che cc thit b% gn trn ca t# v cc
hp u dy trnh tip xc v vo cc phn mang in.
Ni t: duy tr ni t n cc thit b% bo v hay ch+ th% gn trn ca t#
b0ng dy dn ni t nhiu tao, mm hay dy bn cng tit din, ni vo
ca t#
Bao che t" &in
Kch thc ti a: 900mm W v 1.2 m
2
.
C %nh: c %nh vo khung t# in ' t nht 4 v% tr. S dng c u trn
khng r+ nu tm bao che ln hn 600 mmW. Cc cnh c#a tm bao che
t vo bn trong thn t# hay khung t#. Khng s dng tm bao che kho
lin ng..
Tay nm: s dng tay nm loi D khng r+..
M't n#
Tng qut: i vi ca che CB, cung cp mt n che gia b phn thao
tc cc phn mang in.
M't n# che
Tng qut: cung cp tm mt n c khot l- cho cn thao tc CB v
ming che tho c d dng thay i CB 1, 2, 3 cc .Cung cp
Tay c0m/ tay nm khng r+. Cung cp l- khot d phng cho CB vi
ming che.
Kch thc ti a: 900mm W v 1.2 m
2
.
2.5 HON THIN BB M%T L NH MY
Tng qut


Extent: Apply protective coatings to internal and external metal surfaces of
assembly cabinets including covers, except to stainless steel, galvanized,
electroplated, or anodised surfaces and to ventilation mesh covers.
Finish coats: Thermoset powder coating to AS 4506 or two-pack liquid
coating of AS/NZS 3750.13 primer and proprietary or epoxy acrylic full
gloss spray finish to Factory finishes schedule.
Factory finishes schedule
Mounting structure (brackets) To match enclosure
Enclosure Indoor assemblies: Orange X15
Outdoor assemblies: Avocado green
G34
Assembly interior: White
Escutcheons Removable equipment panels: Off
white Y35
Doors To match enclosure
Plinths Black
2.6 BUSBARS
General
General: Provide main circuit supply busbars within assemblies, extending
from incoming supply terminals to the line side of protective equipment for
outgoing functional units and for future functional units.
Standards: To AS 3768, AS 3865 and AS 4388.
Definitions
Incoming busbars: Busbars connecting incoming terminals to line side
terminals of main switches
Main circuit supply busbars: Busbars connecting incoming functional unit
terminals, or incoming busbars where no main switches are included, to
outgoing functional unit terminals or outgoing functional unit tee-offs.
Tee-off busbars: Busbars connecting main busbars to incoming terminals
of outgoing functional units.
Tiu chun: theo AS 2700.
Phm vi: p dng cho lp ph# bo v b mt bn trong v bn ngoi t#
in bao g"m bao che, b mt m km, m in, m anod tr thp khng
r+ v li thng gi.
Lp ph# hon thin: sn t&nh in theo AS 4506 hay lp ph# cht l.ng 2
thnh phn theo AS/NZS 3750.13 cho lp lt, phun epoxy acrylic theo tiu
ch hon thin c#a nh my.
Tiu ch hon thin c"a nh my
Kt cu treo(gi treo) Phi ph hp vi v. t#
V. t# Trong nh : mu cam x15
Ngoi tr(i: mu xanh l cy b G34
Trong t#: Trng
Mt n T# thit b% c th tho r(i : mu trng
Off White Y 35
Ca *Phi ph hp vi v. t#
Chn t# *en
2.6 THANH CI
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp thanh ci chnh trong t# in, t u u ni vo n
u mang in c#a thit b% bo v u ra, k c d phng.

Tiu chun: theo AS 3768, AS 3865 v AS 4388.
*%nh ngh&a
Thanh ci u vo: thanh ci ni vo u vo cung cp in v n u
mang in c#a thit b% ng ct chnh
Thanh ci cung cp in chnh: thanh ci ni cc thit b% u vo hay
thanh ci u vo nu khng c thit b% ng ct chnh, n cc u c#a
thit b% du ra hay nhnh r c#a thit b% u ra.
Thanh ci r (tee-off): thanh ci u ni vi thanh ci chnh vi u vo
c#a thit b% u ra.



Custom-built busbar construction
Material: Hard-drawn high-conductivity electrolytic tough pitched copper
alloy bars, designation 110.
Temperature rise limits - active and neutral conductors:
- Maximum rated current temperature rise limits: 65 1.5C by type test or
calculation to AS 3768 or AS 4388.
Maximum short-circuit withstand current temperature rise limits: 160C by
calculation to AS 3865.
Cross section: Rectangular with radiused edges.
Supports: Sufficient to withstand thermal and magnetic stresses due to
maximum prospective fault currents.
Support material: Non-hygroscopic insulation capable of holding busbars
at 105C.
Proprietary busbars
Type: Multi-pole proprietary insulated busbar assemblies or busbar
systems, verified for short circuit capacity and temperature rise-limits by
type tests.
Phase sequence
General: For main busbars and connections to switching devices, set-out
phase sequence for phases A, B and C, from left-to-right, top-to-bottom
and front-to-back when viewed from the front of the assembly.
Colour coding
General: Provide 25 mm minimum width colour bands permanently
applied to busbars at 500 mm maximum intervals with at least one colour
band for each busbar section within each compartment.
Active busbars: Red, white and blue respectively for the A, B and C
phase.
Neutral busbar: Black.
MEN link: Green-yellow and black.
Protective earth busbar: Green-yellow.
Restrictions: Do not provide adhesive type colour bands
Cu t#o thanh ci theo &n &'t hng
Vt liu: thanh hp kim "ng ko cng m cht dn in cao l 100.

* gii hn gia t!ng nhit c#a thanh ci trung tnh v pha:
- Gii hn gia t!ng nhit : 65 1.5C th nghim type test hay tnh ton
theo AS 3768 hay AS 4388.
Gii hn gia t!ng nhit ngn mch: 160C tnh theo AS 3865.
Tit din: hnh ch nht cnh gc bo trn.
Gi /: ch%u ng c qu nhit v t gy ra do dng in ngn mch
ln nht c th.
Vt liu gi /: cch in khng ht m v ch%u nhit 105C.

Thanh ci ch t#o sEn
Loi: thanh ci a cc bc cch in c chng nhn th nghim type test
v kh n!ng ch%u ngn mch v gii hn nhit gia t!ng.

Th t pha
Tng qut: i vi thanh ci chnh v u vo thit b% ng ct sp xp
th t pha A, B, C t tri sang phi, t trn xung di, t trc ra sau
khi nhn t pha trc c#a t# in.
M mu
Tng qut: cung cp di mu ti thiu 25mmW gn v&nh vi$n vo thanh
ci vi khong cch ti a la 500mm v t nht 1 dy b!ng mu cho 1
don thanh ci trong 1 khoang t#.
Thanh ci pha: mu ., trng, xanh dng ln lt theo th t pha A, B,
C.
Thanh ci trung tnh: mu en.
Thanh ni t( MEN): mu vng, xanh, v en.
Thanh ci ni t bo v(PE): mu vng xanh.
Nghim cm: khng s dng thanh ci b!ng mu loi keo dn


Current carrying capacity
Active conductors: Take into account thermal stresses due to short circuit
current, assuming magnetic material enclosures located indoors in well-
ventilated rooms and 90C final temperature.
Neutral conductors: Size to match incoming neutral conductor current
carrying capacity.
Protective earth conductors: Size for at least 50% of the rated short circuit
withstand current for 100% of the time duration.
Tee-off busbars current rating
For individual outgoing functional units: Equal to maximum frame size
rating of the functional unit.
For multiple functional units: Equal to the diversity factors of AS 3439.1,
based on frame size rating.
MEN links
MEN links > 10 mm
2
in cross-section: Bolted removable busbar links
stamped MEN LINK, located in the incoming compartment, between
neutral and earth busbars.
Fault current limiters
General: Rate busbars connected to fault current limiters to 100% of the
indicated fault current limiter circuit breaker frame size or fuse base rating.
Busbar links
General: For current transformers, provide removable busbar links
450 mm long.
Cable connection flags
General: Provide and support busbar flags for equipment with main
terminals too small for cable lugs. Provide flags sized to suit cable lug
termination, with current rating of at least the maximum equipment frame
size.
Phase isolation: Provide phase isolation between flags where the
minimum clearance distances phase-to-phase and phase-to-earth are
below the component terminal spacing.
Future extensions
Kh n5ng mang ti
Thanh dn pha: tnh n kh n!ng ch%u nhit gy ra b'i dng ngn
mch, gi thit vt liu v t# t tnh, t trong phng lm mt tt v nhit
cui cng t 90C.
Thanh dn trung tnh: kch thc p ng kh n!ng mang ti c#a dy dn
u vo.
Dy PE: kch thc t nht p ng c 50% dng ngn mch trong
100% th(i gian xy ra ngn mch.
Dng &nh mc thanh ci &u v
*i vi thit b% u ra ring l: tnh theo dng in ln nht trong cc thit
b% u ra.
*i vi cc thit b% a chc n!ng: tnh theo h s s dng "ng th(i theo
AS 34391 da trn cng sut i65nh mc thit b%.
Thanh ci MEN
Tit din thanh ci MEN > 10 mm
2
thanh ci gm bulong c th tho r(i,
dn nhn MEN LINK ti u vo khoang t#, gia thanh trung tnh v
thanh ni t.
Thit b gi1i h#n dng ngn m#ch
Tng qut: cng sut thanh ci ni n thit b% hn dng ngn mch b0ng
100% cng sut CB hay cu ch c#a thit b% hn dng.
Lin kt thanh ci
Tng qut: i vi bin dng in, cung cp thanh ci c th tho r(i m-i
450mm chiu di.
Thanh ci &u cp
Tng qut: cung cp thanh ci u cp cho cc thit b% m u u ni
qu nh. so vi u ni cp vo. Cung cp thanh ci u cp c kch
thc ph hp vi u cp v dng %nh mc t nht b0ng cng sut ln
nht c#a thit b%.
Cch ly cc pha: cung cp tm cach ly gia cc thanh ci u cp khi
khong cch t pha-pha v pha-t nh. trong khoang u ni.
D phng m> r6ng
Tng qut: khoan trc cc thanh ci cung cp chnh m' rng trong


General: Pre-drill the main circuit supply busbar for future extensions and
extend busbar droppers into future functional unit locations
Jointing
Type: High tensile steel bolts, washers and nuts, with lock nuts or spring
washers. Do not use tapped holes and studs or the like for jointing current
carrying sections.
Custom-built busbar insulation
Active and neutral busbars and joints: Select from the following:
- Polyethylene: At least 0.4 mm thick with dielectric strength of 2.5 kV
r.m.s for 1 minute, applied by a fluidised bed process in which the
material is phase coloured and directly cured onto the bars.
- Close fitting busbar insulation mouldings at least 1 mm thick.
- Heat shrink material: Only on rounded edge busbars.
Taped joints: Apply non-adhesive stop-off type tape, coloured to match
adjacent insulation and half lapped to achieve a thickness at least that of
the solid insulation.
Damaged insulation: Repair damaged insulation before energising.
2.7 NEUTRAL LINKS AND EARTH BARS
Terminals
General: Provide terminals for future circuits.
Links
Assembly capacity > 36 poles: Provide neutral links and earth bars at the
top and bottom of the circuit breaker section.
Assembly capacity 36 poles: Provide links and bars at the point of entry
of incoming supply cables.
Mounting: Mount neutral links on an insulated base.
Control circuits: Provide separate neutral links and earth bars.
Labels: Provide labels for neutral and earth terminals.
Cables > 10 mm
2
: Provide bolts or studs.
Communications earth: Make provision for connection of communications
tng lai
Lin kt
Loi: bulon thp c(ng lc, long den, c tn, vi tn loi kho hay long
den nn. Khng s dng l- ren r!ng hay rive hay nhng th tng t
lin kt cc on thanh ci truyn dn in
Cch &in cho cc thanh ci &'t hng
La chn cc cch sau cho cc thanh ci pha, trung tnh v mi ni thanh
ci:
- Polyethylene: dy t nht 0.4mm, ch%u ng c in p 2.5KV r.m.r
trong 1 pht, tc hin trong qui trnh b"n si n0m. cch in c mu
nh du pha v thi cng trc tip ln thanh ci.
- Cch in c gn kn vo thanh ci dy ti thiu 1 li.
- Cch in co nhit: ch+ s dng cho cnh thanh ci bo trn.
Mi ni qun b!ng keo: s dng b!ng keo loi stop-off khng dnh, mu
ph hp vi cch in gn v qun ch"ng lp dy t nht
b0ng dy c#a cch in cng.
Cch in b% h.ng: sa cch in b% h.ng trc khi ng in.
2.7 THANH CI NI T V TRUNG TNH
Thanh &u ni
Tng qut: cung cp thanh u ni cp trong tng lai.
Lin kt
*i vi t# in trn 36 cc: cung cp thanh ci ni t v thanh ci trung
tnh ' pha trn v pha di c#a ng!n cha CB.
T# in nh. hn hoc b0ng 36 cc: cung cp thanh ci ni t v thanh
ci trung tnh ' ng!n vo cp cp ngu"n vo t#.

Lp t: lp thanh ci trung tnh trn cch in.
Mch iu khin: cung cp ring thanh ci trung tnh v thanh ci ni t.
Dn nhn: dn nhn cho cc thanh u ni trung tnh v ni t.
Cables > 10 mm
2
: s dng bulon hay rive.


systems earth at switchboard earth bar to AS/ACIF S009
2.8 INTERNAL WIRING
Wiring
General: Cable type: 0.6/1 kV copper cables. Provide V-90HT insulation
where directly connected to active and neutral busbars.
Cable interconnections
General: For the main circuit supply, provide cable interconnections as
follows:
- 1.5 mm
2
internal cables, with minimum V75 insulation rating with
stranded copper conductors rated to AS/NZS 3008.1.1. Provide cables
with current ratings suitable for the internal assembly ambient air
temperature and for temperature rise limits of equipment within the
assembly.
- Run cables clear of busbars and metal edges.
- Provide cables capable of withstanding maximum thermal and magnetic
stresses associated with relevant fault level and duration.
- Run cables neatly. Provide slotted trunking sized for future cables or tie
at 150 mm maximum intervals with ties strong enough to withstand
magnetic stresses created at the specified fault current. Do not provide
adhesive supports.
- Ensure wiring for future equipment can be installed without removal of
existing equipment.
- Identify power and control cables at both ends with neat fitting ring type
ferrules agreeing with record circuit diagrams. Mark to AS/NZS 4383.
- Terminate control cables and motor control circuits in tunnel terminals or,
if necessary, provide suitable palm type lugs and correct crimp tool.
- For equipment mounted on hinged doors run cables on the hinge side to
avoid restricting the door opening. Bundle cables with spiral wrap PVC
and secure to door.
- If recommended by device manufacturers, provide shielded wiring.
Adjacent circuit breakers: If suitable proprietary multi-pole busbar
Ni t h thng thng tin: cung cp thanh ci ni t cho h thng thng
tin trong t# in theo AS/ACIF S009
2.8 I DY BN TRONG T IN
i dy
Tng qut: cp "ng 0.6v/1KV. S dng cch in PVC(V_90HT) khi ni
trc tip vo thanh ci pha v thanh ci trung tnh.
Cp lin kt
*i vi mch in cung cp chnh cung cp lin kt nh sau:
- Cp i trong t# 1.5 mm
2
cch in t nht V75, "ng bn theo AS/NZS
3008.1.1. Cung cp cp vi dng in %nh mc ph hp vi nhit
trung bnh trong t# v gii hn t!ng nhit cho php c#a thit b% lp
t trong t# in.
- *i cp cch xa thanh ci v cc gc kim loi nhn.
- Cp ch%u c qu nhit v lc in t tng ng vi cp v th(i gian
ngn mch c#a t# in.
- *i cp gn gng: s dng hp i cp c kch thc c d phng cho
cp trong tng lai hay buc cch khong ti a la 150 mm b0ng dy
buc ch%u c lc in t c#a dng ngn mch.Khng s dng / cp
b0ng keo dn.

- Bo m i dy cho cc thit b% tng lai, lp thm khng phi tho thit
b% hin hu.
- Ch+ th% hai u cp ng lc v cp iu khin b0ng vng t tnh gn
gng s tng "ng trong s " n tuyn. *nh du theo
AS/NZS 4383.
- *u ni cp iu khin v mch iu khin motor trong. Hp u ni
dng mi n, nu cn cung cp u cp loi palm type v dung c p
thch hp.
- *i vi thit b% gn trn ca t# c bn l: i cp bn mt c bn l
trnh m' ca. B cp b0ng b!ng xon PVC v gn cht vo ca.
- Nu nh sn xut c khuyn co, cung cp dy bc gip.


assemblies are available to link adjacent circuit breakers, do not provide
cable interconnections.
Cables > 6 mm
2

Terminations:
- Tunnel terminals: Single cables.
Other connection points or terminals: 2 cables
Doors: Do not run cables to hinged doors or removable panels.
Supports:
- Spacing at enclosure: 200 mm from a termination.
- Spacing generally: 400 mm.
- Strength: Capable of withstanding forces exerted during fault conditions.
Single core cables rated 300 A: Do not provide ferrous type metal cable
saddles.
Terminals marked: Terminate marked cables for connection to external
controls in correspondingly marked terminals within the assembly.
Control and indication circuits
General: Provide conductors sized to suit the current carrying capacity of
the particular circuit.
Minimum size: 1 mm
2
with 32/0.2 stranding.
Cable colours
General: Colour code wiring as follows:
- A phase: Red.
- B phase: White.
- C phase: Blue.
- Neutral: Black.
- Earthing: Green-yellow.
2.9 TERMINATIONS
Submains, light and power circuits
General: Connect direct to the control equipment terminals.
CB lp lin tip, k cn nhau: nu c th s dng t# c thanh ci nhiu
cc chuyn dng u vo CB lp lin tip nhau, khng s dng cp
Cp > 6 mm
2

*u ni:
- Hp ni loi mi n: cho cp n.
Cc hp ni loi khc: 2 cp
Ca t#: khng c i cp ra ca t# c bn l hay ca t# c th tho r(i
c.
Gi / cp:
- Trong t# in t gi cp: 200 mm t u u ni.
- Khong cch gi / tng qut: 400 mm.
- * cng: gi / ch%u c lc sinh ra trong khi ngn mch.
Cp n 300 A: khng s dng gi / kim loi t tnh.
*nh du u ni: nh du u cp iu khin ngoi t# in phi tng
vi nh du u cp trong t# in.
M#ch &in &i4u khi*n v ch< th
Tng qut: s dng dy dn c kch thc ph hp vi dng in trong
mch in.
Kch thc ti thiu: 1 mm
2
vi 32/0.2 bn cp.
Mu cp
Tng qut: mu phi theo nh sau:
- Pha A: ..
- Pha B: trng.
- Pha C: xanh dng.
- Trung tnh: en.
- Ni t: vng xanh.
2.9 H.P U NI
Nhnh chnh m#ch &in cho &n v cm
Tng qut: u ni trc tip vo hp u ni c#a thit b% iu khin.


Shipping breaks: Provide terminal blocks for interconnecting wiring on
each side of shipping breaks.
3 EXECUTION
3.1 ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
Fixing
General: Before making inter-panel connections, fix assemblies and
metering equipment enclosures into position, level and plumb.
3.2 ASSEMBLY ENTRIES
Cable entries
General: Neatly adapt one or more cable entry plates, if fitted, to accept
incoming cable enclosure. Provide the minimum number of entry plates to
leave spare capacity for future cable entries. Do not run cables into the top
of weatherproof assemblies.
Single core cables rated > 300 A: Pass separately through non-ferrous
gland plates. Do not use metal saddles.
Cable enclosures
General: Continue cable enclosures to or into assemblies and fit cable
entry plates so that the IP rating of the assembly and the fire rating of the
cable are maintained.
Cable supports
General: Support or tie mains and submains cables within 200 mm of
terminations. Provide cable supports suitable for stresses resulting from
short circuit conditions.
Bus trunking system entry
General: Provide entry plates with close tolerance cut-out to
accommodate busbars, fitted with a flange bolted and sealed to assembly
enclosure to maintain assembly IP rating. Earth busway enclosure to
assembly protective earth conductor. Fit busway flanges at assembly
manufacturers premises and retain for transportation.
Cc m un vn chuyn: cung cp hp u ni u dy lin kt gia
cc mo un t# in c tch r(i khi vn chuyn
3 THI CNG
3.1 LP 'T T" IN
C &nh
Tng qut: trc khi thc hin u ni bn trong t# in, c %nh t# in,
hp thit b% o l(ng ng v% tr v cao .
3.2 LI VO T IN
Li vo cp
Tng qut: sp xp gn gng 1 hay nhiu np cp vo t#.Cung cp ti
thiu np cp dnh ch- cho cp d tnh lp t trong tng lai. Khng
i cp vo pha trn ca t# in loi chng nc.

*i vi cp n > 300 A: xuyn qua t# s dng vng m cp khng t
tnh, khng s dng vng m kim loi.
Ng5n cp
Tng qut: gn ng!n cha cp vo t# in v gn np cp vo t# duy
tr h thng IP chng chy cho t# in.

Gi &= cp
Tng qut: / cp chnh, cp nhnh hay buc cp cch u u ni
khng qu 200mm. Gi / cp phi ch%u c dng ngn mch.

Busway vo t"
Tng qut: cung cp np cp vi l khot ph hp vi busway, bt bulong
v trt kn b0ng keo duy tr chng nc IP. Ni t v busway vo
thanh ci ni t bo v c#a t# in. Gn mt bch busway ti nh my v
nguyn khi vn chuyn.


General
General: Label the switchboard assembly in conformance with
AS/NZS 3439.1 including the following:
Size and type of all incoming and outgoing mains and submains
3.4 COMPLETION
Maintenance
Standard: To *AS 2467
General: Carry out the following:
- Rectify faults, make adjustments and replace consumable and faulty
materials and equipment within 24 hours of notification.
Monthly inspections and maintenance work to maintain the assembly,
including battery systems
3.3 NH DU V DN NHN
Tng qut
Tng qut: dn nhn t# in theo AS/NZS 3439.1 bao g"m:
- Kch thc v ch#ng loi c#a tt c cp chnh, nhnh chnh cp vo v
ra
Qui trnh vn hnh trong tr(ng hp gp s c.
3.4 HON TT
Bo tr
Tiu chun: theo AS 2467
Tng qut: thc hin cc cng tc sau
- Sa cha s c, hiu ch+nh, thay th vt t thit b% h h.ng, b% chy
trong vng 24 h sau khi c thng bo.
- Kim tra %nh k5 hng thng v thc hin bo tr t# in bao g"m c qui

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0943 Switchboard components


0943 SWITCHBOARD COMPONENTS
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide switchboard components as follows and as documented.
General
- Switchboards proprietary.
- Switchboards custom-built.
1.3 DESIGN
Statutory authoritys equipment
General: Liaise with the supply authority with regard to the installation and
coordinate with their protective and control equipment.
1.4 SUBMISSIONS
Technical data
General: Submit technical data for all components.
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
0943 THIT B NG C$T
1. TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp thit b% ng ct nh trong thit k.
1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Cc chng lin quan
- Nhng yu cu chung v in.
- T in ch to sn.
- T in ch to theo n t hng.
1.3 THIT K
Thit b c"a ngnh &in
Tng qut: lin h ngnh in phi hp, lp t h thng ph hp vi
thit b% iu khin v bo v c#a ngnh in.
1.4 TRNH
Thng s k thut
Tng qut: cung cp tng s k thut cho tt c thit b% ng ct.
2 SN PHM
2.1 TNG QUT


General
Selection: To comply with the requirements of AS/NZS 3000 clause 1.7
and Section 2.
Rated duty: Uninterrupted.
Rated making capacity (peak): 2.1 x fault level (RMS) at assembly
incoming terminals.
Utilisation category: To AS 60947.1 clause 4.4.
- Circuits consisting of motors or other highly inductive loads: At least AC-
23.
- Other circuits: At least AC-22.
Coordination: Select and adjust protective devices to discriminate under
over-current, and earth faults.
Enclosure: IP4X minimum.
2.2 SWITCH-ISOLATOR AND COMBINATION FUSE-SWITCH UNITS
General
Standard: To AS 60947.1 and AS/NZS 3947.3.
Poles: 3.
Operation: Independent manual operation including positive ON/OFF
indicator.
Shrouding: Effective over range of switch positions.
Rated breaking capacity: rated full load current.
Fuse-switch units
Operation: Provide an extendable operating handle.
Fuse links: To be isolated when switch contacts are open. Provide 3
phase sets of high rupturing capacity (HRC) fuse links.
2.3 AUTO-TRANSFER SWITCHES
General
Standard: To AS 60947.1 and AS 3947.6.1.
Type: 3 pole automatic type with supervisory circuits which initiate and
Tng qut
La chn: p ng yu cu nu trong mc 1.7 chng 2, tiu chun
AS/NZS 3000
Cng sut lm vic: khng ngt.
Cng sut( +nh) %nh mc: 2.1 x dng ngn mch (RMS) trn u vo
t# in.
Phn loi theo cng dng: ph hp theo AS 60947.1 mc 4.4.
- Mch in ti motor hay ti cm khng cao: t nht AC-23.

- Mch in khc: t nht AC-22.
Phi hp la chn v hiu ch+nh thit b% bo v phn bit r qu dng v
ngn mch.
V. thit b%: ti thiu IP 4X.
2.2 B. CCH LY(ISOLATOR) V B. CCH LY KT HP CU CH
Tng qut
Tiu chun: theo AS 60947.1 v AS/NZS 3947.3.
S cc: 3.
Vn hnh: thao tc tay c lp bao g"m ch+ th% v% tr ON/OFF.
Che kn: che kn hiu qu tt c v% tr c#a b cch ly.
Kh n!ng ct ngn mch: dng %nh mc.
B6 cch ly c c!u ch
Vn hnh: cung cp tay thao tc c th ni thm.
Cu ch: c cch ly khi tit im c#a dao cch ly m'. Cung cp b cu
ch HRC 3 pha.
2.3 T .NG CHUY@N NGUDN ATS
Tng qut
Tiu chun: Theo AS 60947.1 v AS 3947.6.1.
Loi: 3 cc t ng chuyn i v khi phc.


restore the changeover transfer operation.
Load side connections: Segregate from incoming side.
Classification:
- Contactors: PC.
- Circuits: CB.
Utilization category: To AS/NZS 3947.6.1 clause 4.4.
Interlocks: Provide electrical and mechanical interlocks
2.4 MOULDED CASE AND MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
General
Moulded case breakers: To AS 60947.1, AS 2184 and AS 60947.2.
Miniature circuit breakers: To AS/NZS 60898.1 or AS 3111.
Operation: Independent manual operation including positive ON/OFF
indicator.
Trip type:
- Moulded case breakers: Adjustable thermal, fixed magnetic.
- Miniature circuit breakers: Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic.
Current limiting:
- Moulded case breakers: Required.
Isolation facility: Required.
Mounting: Mount circuit breakers so that the ON/OFF and current rating
indications are clearly visible with covers or escutcheons in position. Align
operating toggles of each circuit breaker in the same plane.
Utilisation category: Moulded case breakers:
- Final subcircuits category: Category A.
- Mains and submains: Category B.
Trip settings: Set as documented, seal, and label.
Trip units: Connect interchangeable and integrally fused trip units so that
trip units are not live when circuit breaker contacts are open.
*u ni vo ph ti: cch ly vi u vo.
Phn loi:
- Cc tip im: PC.
- Mch in: CB.
Phn loi p dng: theo AS/NZS 3947.6.1 mc 4.4.
Kho lin ng: cung cp kho lin ng in v c
2.4 MCCB V MCB

Tng qut
MCCB: Theo AS 60947.1, AS 2184 v AS 60947.2.
MCB: Theo AS/NZS 60898.1 hay AS 3111.
Vn hnh: vn hnh b0ng tay c lp bao g"m ch+ th% v% tr ON/OFF.
Loi tc ng(trip):
- MCCB: rle nhit hiu ch+nh c, in t c %nh.
- MCB: r le nhit v in t c %nh.
Gii hn dng in:
- MCCB: yu cu.
Chc n!ng cch ly: yu cu.
Lp t: gn CB sao cho v% tr ON/OFF v dng %nh mc thy r sau khi
lp mt n. *iu ch+nh tt ca3ca62n gt CB n0m trong cng mt
phng.
Phn loi s dung: MCB:
- Mch cung cp u cui: loi A.
- Mch chnh v nhnh chnh: loi B.
Ci t:: ci t theo thit k, nim phong v dn nhn .
R le bo v( trip units): ni b cu ch c th thay i sao cho trip units
khng mang in khi CB m'.



2.5 RESIDUAL CURRENT OPERATED CIRCUIT BREAKERS (RCBO)
Integral non-overload protection type: To AS/NZS 61008.1.
Integral overload protection type: To AS/NZS 61009.1.
Modular type: To AS 60947.2.
Default tripping current: 30 mA.
2.6 AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS
General
Standard: To AS 60947.1 and AS 60947.2.
Type: Open construction, withdrawable 3 pole, front connected
Utilisation category: Category B.
Closing operation: Provide independent manual operation with trip free
closing mechanisms and positive mechanically operated ON and OFF
indication.
Opening operation: Provide independent manually operated release for
opening.
Auxiliary switch contacts: Provide contacts with minimum rated operational
current of 6 A at 240 V, 50 Hz. Provide at least one spare normally-open
and one spare normally-closed contacts. Provide shunt trip release coil
circuits with an early-make/late-break series connected auxiliary contact.
Protection system: Provide a fully adjustable solid state protection system
integral to the circuit breaker and incorporating a solid state protection
relay.
Locking: Provide for circuit breakers to be locked in the open position.
Electrical Interlock: Control circuitry of functional units with normally-
opened and normally-closed auxiliary contacts.
Operating mechanism charging: Manual.
Mechanical Interlock: Provide with captive type coded key with squared
face key with alphabetical or numerical coded operating face.
2.5 RCBO
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 3190.
Loi khng c bo v qu dng: Theo AS/NZS 61008.1.
Loi c bo v qu dng: Theo AS/NZS 61009.1.
Loi khi: Theo AS 60947.2.
Dng ngn mc %nh: 30 mA.
2.6 ACB
Tng qut
Tiu chun: Theo AS 60947.1 v AS 60947.2.
Loi: kt cu m', rt ra c, 3 cc, ni pha trc
Phn loi s dng: loi B.

Thao tc ng: cung cp vn hnh b0ng tay c lp vi c cu trip ng
t do v ch+ th% v% tr ON/OFF.

Thao tc m': cung cp vn hnh b0ng tay c lp m' ACB.

Tip im ph: cung cp tip im phu t nht 6A ' 240V 50Hz. Cung cp
t nht 01 NO v 01 NC tip im d phng. Cung cp b shunt trip tc
ng sm/tr ni tip vi tip im ph.
H thng bo v:cung cp b bo v in t c th hiu ch+nh c lp
s1n trong CB v lin kt hot ng vi r le in t.

Kho: cung cp kho CB ' v% tr m'.
Kho lin ng in: kim sot b iu khin chc n!ng vi cc tip
im ph NO, NC.
B np c kh: b0ng tay.
Kho lin ng c kh: cung cp vi kho m kho ch ci hay s.


Door interlock: Except for compartment doors that serve only as covers,
provide interlocks to prevent compartment doors being open if the circuit
breakers are closed.
Abnormal operations: Provide circuit breakers which preclude the
following operations:
- Slow closing or opening of contacts.
- Manual independent hand closure, if springs fail.
- Release of charged springs while contacts are closed.
Maintenance: Provide for slow closing of the circuit breaker mechanism
during disconnected maintenance.
Withdrawable type
Mounting: Mount circuit breaker on a withdrawable carriage for racking in
or withdrawing, and for positively fixing the unit into any of the 3 following
positions:
- Connected.
- Test/isolated.
- Disconnected
Auxiliary contacts: Provide contacts which are disconnected in the isolated
position and connected in the test position.
Interlocking: Provide interlocking which prevents circuit breaker being
racked in or withdrawn unless it is in a tripped condition and prevents the
circuit breaker being closed unless located in either the connected or
test/isolated position. Provide stored energy devices which are
automatically discharged by any racking operation.
Shutters: Provide automatic shutters, which can be locked, covering
busbar and incoming/outgoing circuit connections and labelled BUSBARS
and CIRCUIT respectively.
Earthing: Provide earthing connection between withdrawable carriage and
assembly earth busbar which makes before, and breaks after, other
contacts on the circuit breaker carriage.

Kho lin ng ca: ngoi tr ca c#a khoang t# in c chc n!ng
tng t nh tm bao che, cung cp kho lin ng trnh m' ca khi
CB ng.

Thao tc sai: cung cp CB ng!n nga thao tc:
- *ng / m' chm.
- *ng b0ng tay khi l xo nn h
- X l xo nn khi CB ang ng.
Bo tr: cung cp b c kh ng CB chm trong khi bo tr v cch ly.

ACB lo#i rt ra &9c
Lp t: gn CB trn 1 s(n xe rt ra c c th c %nh CB ' 3 v% tr
sau::
- *u ni.
- Kim tra/ cch ly.
- Cch ly
Tip im ph: cung cp tip im ph m m' khi CB ' v% tr cch ly v
ng khi CB ' v% tr kim tra.
Kho lin ng: cung cp kho lin ng ch+ cho php rt CB ra hay
y vo khi CB ' trng thi trip v CB ch+ ng c khi n ' v% tr u
ni hay kim tra Cung cp thit b% np l xo nn m s t ng x khi
ko CB vo.

Mn che: cung cp mn che t ng, c th kho, che chm cho thanh
ci v u ni vo/ ra CB c dn nhn ring busbar v circuit.

Ni t: cung cp ni t cho s(n xe.



2.7 FUSES WITH ENCLOSED FUSE LINKS
Standards: To AS 60269.1, AS 60269.2.0 and AS 60269.2.1.
Fuse links: Enclosed, high rupturing capacity type mounted in a fuse
carrier.
Breaking range and utilisation category:
- Distribution/general purpose: gG.
- Motors: gM.
Fuse-holders: Mount fuse-holders so that fuse carriers may be withdrawn
directly towards the operator and away from live parts. Provide fixed
insulation which shrouds live metal when the fuse carrier is withdrawn.
Barriers: Provide barriers on both sides of each fuse link, preventing
inadvertent electrical contact between phases by the insertion of
screwdriver.
Spare fuse links: Provide 3 spare fuse links for each rating of fuse link on
each assembly. Mount spares on clips within the spares cabinet.
Spare fuse holder carriers: Provide 3 spare fuse holder carriers for each
size of fuse holder carriers on each assembly. Mount spares on clips
within the spares cabinet.
Busbar mounted fuse holders: Provide fuse carriers with retaining clips,
minimum fuse holder 32 A
2.8 CIRCUIT BREAKER INTEGRAL PROTECTIVE RELAYS
General: Provide integral protective relays which provide for tripping in the
event of relay operation, and for manually resetting. Provide operation
indicators with a set of change over voltage free alarm contacts, for
connection to an alarm circuit.
Mounting: Integral type: Readily accessible for viewing and adjustment
with doors and covers in position.
Mounting: External type: Flush.
2.9 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (PROTECTION)
2.7 CU CH
Tiu chun: theo AS 60269.1, AS 60269.2.0 v AS 60269.2.1.
Cu ch: loi kn, cng sut ngt cao, loi gn trong hp cu chi.

Phn hng s dng, cp cng sut:
- Phn phi v ti thng th(ng: gG.
- M t: gM.
Gi / cu ch: lp t gi / cu ch sao cho hp ch c th rt ra kh.i
cc phn mang in. Cung cp tm cch in che cc phn mang in
khi rt hp cu ch ra.
Che chn: cung cp che chn ' 2 u cu ch trnh tip xc v gia
cc pha khi s dng tua vit.

Cu ch d phng: cung cp 3 cu ch d phng cho m-i cp dng %nh
mc trong m-i t# in. Treo cu ch d phng trong ng!n t# d phng.
Gi / d phng: cung cp 3 gi / cu ch d phng cho m-i loi gi /
trong m-i t# in. Treo gi / ny trong ng!n t# d phng.
Thanh ci gn gi / cu ch: cung cp gi / cu ch vi k6p gi, ti
thiu 32 Ab
2.8 R/ LE BO V TCH HP TRONG CB
Tng qut: cung cp r le bo v tch hp bn trong CB trip v ci t
bo v. Cung cp b ch+ th% vi cng tc bo v ph ni n h thng bo
ng.

Lp t: loi tch hp bn trong, cho php quan st hiu ch+nh khi ca t#
v tm che ' ng v% tr.
Treo: loi gn ngoi: b0ng mt.
2.9 BIN DNG( BO V)


General
Type: Cast resin encapsulated window type with busbar clamping devices.
Rated short time current: At least the short time current equivalent to the
assembly fault level.
Rated short-time: At least the maximum time setting of the related
protective relay. Minimum 1 s.
Rated primary current: Equal to assigned current rating of the associated
functional unit.
Rated secondary current: 5 A. Connect star point to earth.
Interposing transformers: Provide as recommended by the protective relay
manufacturer.
Characteristics: Conform to the recommendations of the protective relay
manufacturer.
Test links: Provide test terminals and current transformer secondary
shorting links in accessible positions within instrument panels. Provide a
set of DIN-type rail mounted test links, consisting of screw clamped slide
links and earth links, for each current transformer group.
Installation: Install transformers to permit easy removal.
Removable links: Provide removable links of minimum lengths for
transformers fitted on busbar systems.
Markings: Mount transformers in the assembly enclosure, so that polarity
markings and nameplate details are readily viewed right side up without
removing the transformers
2.10 ANSIENT PROTECTION
Standards
Assemblies connected to the MEN earthing system: To AS 4070 Category
II.
Primary protection
General: Provide shunt connected metal oxide varistors at assembly
incoming supply terminals, on the line side of incoming functional units.
Tng qut
Loi: loi kh, kiu ca s vi thit b% gn vo thanh ci.
Dng ngn mch: t nht b0ng dng ngn mch c#a t# in.

Th(i gian ch%u ng ngn mch: ti thiu b0ng dng ci t ln nht c
th c#a r le bo v nhng khng t hn 1 giy.

Dng s cp: b0ng dng %nh mc c#a thit b% bo v lin quan.
Dng th cp: 5A, ni sao tip t.

Ngt bin dng: cung cp khuyn co c#a nh sn xut thit b% bo v.

*c tnh: ph hp vi khuyn co c#a nh sn xut thit b% bo v.
Ni tt kim tra: cung cp hp u ni cho kim tra v ni tt cun th
cp bin dng.hp u ni t ' v% tr thao tc c trong ng!n t# o
l(ng.Cung cp hp u ni loi gn trn ray DIN bao g"m k6p ni dy
v ni t cho m-i bin dng .
Lp t: lp bin dng cho php d$ dng tho ra.
Dy ni c th tho: cung cp dy ni chiu di ti thiu bin dng c
th lp trn thanh ci.
*nh du: gn bin dng trong ng!n t# sao cho cc chi tit nh du cc
v nhn c#a bin dng c th thy ngay khng cn tho bin dng ra
2.10 O V THONG QUA
Tiu chu0n
T# in c ni vo thanh ci ni t MEN: Theo AS 4070 loi II.
Bo v s cp
Tng qut; cung cp b ct xung st varistor oxid. Kim loi ni shunt ti
u vo: cung cp in c#a t# in, pha u mang in c#a thit b% u
vo chnh.


Visual indicator: Provide visual indication of status of transient detection.
Alarm contacts: Provide one set of normally closed dry contacts
indicating occurrence of a surge transient.
Secondary protection
General: Provide metal oxide varistors or zener diode surge protection to
assembly in-built equipment and to semi-conductor components which are
not able to withstand transient overvoltages exceeding primary protection
let-through residual levels.
2.11 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (METERING)
Standard
Measurement current transformers: To AS 60044.1.
Test links
General: Provide test links for connection of calibration instruments and
meters and for shorting of current transformer secondaries.
Energy meters, maximum demand meters, ammeters and protection
relays: Provide with rail-mounted links consisting of screw-clamped slide
links and an earth link.
Test studs
General: For energy and demand meters provide rail-mounted potential
test studs or plug connections next to associated current transformer links.
Provide at least one set of test studs for each compartment.
Accuracy classification
Energy measurements: Class 0.5.
Indicating instruments: Class 3.
Ratings
Rated short time current: At least the short time withstand current
equivalent of the circuit in which the transformer is installed
Rated primary current: At least equal to the current rating of the functional
unit.
Secondary windings: Rated at 5 A, burden of 0.4 (10 VA) with star point
earthed.
Ch+ th%: cung cp ch+ th% trng thi c#a b pht hin xung st.
Tip im cnh bo: cung cp 1 tip im kh th(ng ng(NC) ch+ th%
s xut hin dng xung st
Bo v th cp
Tng qut: cung cp b ct xung st varistor oxid kim loai hay dioxid
zener cho cc thit b% lp trong t# in v thit b% bn dn, nhng thit b%
m khng ch%u c qu in p xung vt qua b ct xung st s
cp.
2.11 BIN DNG( O LONG)
Tiu chu0n
Bin dng o l(ng: Theo AS 60044.1.
Ni tt th8 nghim
Tng qut: cung cp ni tt cun th cp bin dng, ni vi cc thit b% o
l(ng.
*"ng h" o m in n!ng, "ng h" o dng in cc i, Ampere k v
r le bao v:cung cp hp ni dy lp trn thanh ray k6p ni dy v ni
t.
Rc cm ki*m tra
Tng qut: i vi "ng h" o m in n!ng, cng sut cung cp. Rc
cm kim tra gn bn cnh cc dy ni c#a bin dng. Cung cp t nht 1
rc cm kim tra cho m-i ng!n
Cp chnh xc
*o m in n!ng: Class 0.5.
*o l(ng: Class 3.
nh mc
Dng ngn hn: t nht nht ch%u c dng ngn hn c#a mch in m
bin dng lp
Dng in s cp: t nht b0ng dng in %nh mc c#a thit b% c bo
v
Cun th cp: dng %nh mc 5 A, cng sut 0.4 (10 VA) u sao ni
t.


Type
General: If practicable, cast resin encapsulated window-type with busbar
clamping devices. Otherwise wound-primary type with mounting feet.
Installation
General: Install transformers to permit easy removal.
Removable links: Provide removable links of minimum length for
transformers fitted on busbar systems.
2.12 INSTRUMENTS AND METERS
Standard
Socket mounting system: To AS 1284.4.
Accuracy
Indicating Instruments and accessories: 7 Class 1.5.
Thermal maximum demand indicators: Class 3.
Electricity meters: Class 0.5.
Power factor meters, phase angle meters and synchroscopes: 2 electrical
degrees maximum error.
Transducers: Class 0.5.
Mounting
General: Flush mount.
Labels
General: If associated exclusively with one phase, label meters RED,
WHITE, or BLUE as applicable.
Protection devices
Meter potential protection devices: Group together behind associated
meter cover or hinged door, preferably next to current transformer test
links.
Accessories
General: Mount next to associated instruments, inside cabinets.

Transducers
Lo#i
Tng qut: nu c th s dng bin dng kh loi ca s c thit b% kho
vo thanh ci. Nu khng s dng loi cun th cp qun c chn .
Lp &'t
Tng qut: lp t bin dng cho php tho ra.
Dy ni tho c: cung cp dy u ni tho ra c vi chiu di ti
thiu cho php bin dng lp trn thanh ci.
2.12 O LONG V O M
Tiu chu0n
H thng lp t socket: Theo AS 1284.4.
6 chnh xc
Thit b% o l(ng: 7 Class 1.5.
Ch+ th% nhu cu nhit cc i: Class 3.
*"ng h" in: Class 0.5.
*"ng h" h s cng sut, "ng h" o gc lnh pha v dao ng k: 2 sai
s ti a 2 in
Truyn tn hiu: Class 0.5.
Lp &'t
Tng qut: lp phng mt.
Dn nhn
Tng qut: nu ch+ lin quan n 1 pha, dn nhn "ng h" RED, WHITE,
hay BLUE.
Thit b bo v
Thit b% bo v in th cho "ng h": nhm cc "ng h" tng ng sau
c#a t# , gn mi n ni dy bin dng.

Ph( kin
Tng qut: gn bn thit b% tng ng, bn trong t# in.
B6 truy4n d liu
Tng qut: nu cn thit cho hot ng c#a b truyn d liu, cung cp


General: If necessary for transducer operation, provide auxiliary supply.
Connect outputs to dedicated rail-mounted isolating type terminals
Ammeters
Type: Moving iron type oil dampened for motor starter circuits.
Overscale: For ammeters subject to motor starting currents, overscale to
at least 5 x full load current.
Selector switches: 4-position type with positions designated R/W/B/OFF.
Mount under or beside relevant ammeters.
Maximum demand indicators
General: Provide a meter in each phase with 15 minute response time.
Provide for sealing the reset mechanism. Provide a combination 3-point
indicator consisting of an instantaneous red ammeter pointer, a red
maximum demand slave pointer with external reset facility, and a white
maximum demand pointer.
Instantaneous type: Combined type with bi-metal maximum demand
ammeter element and moving iron instantaneous ammeter element.
Thermal type: Combined type with bi-metal maximum demand ammeter
element.
Voltmeters
Type: Moving iron, 90.
Selector switches: 7-position voltage transfer type for measurement of
phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral voltages with off. Mount under or
next to relevant voltmeters.
Wattmeters and varmeters
General: Suitable for balanced 3 phase, 4 wire loads. Connect to
measurement transducers.
Hours-run meters
General: 6 figure (minimum), horizontal linear digits dial with last digit
read-out in 0.1 hour increments.
Watthour meters
ngu"n nui. *u ni u ra n mi n u ni loi cch ly gn thanh
ray
Ampere k
Loi: kim thp quay trong du cho mch kh'i ng m t.
Thang chia: ampere k o dng kh'i ng m t c thang chia t nht 5x
dng y ti.
Cng tc chn: loi 4 v% tr R/W/B/OFF. Gn di hay bn cnh ampere
k lin quan.
Ch< th nhu c!u &in cc &#i
Tng qut: cung cp mt "ng h" cho m-i pha vi th(i gian p ng 15
pht. Gn nim phong nt reset. Cung cp ch+ th% 3 im kt hp bao g"m
1 kim ch+ th% ampere k tc th(i mu ., 1 kim ph mu . ch+ nhu cu
in cc i c nt nhn reset bn ngoi v 1 kim trng ch+ nhu cu in
cc i.
Loi tc th(i: loi kt hp ampere k l/ng kim ch+ dng cc i v
ampere k st ch+ dng in tc th(i.
Loi nhit: loi kt hp ampere k l/ng kim ch+ th% dng in cc i.
Vn k
Loi: kim thp quay 90.
Cng tc chn: loi chuyn 7 v% tr o in th pha-pha v pha-t, vi 1
v% tr off. Gn bn di hay gn vn k.

W k v VAR k
Tng qut: thch hp s dng cho ph ti 3 pha 4 dy cn b0ng. *u ni
vi b tn hiu o l(ng.
7ng h7 &o gi) vn hnh
Tng qut: ti thiu 6 s n0m ngang, n v% o 0.1 gi(.

7ng h7 WH
Loi: in t.


Type: Electronic.
3-phase metering: Polyphase meters suitable for balanced 3 phase, 4 wire
loads.
1 or 2 phase metering: Single phase meters.
Current rating: To suit load and overload conditions. Provide direct
connect meters suitable for current range of 15 to 100 A and meters with
current transformers suitable to 5 A secondary.
Register: Provide a direct reading register of the large figure type. Mark on
the scale the metering transformer ratios and the multiplying factor applied
to the meter constant.
Covers: Seal main covers.
Frequency meters
Type: Either an analogue type, or vibrating reed type with 7 reeds.
Analogue type: Graduated in 0.1 Hz increments.
Scales:
- Analogue: Graduated 45/65 Hz.
- Vibrating reed: Horizontal reed bar graduated 47/53 Hz.
Synchroscopes
General: Continuously rated, rotating vane type movement, with spring
loaded bearings and silicon fluid dampening, positive and negative arrows,
black pointer and 12 oclock marking.
Scales: 360.
Phase angle meters
General: Provide for 3 phase, 4 wire balanced loads.
Scales: 0.5 leading to 0.5 lagging.
2.13 CONTACTORS
Standard: To AS 60947.4.1.
Type: Enclosed, block type, air break, electro-magnetic.
Poles: 3.
*"ng h" 3 pha:ph hp ti 3 pha 4 dy cn b0ng.

*"ng h" 1 pha: ti 1 pha
Dng %nh mc: ph hp vi ph ti v iu kin qu ti cho php.Cung
cp loi "ng h" o trc tip cho "ng h" t 15-100A, cao hn s dng
bin dng 5A th cp
Ch+ s: cung cp ch+ s c trc tip kch thc ch ln. *nh du h s
bin dng v cc h s nhn khc.

V.: v. c jon kn.
7ng h7 &o t!n s
Loi: c th loi analogue hay loai c rung vi 7 thanh rung.
Loi analogue: bc o 0.1 Hz.
T; l o:
- Analogue: t 45/65 Hz.
- Loi thanh rung: thanh rung n0m ngang o t 47/53 Hz.
B6 ch< th &7ng b6
Tng qut: loi lin tc, c cu di chuyn loi chong chng quay trc gn
trn l xo v nhng vo du silicon, mi tn thun v ngh%ch chiu mu
en v nh du 12 mi gi(.
T; l o: 360.
7ng h7 &o gc lnh pha
Tng qut: cung cp "ng h" s dng cho ti 3 pha 4 dy.
T; l o: dng 0.5, m 0.5.
2.13 KHLI .NG TP
Tiu chun: theo AS 60947.4.1.
Loi: kn, khi, ngt h" quang khng kh v in t.
S cc: 3 cc.
Dng lm vic:ln nht trong:


Rated operational current: The greater of:
- Full load current of the load controlled.
- ) 16 A.
Mechanical durability: 10 million cycles to AS 60947.4.1.
Electric durability: 1 million operations at AC-22 to AS 60947.4.1
Mounting: Mount with sufficient clearance to allow full access for
maintenance, removal and replacement of coils and contacts, without the
need to disconnect wiring or remove other equipment.
Auxiliary contacts: Provide auxiliary contacts with at least one normally-
open and one normally-closed separate contacts with rating of 6 A at 230
V a.c., utilisation category: AC-1.
Slave relay: If the number of auxiliary contacts exceeds the number which
can be accommodated, provide separate slave relays.
2.14 CONTROL DEVICES AND SWITCHING ELEMENTS
Standards
General: To AS 60947.1 and AS 60947.5.1.
Switching elements:
- Electrical emergency stop device with mechanical latching function: To
AS 60947.5.4.
- Electromechanical control circuit devices: To AS 60947.5.1.
- Proximity switches: To AS 60947.5.2.
Rotary switches
General: Cam operated type with switch positions arranged with
displacement of 60.
Off position: Locate at the 12 oclock position. Test positions must spring
return to off position.
Rated operational current: At least 6 A at 230 V a.c.
Escutcheon plates: Provide rectangular plates securely fixed to the
assembly panel. Identify switch position and function.
Time switches
- Dng lm vic y ti c#a thit b% c iu khin
- ) 16 A.
* bn c kh: 10 triu ln ng m' theo AS 60947.4.1.
* bn in: 1 triu ln hot ng ' AC-22 theo AS 60947.4.1
Lp t: lp t vi khong cch thch hp cho cng tc bo tr, tho rp
cun coil v tip im m khng cn tho dy u ni vo kh'i ng t
hay tho cc thit b% khc.
Tip im t dng: Cung cp t nht 1 tip im NC, 1 NO ring r vi
dng %nh mc 6A, 240 V AC, cp AC-1.

R le ph: cung cp rle ph nu cn nhiu tip im ph hn.

2.14 THIT B IBU KHI@N V NG NG$T
Tiu chu0n
Tng qut: Theo AS 60947.1 v AS 60947.5.1.
Thit b% ng ct:
- Thit b% dng khn cp b0ng in vi chc n!ng cht c kh: Theo
AS 60947.5.4.
- Thit b% iu khin c in: Theo AS 60947.5.1.
- Cng tc Proximity: Theo AS 60947.5.2.
Cng tc xoay
Tng qut: c cu cam vi cc v% tr b tr trong gc 60.
V% tr off: ti v% tr 12 gi( c#a "ng h". V% tr kim tra phi quay ngc l xo
vi v% tr off.
Dng in %nh mc: t nht 6A, 230 V a.c.
Mt n: cung cp mt n ch nht gn cht vo ca t# in. Ch+ r v% tr

c#a cng tc v chc n!ng c#a n.
Cng tc th)i gian


Operation: 365 day operation.
Mains failure operation: 100 hour minimum operating capacity.
Contact rating: 16 A at 230 V a.c.
Construction: Provide readily accessible means of adjustment. Provide
operational settings which are clearly visible when switch cover is fitted.
Dial: Digital with hour and minute display.
Override switch (manual): Required
Control relays
Standards: To AS 60947.5.1.
Operation: Suitable for continuous operation. Provide relays selected in
conformance with the Control relay selection table.
Construction: Plug-in types. Receptacle bases with captive clips which can
be operated without using tools.
Contact elements: Electrically separate, double break with silver alloy,
non-welding contacts.
Configuration: For standard relays, provide assemblies with 2 sets of
contacts and expandable to 8 sets of contacts in the same assembly.
Provide at least one normally-open and one normally-closed contact.
On site conversion: Provide contact blocks readily convertible to either
normally-open or normally-closed contacts.
Control relay selection table
Relay
type
Minimum
mechanical
life (million
operations)
Base Minimum
contact
rating
Inter-
changeable
Minimum
number of
contact
elements
1 5 Plug-in 1.25I
L
Yes 2
2 10 Plug-in 5 A at 240 V Yes 2
3 10 Fixed
mounting
5 A at 240 V Yes 4

Time delay relays
Vn hnh: 365 ngy.
Vn hnh khi mt in: c kh n!ng t hot ng t nht 100 gi( khi mt
in.
Contact rating: 16 A at 230 V a.c.
Cu to: d$ dng thao tc hiu ch+nh, d$ dnh nhn thy thng s ci t
ngay c khi y np li.
Hin th%: s thng tin gi(, pht.
Cng tc u tin( b0ng tay): yu cu c
R le &i4u khi*n
Tiu chun: Theo AS 60947.5.1.
Vn hnh: lin tc, ph hp vi bng la chn r le iu khin.

Cu to: loi cm, thay th c vi k6p gi c th tho/ gn m
khng cn dng c.
Tip im: cch ly v in, kh n!ng ct gp 2 ln %nh mc vi tip im
hp kim bc, khng hn.
Cu hnh: cho r le tiu chun cung cp 2 tip im v c th m' rng
ra n 8 tip im. Cung cp t nht 1 cng tc NC, 1 NO.
Hon chuyn ti ch-: cung cp hp tip im c th chuyn d(i gia cng
tc NO v NC.
Bng la chHn r le
Lo#i rle 6 b4n c
(triu l!n)
CS tip
&i*m
C kh
nang
chuy*n &i
S lg tip
&i*m min
1 5 Plug-in 1.25I
L
c 2
2 10 Plug-in 5 A at 240 V c 2
3 10 Fixed
mounting
5 A at 240 V c 4

R le th)i gian trQ
Phm vi hiu ch+nh: c th hiu ch+nh trn ton b di th(i gian vi sai s


Adjustable range: Adjustable over the full timing range with timing
repeatability within 12.5% of nominal setting.
Electronic relays: Incorporate light emitting diodes indicating energisation
states of relays.
Synchronous relays
General: Provide synchronous motor drive type relay fitted with anti-
stalling device which protects gearing during normal operation.
Phase failure relays
General: Provide separate solid-state phase failure relays which release at
the
- < 85% of normal voltage.
- Single phase failure.
- Reverse phase sequence after an appropriate time delay.
Sensing circuit: To reject induced voltage spikes and disturbances with
frequencies other than 50 Hz.
Back-up protection: Provide high rupturing capacity fuses to each phase.
Push-buttons
Type: Oil-tight, minimum 22 mm diameter, or 22 x 22 mm.
Rated operational current: At least 4 A at 240 V a.c.
Emergency stop devices with mechanical latching: To AS/NZS 3947.5.5.
Marking: Identify functions of each push-button. For latched STOP or
EMERGENCY STOP push-buttons, provide label with instructions for
releasing latches.
2.15 SEMICONDUCTOR CONTROLLERS AND CONTACTORS
General
General: Provide semiconductor controllers and contactors rated for the
characteristics of the controlled load.
2.16 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS
12.5% so vi ci t.
R le in t: bao g"m 1 diod pht sng ch+ th% trng thi cung cp in
c#a r le.
R le ho &7ng b6
Tng qut: cung cp r le ho "ng b loi m t vi thit b% chng k6t
cho trc m t trong ch vn hnh bnh th(ng.
R le bo mt pha
Tng qut: cung cp r le bo mt pha loi in t, tc ng trong tr(ng
hp sau:
- *in p< 85% in p %nh mc.
- Mt 1 pha.
- Ngc pha sau 1 khong th(i gian tr$ tng ng thch hp.
Mch cm bin: loi b. nhi$u v xung ' tn s khc tn s 50 Hz.
Bo v d phng: cung cp cu chi HRC cho m-i pha.
Nt nhn(Push-buttons)
Loi: loi kn du, (ng knh nh. nht 22 mm, hay 22 x 22 mm.
Dng in %nh mc:t nht 4 A, 240 V a.c.
Nt dng khn cp c kho ci c kh: Theo AS/NZS 3947.5.5.
Dn nhn: xc %nh chc n!ng c#a m-i nt nhn. *i vi cc nt dng
khn cp v cc nt dng thng th(ng khc c kho ci, cung cp
hng dn m' kho.
2.15 THIT B IBU KHI@N V KHLI .NG TP BN DRN
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp thit b% iu khin v kh'i ng t bn dn c cng
sut ph hp ph ti iu khin.
Tiu chun: Theo AS/NZS 3947.4.3.
2.16 B. IBU KHI@N L2P TRNH LOGIC(PLC)
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp b PLC hon ch+nh bao g"m b iu khin trung


General
General: Provide complete programmable logic controllers including
central processing unit, input/output modules and mounting hardware, and
which are as follows:
- Modular in construction and of the same manufacture, with
interchangeable peripherals and software.
- Have an integral power supply of sufficient capacity to satisfy the
requirements of the central processing unit and input/output module
combinations which can be located within the mounting hardware.
- Designed and constructed to operate in electrically noisy environments.
- Located in the low voltage control section of the associated functional
unit.
following
Central processing units
General: Provide the following:
- Separate run, monitor and program functions.
- Operating system: Stored in non-volatile memory.
- Programmed software: Stored so that loss of power to the unit for a
period up to 1 year will not cause corruption of data and will allow
automatic restarting and correct operation immediately on power
restoration.
Inputs and outputs (minimum):
- External inputs: 24.
- External outputs: 16.
- Internal relays: 128.
Input/output modules
Status: Clearly identified and indicated by a light emitting diode.
Diodes: Not obscured by assembly wiring.
Analog input: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 V d.c., opto-isolated.
Analog output: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 V d.c., into a burden of 600 .
tm, m un vo/ ra, v. t# vi cc c tnh sau:

- Cc modun cung nh sn xut vi cc thit b% ngoi vi v phn mm c
th thay i.
- Bao g"m b cp ngu"n cng sut ph hp vi b trung tm x l, cc
modun vo v ra, cng lp t trn cng 1 t#.
- *c thit k v cu to hot ng trong mt mi tr(ng nhi$u in
t.
- Lp t trong ng!n iu khin in p thp

B6 &i4u khi*n trung tm
Tng qut: cung cp b iu khin nh sau:
- Chy, hin th%, lp trnh chc n!ng c lp.
- H iu hnh: lu trong b nh khng in p.

- Phn mm lp trnh: lu trong b nh sao cho nu mt in trong 1 n!m
cng khng mt d liu v cho php t kh'i ng li v vn hnh bnh
th(ng ngay sau khi c in tr' li.
M un vo v ra(ti thiu):
- D liu vo: 24.
- D liu ra: 16.
- R le bn trong: 128.
M &un vo / ra
Trng thi: xc %nh r rng v ch+ th% b0ng diod pht sng.
Diod: khng b% che b'i dy in.
Analog input: 4 n 20 mA hay 0 n 10 V d.c., cch ly quang hc.
Analog output: 4 n 20 mA hay 0 n 10 V d.c., tng tr' u ra 600 .
Digital input: 24 V d.c., cch ly quang hc.
Digital output: tip im khng in th hay tip im bn dn cch ly


Digital input: 24 V d.c., opto-isolated.
Digital output: Volt-free relay contacts or opto-isolated solid state switches
for switching an output load of at least 2 A at 24 V a.c. or d.c.
Programmer
Operation: Using ladder logic, allowing for editing without the need to re-
enter the whole program. Include test and monitoring functions which
facilitate testing, running and debugging of software and provide for
input/output number check.
Hand-held programmers: Provide moulded connectors and 2 m
connection cable.
2.17 ONTROL AND PROTECTIVE SWITCHING DEVICES OR
EQUIPMENT
2.18 CONTROLLER DEVICE INTERFACES
General
General: Provide interfaces between equipment and control systems
including the following
- Metering systems.
- Building management systems.
Standard: To AS 62026.1, AS/NZS 62026.2, AS/NZS 62026.3 and
AS/NZS 62026.5.
Actuator sensor interface: To AS/NZS 62026.2. Provide control system
components with an actuator sensor interface. The actuator sensor
interface may be integrated into field devices, or be used in separate
modules.
Devicenet: Provide control system components with a devicenet
connection based controller-device interface, suitable for use on a
Controller Area Network to AS/NZS 62026.3.
Smart distributed system (SDS): Provide control system components with
a SDS controller-device interface, suitable for use on a Controller Area
Network to AS/NZS 62026.5.
quang hc, cho php ng m' ti t nht 2 A at 24 V a.c. hay d.c.

Lp trinh
Vn hnh: lp trinh bc thang, cho php sa m khng cn nhp li ton
b chng trnh.

Bao g"m chc n!ng th v hin th% thun tin trong vic th nghim,
chy v debuy chng trnh, kim tra s liu vo/ra.
2.17 THIT B IBU KHI@N, NG C$T, BO V
2.18 GIAO DIN THIT B IBU KHI@N

Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp giao din gia thit b% v h thng iu khin bao
g"m:
- PCL.
- H thng o l(ng.
- BSM ( h thng qun l ta nh).
Tiu chun: Theo AS 62026.1, AS/NZS 62026.2, AS/NZS 62026.3 v
AS/NZS 62026.5.
Giao tip cm bin chp hnh: theo AS/NZS 62026.2. Cung cp cc b
phn c giao tip cm bin v chp hnh. Giao tip ny c th lp bn
trong thit b% hay trong cc m un ring l2.
Mng iu khin thit b% (devicenet): cung cp cc b phn h thng iu
khin vi lin kt devicenet da trn giao tip thit b% b iu khin, ph
hp p dng mng Controllon Area network theo AS/NZS 62026.5.
H thng phn phi thng minh (SDS): Cung cp cc thnh phn h
thng kim sot vi mt giao din iu khin, thit b% SDS, thch hp cho
s dng trn mt khu vc iu khin mng theo AS / NZS 62.026,5.
Giao din tun t: cung cp giao din v mang tun t gia mt hay


Seriplex: Provide a Seriplex interface and communications system
between single or multiple controllers and control circuit devices or
switching elements.
2.19 INDICATOR LIGHTS
Standard
General: To AS 60947.5.1.
Incandescent indicators
Type: Incandescent oil tight type minimum 22 mm diameter or 22 x
22 mm.
Lamps: Changeable from front of panel without removing the holder.
Lamp rating: 1.2 to 5 W.
Neon indicators
General: 240 V, 12 mm diameter with in-built resistor.
LED indicators
General: 12 or 24 V as necessary, in corrosion-resistant bezel, nominal
5 mm diameter.
Press-to-test
Compartments/subsections with < 5 indicating lights: Provide each
indicating light with a fitted integral press-to-test lamp actuator.
Compartments/subsections with 5 indicating lights: Provide a common
press-to-test lamp push-button.
- Programmable logic controllers.
2.20 INDICATING COUNTERS
General
- At least 6 digits.
- Digits at least 3.5 mm high.
- Continuous duty rated.
- Non-reset type.
nhiu b iu khin vi cc thit b% ng ngt.

2.19 N CHS TH
Tiu chu0n
Tng qut : theo AS60947.5.1
n ch< th bng nung sang
Loi : loi kn du bong nung sng ti thiu (ng knh 22mm hay
22x22mm
Bng:c th thay pha trc c#a t# in, khng cn tho ui n
Cng sut : t 1.2 n 5W

n ch< th neon
Tng qut : 240 V, (ng knh 12mm vi in tr' lp sn bn trong n

n LED ch< th
Tng qut: 12 hay 24V nu cn thit, trong vin khng r+ (ng knh bnh
th(ng l 5mm
Nt ki*m tra
Ng!n t# in t hn 5 n ch+ th%, cung cp cho m-i n ch+ th% vi nt
nhn kim tra gn bn trong
Ng!n t# in c hn 5 n ch+ th%, s dng nt nhn kim tra chung

- *iu khin logic lp trnh
2.20 M
Tng qut
- Tng qut: Cung cp b m vi :
- t nht 6 s
- S cao t nht 3.5mm
- *m s lien tc
- Khng cn reset
- B ct xung 500v.


- 500 V surge diverters.
2.21 ALARM ANNUNCIATORS
General
- Labelled annunciator illuminated windows, to indicate status and alarm
conditions.
- Lamp test acknowledge-mute and reset individual push-buttons.
- Audible alarm and associated logic circuitry.
Mode of operation
General: Provide the following functions:
- Fault conditions: To initiate flashing of appropriate annunciator lamps
and sounding of audible alarms.
- Operation of acknowledge and mute buttons: To silence audible alarms
and change annunciator lamps to the steady state on condition.
- Window: To extinguish only when fault condition has been cleared and
alarm reset push-button has been activated.
- Subsequent alarms on other inputs: To reactivate the audible alarm and
flash the appropriate annunciator lamp.
- Resetting: After correction of the fault condition, provide on-site choice of
either automatic resetting or manual resetting at the annunciator panel.
Type
General: Extra-low voltage, solid state, flush mounted, window type.
Lamps
General: Provide annunciators with 2 extra-low voltage lamps per window.
Rated voltage of lamps105% of the annunciator system voltage.
Replacing: Changeable from front of panel without affecting condition of
annunciator.
Vibration: Provide lamps which do not disconnect due to vibration
Extra-low voltage power supply
General: Provide an extra-low voltage power supply for the alarm
2.21 THIT B CNH BO

Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp thit b% cnh bo nh sau
- *n ch+ th% trng thi v cnh bo

- Nt nhn kim tra n , khng thng bo v reset ring

- Mch cnh bo ting v logic tng ng
Ch &6 vn hnh
Tng qut : cung cp cc chc n!ng sau

- *iu kin s c: chy sng n cnh bo tng ng v pht ting bo
ng
- Vn hnh c#a nt im lng v cnh bo: dng ting cnh bo v chuyn
n cnh bo thng chp tt
- Mn hnh hin th% loi s c khi iu kin s c r rng nt nhn
reset bo ng c kch hot
- Bo ng tun t n cc thit b% ngoi vi khc: khi phc bo ng
ting v chy sng cc n bo ng tng ng
- Reset: sau khi sa cha s c, cung cp ti t# nt reset t ng b0ng
tay
Lo#i
- Tng qut : in p thp, in t, lp b0ng mt, loi ca s
n
Tng qut: cung cp n cnh bo vi 2 bng n vi in p thp cho 1
ca s ch+ th%.
*in th %nh mc c#a bng n b0ng 105 % in th c#a b cnh bo
Thay th: Thay i c t mt trc (c#a) bng khng nh h'ng n
iu kin (c#a) my bo hiu.
Rung ng : cung cp n khng b% ngt in do rung.
Cung cp ngu7n &in p thp
Tng qut: cung cp b ngu"n in p thp cho b cnh bo.


annunciator.
Windows
Nominal size: 15 x 35 mm.
Engraving: Filled in black.
Background colours: White for status monitoring, red for alarms and
shutdown functions
2.22 AUDIBLE ALARM DEVICES
Sound level
General: The greater of the following:
- 65 dB(A) at 1 m.
- 15 dB(A) above ambient sound levels at any location in designated
areas.
2.23 EXTRA-LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
General
- Centre tap on secondary winding.
- Primary and secondary windings wired out on opposite sides of
transformer case.
- Primary and secondary windings separated by means of an earthed
screen wired out to an insulated terminal.
- Transformer rating ) 125% of maximum output load, taking account of
degree of ventilation and ambient temperature within assembly, and
supplied load.
2.24 BATTERIES AND CHARGERS
Standards
Valve regulated sealed lead-acid batteries: To AS/NZS 4029.2.
Vented nickel-cadmium batteries: To AS 3731.1.
Chargers: To AS 4044 Type 2

Mn ch< th b6 cnh bo
Kch thc bnh th(ng: 15x35mm.
Khc: *y mu en.
- Khc ch: khc v sn en ph# ln, mu nn trng i vi hin th% trng
thi, mu . cho cc.
2.22 THIT B BO .NG TING
Mc &6 m thanh
Tng qut: Cao hn cc mc m sau:
- 65 dB(A) at 1 m.
- 15 db( A) cao hn so vi mc m trung bnh ' mi im thit k.
2.23 BIN P IN P THP
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp bin p nh sau:
- *u ni gia trn cun th cp.
- Cun th cp v s cp qun trn 2 li i din nhau.

- Cun s cp v th cp ring l2.
- Cng sut bin th ) 125 % ph ti ln nht c tnh n iu kin lm
mt, nhit mi tr(ng v ph ti cung cp.

2.24 $C QUI V B. S;C
Tiu chu0n
:c qui ch nim kn theo: Theo AS/NZS 4029.2.

Pi nickel cadmium: Theo AS 3731.1.
B sc: theo AS 4044 Type 2


General
General: Provide a battery and charger system for circuit breaker tripping,
closing and automatic changeover switch operation. Locate within the
switchroom or switchboard assembly.
Circuit breaker operation
General: Provide a d.c. supply for circuit breaker operation from battery
system and charger.
Performance
General: Capable of 10 consecutive air-circuit breaker or moulded case
circuit breaker operations for the designated quantity of circuit breakers.
Each operation consists of open-close of main contacts for 0.5 s duration,
with 1 s intervals between operations, and minimum discharge current of
4 A, with batteries in 50% discharge condition. Maintain a minimum
terminal voltage of 80% of rated voltage at the completion of the 10
operations.
System voltage: 110 V d.c.
Battery chargers
Type: Free standing, floor mounted, ventilated cabinet type with separate
charger and battery subsections.
Degree of protection: IP42.
Tapping: Provide tappings on the transformer to permit adjustment over a
range of 95% 105% of secondary winding voltage on open circuit.
Circuitry: Solid state, micro-processor type, constant voltage, fully
automatic, incorporating a smoothing network to give an output wave form
at least as smooth as that of a 3-phase bridge system, and automatic
boost and float charge functions to ensure maximum battery life and rated
performance. Provide facilities for manual boost and test.
Maximum design transient: 70% of the component manufacturers peak
inverse ratings.
Instruments, controls and indicators: Group for ease of operation. Provide
analogue or digital instruments for the following:
- Charger output current.
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp c qui v b sc cho vn hnh ATS, ng m' trip
CB.

Vn hnh CB
Tng qut: cung cp ngu"n DC cho thao tc CB t c qui v b sc.

Ho#t &6ng
Tng qut : c kh n!ng thao tc 10 ln lin tip ACB hay MCCB vi s
lng CB theo thit k. M-i thao tc bao g"m m' -ng tip im chnh
trong 0.5 giy vi khon cch 1giy gia 2 ln thao tc v dng cung cp
ti thiu 4A vi c qui, cn 50% cng sut. Duy tr in th ti thiu 80%
in p %nh mc sau khi hon tt 10 ln thao tc.
*in p h thng: 110 V d.c.

B6 s#c
Loi : t ng, t sn, thng gi c/ng bc vi ng!n sc v c qui ring
bit.
Cp: IP42.
Nc in th: cung cp nc iu ch+nh in th t 95% - 105 % in th
th cp trong mch in tr'.
Mch ch+nh lu: loi bn dn, vi x l, in th khng i, t ng hon
ton to thnh in th u ra co 1 sng ph1ng v chc n!ng sc t ng
boost v floatry bo m tui th ti a cho c qui v cng sut c qui.
Cung cp tin ch kim tra v bost b0ng tay.

Thit k cc i: b0ng 70% cng sut ngh%ch lu +nh c#a nh ch to
thit b%.
Thit b% o l(ng iu khin v ch+ th%: nhm li d dng thao tc. Cung
cp thit b% o anologue hay digital nh sau:


- System voltage.
- Load current.
a.c. input protection: Miniature circuit breakers. Protect outgoing tripping
supply with a 2 pole d.c. miniature circuit breaker
Alarm indication: Provide alarm indication to monitor the following:
- a.c. supply.
- Boost charge on.
- Charge fail.
- High battery voltage.
- Low electrolyte for vented cells.
- Earth fault, secondary side.
Safety signs and labels
Safety signs: Provide cautionary, regulatory and emergency safety signs
to charger enclosure and switchroom.
2.25 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATERS
General
Rating: Provide heaters rated at not less than 20 W/m
2
of total external
area including top of weatherproof enclosure.
Type: Black heat type which may be touched without injury, mechanically
protected and thermostatically controlled.
2.26 2.26 SPARES CABINET
General
General: Provide a spares cabinet with main name plate, labelled shelves
and non-lockable door. Size for storing racking handles, special tools,
spare lamps, spare fuse links and other equipment necessary for
satisfactory assembly operation.
Location: Either of the following:
- Dng vo b sc.
- *in th h thng.
- Dng ph ti.
Bo v u vo AC: s dng MCB. Bo v u ra s dng MCB .DC 2
cc
Ch+ th% cnh bo: cung cp nh sau:
- Ngu"n AC.
- Trong ch sc boost.
- B sc h.
- :c qui in th thp.
- :c qui in th cao.
- Cht in phn thp.
- Ngn mch pha th cp.
Bi*n an ton
Tiu chun: Theo AS 2676.1.
Bin an ton: cung cp bin an ton khn cp, iu ch+nh x l, cnh bo
ti t# sc v phng t# in.
2.25 IN TRL SLI CHNG .NG S/NG
Tng qut
Cng sut:cung cp din tr' s'i cng sut khng nh. hn 20W/m
2
din
tch bn ngoi bao g"m c np t# in.
Loi: t.a nhit c th chm vo khng b% thng bo v v iu khin
nhit c kh.
2.26 T DGNG THIT B DG PHNG
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp t# dng thit b% d phng vi tn, nhn, ca khng
kha. Kch thc # cha cc tay nm rack. Dng c chuyn dng, bng
n d phng, cu ch d phng v cc vt t thit b% cn thit vn hnh
tt cc t# in.


- Incorporated into assembly enclosure.
- Wall mounted in main switchroom.
Finish: To match switchboard assembly
3 EXECUTION
General
General: Provide labels including control and circuit equipment ratings,
functional units, notices for operational and maintenance personnel,
incoming and outgoing circuit rating, sizes and origin of supply and kW
ratings of motor starters.
Lettering heights: Include the following requirements:
- Isolating switches: ) 5 mm.
- Switchboards, main assembly designation: ) 25 mm.
- Switchboards, outgoing functional units: ) 8 mm.
- Switchboards, sub assembly designations: ) 15 mm.
Labels on assembly exteriors
Manufacturers name: Required.
Assemblies: Label with essential markings.
Designation labels: For other than main assemblies, provide designation
label stating source of electrical supply. Identify separate sections of
enclosures.
Assembly controls: Label controls and fault current limiters, including the
following:
- Circuit designation for main switches, main controls and submains
controls.
- Details of consumers mains and submains.
- Incoming busbar or cable rating to first tee-off.
- Fuse link size.
V% tr: mt trong cc v% tr sau:
- Kt hp vi t# in.
- Gn t(ng, trong phng t# in chnh.
- Hon thin: ph hp vi t# in
3 THI CNG
3.1 NH DU V DN NHN
Tng qut
Tng qut:cung cp Nhn ghi cng sut thit bi ng lc v iu khin,
chc n!ng cc b phn, ghi ch cho cng tc vn hnh v bo tr, cng
sut in vo / ra, kch tht v ngu"n cung cp n, v cng sut KW
c#a b kh'i ng.
Chiu cao ch: Bao g"m nhng yu cu sau y:
- Isolator :)5mm.
- Tn t# in ) 25mm.
- Tn thit b% ng ct , b chc n!ng u ra )8mm.
- Tn ng!n t# )15mm.
Dn Nhn t" ngoi nh
Tn nh sn xut: yu cu
Tn t#: nh du c bit u tin.
Dn tn: ngoi t# in chnh dn tn ngu"n cung cp in chnh, xc %nh
ng!n ring bit c#a t# in.

T# iu khin: ch+ r gii hn dng in iu khin v s c, bao g"m:
- Tn mch in theo thit b% ng ct chnh, iu khin chnh v iu
khin nhnh chnh.
- Chi tit ph ti chnh v nhnh chnh.
- Cng sut busway vo/ cp vo cho n nhnh r u tin.
- Kch thc cu ch.


Labels on assembly interiors
General: Provide labels for equipment within assemblies. Locate so that it
is clear which equipment is referred to, and so that lettering is not
obscured by equipment or wiring.
Moulded case circuit breakers: If circuit breaker manufacturers markings
are obscured by operating handle mechanisms or motor operators,
provide additional markings open to view on, or next to, the circuit breaker.
Arrestors: Label each group of primary arrestors, stating their purpose and
the necessary characteristics
Danger, warning and caution notices
Busbars: If polymer membrane coating is used without further insulation,
provide warning notices on the front cover near the main switch or local
main switch and on rear covers, indicating that busbars are not insulated.
Fault current limiters: In assembly sections containing fault current limiter
fuses provide caution notices fixed next to the fault current limiters, stating
that replacement fuse links are to match the installed fuse link ratings,
make and characteristics. Provide separate label stating make and fault
current limiting fuse ratings.
Externally controlled equipment: To prevent accidental contact with live
parts, provide warning notices for equipment on assemblies not isolated
by main switch or local main switch.
Stand-by power: Provide warning notices stating that assemblies may be
energised from the stand-by supply at any time.
Anti-condensation heaters: To prevent accidental switching off, provide
caution notices for anti-condensation heaters.
Insulation and shrouding: For insulation or shrouding requiring removal
during normal assembly maintenance, provide danger notices with
appropriate wording for replacement of insulation shrouding before re-
energising assemblies.
Positioning: Locate notices so that they can be readily seen, next to or, if
impracticable, on busbar chamber covers of functional units and behind
the front cover of functional units. Provide circuit identification labels in the
cabling chamber of each functional unit, located next to external
Dn Nhn t" trong nh
Tng qut:dn Nhn cho cc thit bi trong t# in. V% tr: c th ccng
vi thit b% v khng b% che b'i cc thit b% v dy in
MCCB: nu Nhn c#a MCCB b% b thao tc c kh /m t cung cp nhn
ph gn CB c.

Chng st: dn Nhn m-i nhm chng st s cp, ch+ mc ch c#a n v
cc c tnh cn thit
Thng bo nguy hi*m cnh bo
Thanh ci: nu ph# mng polymer c s dng khng c cch in
thm, cung cp cnh bo trn mt trc c#a thit b% ng ct chnh hay
trn thit b% ng ct chnh v np pha sau, ch+ r l thanh ci khng bc
cch in.
Gii hn dng s c: nu trong ng!n t# in c b cu ch gii hn dng,
ghi cnh bo bn cnh gii hn dng l khi thay i cu ch phi ging
cu ch c v dng in %nh mc, hng sn xut, c tnh k thut. Cung
cp nhn ghi ring hng sn xut v cng sut gii hn dng in s s
Thit b% iu kin bn ngoi: * trnh tai nn tip xc vi cc phn mang
in, cung cp cnh bo cho cc thit b% trong t# in khng c cch ly
b'i thit b% ng ct chnh hay thit b% ng ct nhnh chnh.
*in d phng: cung cp cnh bo r0ng thit b% c th cp in t ngu"n
in d phng bt c lc no.
*in tr' s'i chng ng sng: chng s c xy ra do m' thit b%
ng ct, cung cp cnh bo cho in tr. ny.
Cch ly v che chn: *i vi vic cch ly v che chn trong khi bo tr,
cung cp cnh bo nguy him phi tho g/ che chn trc khi ng in
li.

V% tr : v% tr cnh bo phi d$ thy, gn hay nu khng thc hin c,
trn np ng!n thanh ci v bn cnh np pha trc c#a cc thit b% chc
n!ng. Cung cp nhn xc %nh tuyn cp cho m-i n v% chc n!ng, t
bn cnh min u dy bn ngoi.


terminations.
Schedule cards
General: For general light and power distribution assemblies, provide
schedule cards of minimum size 200 x 150 mm, with typewritten text
showing the following as-installed information:
- Submain designation, rating and short-circuit protective device.
- Light and power circuit numbers and current ratings, cable sizes and
type and areas supplied.
- Mounting: Mount schedule cards in a holder fixed to the inside of the
assembly or cupboard door, next to the distribution circuit switches.
Protect with hard plastic transparent covers
Single-line diagrams
Main and submain assemblies: Provide single-line diagrams.
Format: Non-fading print, at least A3 size, showing the situation as
installed.
Mounting: Enclose in a non-reflective PVC frame and wall mount close to
assembly.
Marking cables
General: Identify the origin of all wiring by means of legible indelible
marking.
Identification labels: Provide durable labels fitted to each core and sheath,
permanently marked with numbers, letters or both to suit the connection
diagrams.
Multicore cables and trefoil groups: Identify multicore cables and trefoil
groups at each end with durable non-ferrous tags clipped around each
cable or trefoil group

Card danh sch
Tng qut: i vi t# in chiu sng v phn phi in, cung cp card
danh sch kch thc ti thiu 200 x 150 mm nh my cha cc thng
tin lp t sau:
- Tn c#a nhnh chnh, dng %nh mc v thit b% bo v ngn mch.

- S mch n v ng lc, dng %nh mc, kch thc cp, loi cp v
khu vc cung cp.
Lp t: gn card danh sch trong gi gn bn trong t# in bn cnh
thit b% ng ct. Bo v b0ng bao plastic trong
S &7 nguyn l
T# in chnh v t# in nhnh chnh : cung cp s " n tuyn.
*%nh dng: in mc khng phai, kh t nht A3, ch+ r v% tr lp t.

Lp t: bao bc PVC khng chi, treo gn t# in.

nh du cp
Tng qut: nh du ngu"n n c#a tt c dy in b0ng Nhn khng
m(, d$ c.
Nhn xc %nh: cung cp nhn bn dn c %nh m-i core v v. nhm cp
hay cp nhiu li ' m-i u cp b0ng dy khng nhim t k6p quanh m-i
s cp v nhm cp.
Cp nhiu core hay lp theo nhm trefoif: xc %nh ' m-i u cp b0ng
b!ng khng nhi$m t k6p quanh m-i si cp v nhm cp

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0947 Power factor correction


0947 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION

1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide power factor correction as follows and as documented.
General
Type: Microprocessor controlled.
Function: To maintain the system power factor in the documented range
(0.85 min) and to provide harmonic filtering under all load conditions.
Components: To be sized and selected to:
- Limit the increase in incoming supply voltage total harmonic distortion to
< 2.5%.
- Limit the total harmonic distortion to < 4%.
- Prevent interference with Supply Authority frequency injection systems
Harmonics: Reduce parallel supply impedance resonance using a series
connected reactors tuned to limit the total harmonic current within the
capacitors to < 5% of their nominal rating.
Service life of all components: > 10 years.
Standards
Electronic compatibility (EMC) requirements: To AS/NZS 61000.
General
0947 B H S CNG SUT

1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp b b h s cng sut nh trong thit k.
Tng qut
Loi: iu khin vi x l.
Chc n!ng: duy tr h s cng sut c#a h thng ' gii hn nu trong
thit k (0.85 min) v lc sng hi ' tt c iu kin lm vic thc t.
Thnh phn cu to: phi %nh cng sut v la chn sao cho:
- Gii hn gia t!ng t; l sng hi ngu"n in vo< 2.5%.

- Gii hn tng t; l sng hi< 4%.
- Ng!n chn nhi$u vo h thng in quc gia
Sng hi: gim tng tr' u vo b0ng cch mc ni tip vo cun khng
gii hn dng hi tng trong t b< 5% dng in %nh mc.

Tui th c#a cc thit b% > 10 years.
Tiu chu0n
EMC theo AS/NZS 61000.
1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: ph hp vi chng yu cu chung.
Chng lin quan


Switchboards custom-built.
1.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Abbreviations
below apply.
- PFC: Power factor correction equipment.
1.4 INSPECTIONS
Notice
Inspection: Give sufficient notice so inspection may be made of the
following:
- Equipment is ready for inspection prior to despatch from factory.
1.5 SUBMISSIONS
Technical data
- EMC technical data to AS/NZS 61000.
- Design calculations for the sizing of all capacitors and reactors.
Shop drawings
Shop drawings: Provide the following:
- The system general arrangement and layout with details of connections,
circuit breakers, cable sizes, overall dimensions, weight, location of
access doors, cable terminating locations and necessary clearances.
- Control schematics. Provide a description of operation with all control
schematics.
- Functional block diagram.
Ph hp vi chng lin quan sau:
- Yu cu chung v in.
- H thng in h th.
T in lp t theo n t hng
- Thit b ng ct.
1.3 GII THCH
Vit tt
Tng qut: cc t vit tt sau s p dng cho cng ny.

- PFC: b b h s cng sut.
1.4 KI*M TRA
Ghi ch
Kim tra: cung cp ghi ch r rng thc hin kim tra nh sau

- Thit b% s1n sng cho cng tc kim tra trc khi xut x'ng.
1.5 TRNH
Thng s k thut
Tng qut: cung cp nhng thng s sau:
- Thng s EMC theo AS/NZS 61000.
- Bng tnh cng sut t b v cun khng.
Shop drawings
Cung cp bn v Shop drawings sau:
- B tr tng th v mt b0ng vi chi tit u ni, CB, kch thc cp, kch
thc tng th, trng lng, v% tr ca th!m, v% tr hp u cp v cc
khong cch cn thit.
- S " iu khin: cung cp m t c#a tt c mch iu khin.
- S " khi chc n!ng.
- Nhit to ra t b b.


- Heat generated by the PFC.
- Type and rating of all equipment items.
1.6 PRE-COMPLETION TESTS
Capacitors
General: Carry out capacitance and d.c. dielectric tests. Submit the
capacitor unit test report before factory inspection.
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CAPACITORS
General
Standard: To IEC 60831-1 and IEC 60831-2.
Type: Vacuum oil impregnated metallised polypropylene (MPP).
Automatic overpressure disconnection: Required.
Capacitance tolerance: Within -5% to +10%.
Construction: Cylindrical with single capacitor unit per can.
Dielectric rating: ) 500 V RMS at 50 Hz selected to accommodate the
series reactor voltage.
Discharge resistance: Required.
Loss: < 0.5W/kVAR (low loss type).
Removal: Arranged to permit removal of faulty module while the remaining
capacitors continue to function normally.
Surface temperature: Rated to achieve < 60C.
Terminals: Tunnel or post type.
2.2 CONTACTORS
General
Type: Step-switching.
Utilisation category: for capacitor switching AC-6b.
Rating: For capacitor switching duty at ) 1.5 times the capacitor step full
- Loi v cng sut c#a tt c thit b%.
1.6 TH, NGHIM TRKC BN GIAO
T( b
Tng qut: thc hin th nghim in dung v cch in D.C. cung cp
bo co th nghim t# b trc khi th nghim ' nh my
2 SN PHM
2.1 T B
Tng qut
Tiu chun: theo IEC 60831-1 v IEC 60831-2.
Loi: poly propylene trng kim loi, thm du chn khng (MPP).
T ng ngt khi qu p: yu cu c.
Sai s cng sut: trong khong -5% n +10%.
Cu to: hnh tr vi 1 b t b trong 1 hp.
Cp cch in: ) 500 V RMS ' tn s 50 Hz c la chn ph hp vi
in p cun khng mc ni tip.
*in tr' x: c yu cu.
Tn hao: < 0.5W/kVAR (loi tn hao thp).
C th tho: sp xp sao cho c th tho cc b h h.ng m cc b t# b
cn li vn hot ng bnh th(ng.
Nhit b mt < 60C.
Hp u dy: loi mi n.
2.2 KHLI .NG TP
Tng qut
Loi: ng ct tng cp.
Phn loi: chuyn dng ng ct t b AC-6b.
Cng sut: gp ) 1.5 ln dng y ti c#a t b theo tng cp.


load current.
2.3 CONTROLLER
General
General: Provide a site-programmable, microprocessor, step controller,
incorporating non-volatile programme and data memory. Include the
following:
- Automatic cycling of use of capacitor steps: Required.
- Automatic isolation in the event of capacitor over temperature or over
current: Required.
- Data interface for remote monitoring and data download: RS232
- Local alarms for:
. Over temperature.
. Over voltage.
. Reactive power exceeding adjustable programmed levels.
- Local digital display and remote monitoring of:
. Power factor.
. Incoming supply load (amps, kW and kVAR).
. Number of steps in use.
. Percent harmonic current.
. Harmonic currents.
. Stored data for ) 1 week in date/time format.
- Manual-off-auto selection: Required.
- Remote alarm output contact for remote group alarm facility: Required.
- Supply from an alternative source: Provide terminals and logic to disable
all capacitor steps.
- Time delay after restoration of power supply: ) 60 s before switching in
the first stage.
- Time delay between stages: Switching adjustable to be from 1 to 300 s.
Software: Provide 3 copies of proprietary software for remote monitoring

2.3 B. IBU KHI@N
Tng qut
Tng qut: Cung cp b iu khin tng cp, vi x l, c th lp trnh ti
cng tr(ng, vi b nh s liu v chng trnh khng cn in p. Bao
g"m:
- T ng lun chuyn t b s dng.
- T ng ngt t b qu nhit hay qu nng.

Truyn data load da ta t xa s dng RS232
- Bo ng ti ch- khi:
. Qu nhit .
. Qu in p.
. Cng sut phn khng vt qu mc c#a chng trnh iu khin.
- Hin th% s ti ch- v ch+ th% t xa cc thng s:
. H s cng sut
. Ph ti u vo (A, kW v kVAR).
. S cp t b ang ng.
. Phn tr!m dng hi.
. Dng hi.
. Lu tr cc s liu trong ti thiu 1 tun theo th(i gian.
- La chn manual-off-auto.
- Tip im ph bo ng ngoi.
- Cung cp in t ngu"n d phng: cung cp u ni v thut ton
ngt tt c t b .
- Th(i gain tr$ sau khi ng ngu"n in chnh li ) 60 trc khi ng cp
t b u tin.
- Th(i gian tr$ gia 2 cp: c th iu ch+nh t 1n 300 s.
Phn mm: cung cp 3 bn phm mm chuyn dng bo ng v hin


and alarms.
2.4 CURRENT TRANSFORMER INTERFACE
General
General: Provide interface to a 5 A secondary, 10 V.A, class 1, PFC
current sensing transformer installed in the relevant switchboard.
2.5 INDUCTORS
General
Carrying capacity: ) 1.5 times the rated capacitor current at 50 Hz without
saturating at 40C ambient.
Cores: Insulated, laminated, high permeability silicon iron.
Flux density at rated current: < 0.8 tesla.
Inductance tolerance: Within 5% at rated current
Losses: Very low loss design.
Mounting hardware: Non-ferrous.
Q factor: > 10.
Separate inductors for each capacitor step: Required.
Windings: High purity copper with Class F temperature rated insulation.
3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
General
General: Connect the PFC to the power system as documented.
Power system
Protection: Provide protective devices to grade and discriminate with
upstream devices. Individually protect each kVAR step.
Capacitors
Insulation: Insulate all live parts.
Layout: Arrange capacitors for easy removal and replacement.
th% t xa.
2.4 BIN DNG
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp bin dng 5 A cun th cp, 10 V.A, class 1, PFC
cho b b t trong t# tng ng
2.5 CU.N CM
Tng qut
Cng sut: ) 1.5 ln dng in %nh mc c#a t b ' 50 Hz m khng bo
ho ' nhit trung bnh 40C.
Li: thp silic mt cao, dt m.ng, cch in.
C(ng t tr(ng ' dng %nh mc:< 0.8 tesla.
Sai s cm ng 5% ' dng %nh mc
Tn tht: thit k rt thp.
Phn cng lp t: khng t tnh.
H s Q: > 10.
B cm ng ring cho m-i cp t b: c yu cu.
Dy qun: "ng tinh khit, cch in cp F.
3 THI CNG
3.1 L$P %T
Tng qut
Tng qut: ni b t vo trong h thng in nh thit k.
H thng &in
Bo v: cung cp thit b% bo v ph hp vi cc thit b% upstream. Bo
v ring cho m-i cp t b
T( b
Cch in tt c cc phn mang in .
B tr mt b0ng sao cho d$ dng thay th, tho d/.


Mount capacitors in separate cubicle compartment, segregated from
inductors, fuses and switchgear.
Ventilation: Separate capacitors by > 25 mm of air space.
Inductors
General: Mount inductors in separate cubicle compartment, segregated
from capacitors, fuses and switchgear.
Cubicle
Construction: To Switchboards custom-built.
Colour: Match main switchboard.
Cooling fans: Muffin type axial fans.
Temperature rise: Ventilate the PFC cabinet so internal temperature rise is
< 5C above ambient in each cabinet compartment.
3.2 COMPLETION
Warranties
Warranty: Provide 24-month warranty with six monthly service

Lp cc t b trong nhng ng!n ring tch bit vi cun cm, cu ch, v
thit b% ng ngt.
Thng gi: cc t b t cch nhau> 25 mm.
Cu6n cm
Tng qut: Ni cun cm trong ng!n t# ring, tch bit kh.i t in, cu
ch v cc thit b% ng ngt.
T" &in
Tng qut: ph hp chng t# in ch to theo n t hng.
Mu: theo mu t# in tng.
Qut lm mt: qut axial Muffin.
Gia t!ng nhit thng gi sao cho nhit trong m-i khoang t b t!ng
khng qu 5C so v i nhit bn ngoi
3.2 HON TT
Bo hnh
Bo hnh:Cung cp bo hnh 24 thng vi 6 thng bo tr
ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0951 Lighting


0951 LIGHTING
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide lighting as documented.
1.2 ROJECT REQUIREMENTS
Proprietary equipment
General: The requirements of this specification for lamps, ballasts and
luminaire control equipment over-ride the specifications inherent in the
selection of a particular make and model of luminaire.
Minimum energy performance standards (MEPS)
General: To AS/NZS 4783.2 and AS/NZS 4782.2.
General
1.4 STANDARDS
Standards
Air-handling luminaires: To AS/NZS 60598.2.19.
EMC compliance: To AS/NZS CISPR 15.
Energy efficiency for ballasts and lamps: To AS/NZS 4783.2.
0951 N
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp h thng n nh bn v.
1.2 YU CU CA DG N
Thit b ch t#o sEn
Tng qut: yu cu c#a chng ny l cho n, ballast, thit b% iu khin
n vt qu c tnh vn c khi la chn nhn hiu, model c#a n.
Tiu chu0n tit kim n5ng l9ng (MEPS)
Tng qut: theo AS/NZS 4783.2 v AS/NZS 4782.2.
1.3 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: ph hp chng yu cu chung.
Chng c lin quan
Ph hp cc chng c lin quan sau:
- Yu cu chung v in.
- H thng in h th.
1.4 TIU CHUN
Tiu chu0n
*n treo: theo AS/NZS 60598.2.19.
EMC theo AS/NZS CISPR 15.
Hiu sut n & ballast: theo AS/NZS 4783.2.
*n s dng chung c %nh: theo AS/NZS 60598.2.1.


Fixed general purpose luminaires: To AS/NZS 60598.2.1.
Floodlights: To AS/NZS 60598.2.5.
Harmonic limits: AS/NZS 61000.3.2.
Luminaires, general requirements and tests: To AS/NZS 60598.1.
Luminaires: To AS/NZS 60598.1.
Luminaires for swimming pools: To AS/NZS 60598.2.18.
Luminaires for use in clinical areas of hospitals and health care buildings:
To AS/NZS 60598.2.25.
Luminaires with built-in transformers for filament lamps: To
AS/NZS 60598.2.6.
Portable general purpose luminaires: To AS/NZS 60598.2.4.
Recessed luminaires: To AS/NZS 60598.2.2.
Road lighting luminaires: To AS/NZS 1158.6.
Radio interference limits: To AS/NZS CISPR 15.
1.5 INTERPRETATIONS
Abbreviations
below apply.
- CCT: Correlated colour temperature.
- CRI: Colour rendering index.
- DALI: Digital addressable lighting interface.
- EEI: Energy efficiency index.
- ELV: Extra low voltage.
- ILCOS: International lamp coding system.
- PLC: Programmable logic controllers.
- SBC: Small bayonet cap.
- SES: Small Edison screw.
Definitions
Floodlights: Theo AS/NZS 60598.2.5.
Gii hn sng hi: theo AS/NZS 61000.3.2.
*n, yu cu chung v th nghim: theo AS/NZS 60598.1.
*n: theo AS/NZS 60598.1.
*n cho h" bi: theo AS/NZS 60598.2.18.
*n cho c s' y t: theo AS/NZS 60598.2.25.
*n cho bin th cho bng si t: theo AS/NZS 60598.2.6.

*n xch tay nhiu mc ch: theo AS/NZS 60598.2.4.
*n m trn: theo AS/NZS 60598.2.2.
*n (ng: theo AS/NZS 1158.6.
Gii hn nhi$u radio: theo AS/NZS CISPR 15.
1.5 GII THCH
Vit tt
Tng qut: cc ch vit tt sau s s dng cho chng ny.

- CCT: nhit mu tng i.
- CRI: ch+ s phi mu.
- DALI: giao tip n %a ch+ xc %nh.
- EEI: ch+ s hiu sut s dng in.
- ELV: in p cc thp.
- ILCOS: h thng lm mt n chun quc t.
- PLC: Lp trnh iu khin logic.
- SBC: chp nh. hnh l/i l.
- SES: vis nh. Edition.
nh ngha
Tng qut: cc %nh ngh&a sau s s dng trong chng ny.



apply.
- Control system: A lighting control system comprising a combination of
some or all of the following:
. Automatic sensing and control components.
. Timers.
. Manual overrides.
. Programming using a computer interface
- Proprietary luminaires: Luminaires available as a catalogue item.
- Custom-built luminaires: Luminaires manufactured to order.
1.6 SUBMISSIONS
Technical data
General: Submit technical data of the following:
- Luminaires
- Lamps
- Ballasts
- Power factor correction equipment
- Lighting control systems.
- All accessories.
Shop drawings
General: Submit shop drawings of lighting column mounting bases.
Samples
General: Submit samples of all luminaires and accessories.
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PROPRIETARY LUMINAIRES
General
General: Provide proprietary luminaires complete with lamps, luminaire
control equipment, lighting control equipment, and accessories as
- H thng iu khin: h thng iu khin n bao g"m 1 s thit b% sau:

. Thit b% iu khin v cm bin t ng.
. Timers.
. *iu khin b0ng tay cp u tin.
. Lp trnh s dng giao din my tnh
- *n s1n xut s1n: n c trong catalogue.
- *n sn xut theo n t hng: s/xut theo n t hng c#a khch
hng.
1.6 TRNH
Thng s k thut
Tng qut: cung cp cc thng sau
- *n
- Bng n
- Ballasts
- T b
- *iu khin n.
- Ph tng.
Shop drawings
Tng qut: cung cp bn v shop drawing b mng ct n.
Trnh m:u
Tng qut: cung cp mu c#a tt c n v ph kin.
2 SN PHM
2.1 N SN XUT SNN
Tng qutl
Tng qut: cung cp n trn b vi bng n, cho n, thit b% iu
khin v ph kin thay th.


documented.
2.2 LAMPS
Standards
Fluorescent: To AS 4782.1 and AS 4782.2.
High pressure mercury vapour: To IEC 60188.
High pressure sodium vapour: To IEC 60662.
Incandescent: To AS 2325.
Low pressure sodium vapour: To IEC 60192.
Self ballasted lamps: To AS/NZS 60968 and AS/NZS 60969
Single capped fluorescent lamps: To AS/NZS 60901.
Tungsten halogen: To IEC 60357.
Fluorescent lamps
Colour corrected temperature: 4000 K.
Colour rendering: Group 1B to AS/NZS 1680.1.
Incandescent lamps
Type: Tungsten filament for general lighting service, rated 250 V.
Bulb finish: Internally frosted.
Lamp cap type table
Lamp rating Cap type
100 W Bayonet (B22), medium Edison screw (E27), small
Edison screw (E14), or small bayonet (SBC)
> 100, 200 W Medium Edison screw (E27) or bayonet (B22)
> 200 W Goliath Edison screw (E40/45)

Tungsten halogen lamps
Tungsten halogen lamps not enclosed behind glass: low pressure, low UV
emission type.
Low voltage dichroic lamps: Provide dichroic lamps with integral reflectors

2.2 BNG N
Tiu chu0n
Hu5nh quang: theo AS 4782.1 and AS 4782.2.
Cao p thu; ngn : theo IEC 60188.
Cao p sodium: theo IEC 60662.
Nung sng: thep AS 2325.
Thp p sodium: Theo IEC 60192.
Bng n t!ng ph bn trong ng: theo AS/NZS 60968 v AS/NZS 60969
Bng hu5nh quang 1 u: theo AS/NZS 60901.
Bng tungsten halogen: Theo IEC 60357.
Bng huTnh quang
Nhit mu: 4000 K.
Phi mu: Nhm 1B theo AS/NZS 1680.1.
Bng nung sng
Loi: si tungsten cho n s dng chung 250 V.
Bu: lm lnh bn trong.
Bng lo#i &!u bng &n
Cng sut bng Lo#i
100 W Bayonet (B22), medium Edison screw (E27), small
Edison screw (E14), or small bayonet (SBC)
> 100, 200 W Medium Edison screw (E27) or bayonet (B22)
> 200 W Goliath Edison screw (E40/45)

n halogen tungsten
*n halogen tungsten khng bao bc trong knh: p sut thp, loi bng
tia cc tm UV thp.
Bng n dichroic in p thp:c/cp bng choroic vi cho n trong
bng


2.3 BALLASTS
General
General: Provide ballasts for lighting systems selected to be compatible
with the lamp and control method.
Electronic fluorescent lamp ballasts
Standards: To AS/NZS 61347.2.3 and AS/NZS 60929.
Current total harmonic distortion: < 15%.
Number of ballasts: Provide separate ballasts for each lamp.
Reactive fluorescent lamp ballasts
Standard: To AS/NZS 60921 and AS/NZS 61347.2.8.
Connections: Provide quick-connect terminals or wiring, suitable for the
operating temperature close to the ballast
Number of ballasts: Provide separate ballasts for each lamp.
Ballast performance measurement fluorescent lamps
Discharge lamp ballasts
High-pressure mercury vapour, low-pressure sodium vapour, high-
pressure sodium vapour and metal halid type: To AS/NZS 61347 and
AS/NZS 60923.
Metal halide type:
- 8 150 W: Reactors or electronic controlgear.
- > 150 W indoor: To the lamp manufacturers recommendation.
- > 150 W outdoor: To the lamp manufacturers recommendation.
Igniters: Provide igniters which cut out when lamp ignites and after pre-
determined time period if lamp fails to ignite.
2.4 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION
General
General: Provide power factor correction on all luminaires to a minimum
2.3 BALLASTS
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp ballast cho n ph hp vi bng n v phng
php iu khin.
Ballast &in t8
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 61347.2.3 v AS/NZS 60929.
T; l sng hi tng: < 15%.
S ballast: cung cp m-i bng 1 ballast ring.
Ballast cho &n huTnh quang phn ng
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 60921 v AS/NZS 61347.2.8.
Kt ni: Cung cp thit b% u cui kt ni nhanh hoc dy, thch hp cho
gn nhit hot ng t!ng ph
S ballast: cung cp m-i bng 1 ballast ring.
Ballast cho &n huTnh quang &o l)ng
Ballast cho &n n#p kh
Bng cao p thu; ngn, thp p sodium, cao p sodium v metal hail:
theo AS/NZS 61347 v AS/NZS 60923.
Loi metal halide:
- 8 150 W: b iu khin cm khng hay in t.
- > 150 W trong nh: theo khuyn co nh sn xut bng.
- > 150 W ngoi nh: theo khuyn co nh sn xut bng.
B ni: cung cp cc m"i ngt ballast sau khi n pht sng hay sau 1
khong th(i gian xc %nh trc, bng khng kh'i ng c.
2.4 T B H S CNG SUT
Tng qut
Tng qut: cung cp t# b cho tt c n c h s cng sut ti thiu 0.9.



power factor of 0.9 lagging.
Capacitors
Standard: To AS 61048 and AS 61049.
Integral fuses
General: Provide integral fuses for high intensity discharge (HID) lamp
ballasts.
2.5 GEAR TRAY COVER
General
Fixing: Screw fixed.
2.6 WIRING
Flexible cords
General: Provide recessed luminaires with an external 1.5 m length of
0.75 mm
2
3-core V75 (minimum) PVC/PVC flexible cord, connected to a
10 A 3-pin moulded plug to AS/NZS 3112.
Other fittings flexible cord cross sectional area: 1 mm
2
.
2.7 LIGHTING CONTROL
Manual controls
General: Provide manual control of luminaires into groups, zones and to
individual devices as documented.
Digital control system
General: Provide a proprietary, microprocessor-based system to control
lighting under automatic and user interface control as documented.
Control wiring: Daisy chained, Cat5 minimum, UTP cable, with distinctive
sheath colour.
Controllers and contactors: Provide controllers and contactors rated for
the characteristics of the controlled load and to AS/NZS 3947.4.3.
Dimmer control: Provide electronic dimmer controls compatible with the
lighting control system and as documented.
Direct current interface for proximity sensors and amplifiers: To
T( b
Tiu chun: theo AS 61048 v AS 61049.
C!u ch bn trong
Tng qut: cunfg cp cu ch cho ballast cc n cao p HID.

2.5 N$P H.P IBU KHI@N N
Tng qut
C %nh: gn b0ng vis.
2.6 I DY
Dy ni m4m
Tng qut: cung cp n m trn c dy ni mm PVC/PVC 0.75 mm
2
3-
core V75 (ti thiu) di hn 15m, ni n 1 u cm 3 chn theo tiu
chun AS/NZS 3112.
Cc n khc, tit din dy ni mm: 1 mm
2
2.7 IBU KHI@N N
i4u khi*n bAng tay
Tng qut: cung cp cc iu khin b0ng tay theo nhm, vng, v n
cc thit b% ring nh trong thit k.
H thng &i4u khi*n k thut s
Tng qut: cung cp 1 h thng iu khin vi x l chuyn dng iu
khin t ng n nh thit k.
Dy iu khin: dy vn xon, ti thiu cat 5, UTP, c mu v cp c
bit.
B iu khin v kh'i ng t: cung cp cng sut c#a b iu khin v
kh'i ng t ph hp vi ph ti c iu khin v theo
AS/NZS 3947.4.3.
*iu khin Dimmer: cung cp dimmer in t ph hp vi h thng iu
khin n v thit k.
Giao tip trc tip gia cc sensor v b khuych i gn nhau theo


AS/NZS 3947.5.6.
Controller interfaces: Provide interfaces between lighting control systems
and other Selected control systems.

2.8 ACCESSORIES
Lighting outlets
Pin arrangement: Standard: 3 flat pin with looping terminal.
Lighting switches
General: Provide light switches as documented.
Key switches
General: Proved key switches as documented.
Run-on timer switches
General: Proved run-on timer switches as documented.
Delay: Adjustable to 20 minutes.
Dimmer switches
General: Provide integral dimmer/switch units as documented
Proximity switches
General: Provide proximity switches as documented.
Daylight switches
General: Provide integral photo electric switch units as documented.
Performance: Adjustable between 50 and 1000 lux.
Time delay: > 2 minutes.
Illumination differential: > 50 lux.
Motion detector switches
General: Provide movement detectors which cover designated areas as
documented.
AS/NZS 3947.5.6.
Giao tip gia cc b iu khin: cung cp giao tip gia cc h thng
iu khin n v cc h thng iu khin khc c quy %nh.
2.8 PH KIN
cm &n
B tr chn: tiu chun l 3 chn d6p vi u ni mch vng.
Cng tc &n
Tng qut: cung cp cng tc n nh trong thit k.
Ti thiu: 10 A, 230 V a.c.
Cng tc thF
Tng qut: cung cp cng tc th2 nh trong thit k.
Cng tc th)i gian m>
Tng qut: cung cp cng tc th(i gian m' nh trong thit k.
Th(i gian tr$: c th iu ch+nh n 20 pht.
Cng tc dimmer
Tng qut: cung cp cng tc kt hp vi dimmer nh trong thit k
Cng tc proximity
Tng qut:cung cp cng tc proximity nh thit k.
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 60947.5.2.
Cng tc quang
Tng qut: cung cp cng tc quang nh thit k.
Vn hnh: c th hiu ch+nh t 50 n 1000 lux.
Th(i gian tr$: > 2 minutes.
Khong khc bit sng: > 50 lux.
Cng tc xc nhn chuy*n &6ng
Tng qut: cung cp u d chuyn ng c phm vi bao ph# nh thit
k.
Timer: kt hp timer c th(i gian hiu ch+nh nh. nht t 1 n 5 pht v


Timer: Incorporate on timber adjustable between 1 and 5 minutes
minimum and 30 minutes and 2 hours maximum.
Type: Passive infra-red.
Manual time delay switches
General: Proved manual time delay relay switches as documented.
Type: Pneumatic.
Duration: Adjustable between 5 minutes and 15 minutes.
Indicator light: Required. Activated when artificial illumination is off.
3 EXECUTION
3.1 SUPPORTS
General
General: Install luminaires on proprietary supports by means of battens,
trims, noggings, roses and packing material.
Suspended luminaires
Rods: Steel pipe suspension rods fitted with gimbal joints.
Chains: Electroplated welded link chain.
Levelling wire: Stainless steel.
Levelling: Adjust the suspension system length so that the lighting system
is level and even.
Horizontal tolerance: 3 mm between luminaires within the one space.
Surface mounted luminaires
General: Fit packing pieces to level luminaires and prevent distortion of
luminaire bodies. Provide packing strips to align end to end luminaires.
Fixing: Provide 2 fixings at each end of fluorescent luminaires. A single
fixing at each end in conjunction with 1.6 mm backing plates may be used
for narrow luminaires.
Recessed luminaries
ti a t 30 pht n 2 gi(.
Loi: tia h"ng ngoi th ng.

Cng tc th)i gian trQ hiu ch<nh bAng tay
Tng qut: cung cp cng tc th(i gian tr$ nh thit k.
Loi : kh nn.
Khong th(i gian: c th hiu ch+nh c t 5 n 15 pht.
*n ch+ th%: c yu cu, sng khi nh sng nhn to tt.
3 THI CNG
3.1 GI C
Tng qut
Tng qut: lp t n trn cc gi / chuyn dng bao g"m thanh treo,
vt trang tr, tc k, dy treo, v cc vt liu gn kt n.
n treo
Thanh treo: thanh treo b0ng ng thp ni gimbal.
Dy xch: dy xch hn m in phn.
Dy treo: thp khng r+.
Cao : c th hiu ch+nh c

Sai bit phng ngang: 3 mm gia cc n trn cng mt phng.
n gn ni
Tng qut: gn cc gn n vo cao treo n v ng!n nga vn
thn n. Cung cp thanh gn n iu ch+nh cc u n.
C %nh: cung cp 2 chn ' 2 u n hu5nh quang. Mt u chn kt
hp vi 1 ming bt 1.6mm s dng xit cht n.

n m tr!n


General: Install recessed luminaries in trimmed openings in the
suspended ceiling.
3.2 WIRING CONNECTION
Recessed luminaires
General: Connect recessed luminaires to a plug socket outlet.
Lighting tracks
General: Locate associated low voltage transformers within 600 mm of the
track.
3.3 COMPLETION
General
General: Verify the operation of all luminaires.
Adjustment: Adjust aiming and controls for all luminaires under night time
conditions.
Re-lamping: Replace lamps which have been in service for a period
greater than 50% of the lamp life as published by the lamp manufacture
Tng qut: lp t n m trn trong l- m' s1n trn trn treo.

3.2 U DY IN
n m tr!n
Tng qut: ni n m trn vo cm in.
n gn trn ray
Tng qut: gn bin th trong khong 600mm cnh ray.

3.3 HON TT
Tng qut
Tng qut: kim tra hot ng c#a tt c n
Hiu ch+nh: hiu ch+nh b iu khin, mc tiu chiu sng c#a tt c n
trong iu kin chiu sng ban m.
Thay bng: thay cc bng hot ng qu 50% tui th bng theo nh
sn xut cng b

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0961 Telecommunications cabling




0961 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide a passive telecommunications cabling network system
as follows and as documented.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Network connection
General: Provide network connection as documented.
Campus distributor
General: Provide campus distributor as documented.
Campus cabling
General: Provide campus cabling as documented.
Building distributor
General: Provide building distributor as documented.
Backbone cabling
General: Provide backbone cabling as documented.
Floor distributors
General: Provide floor distributors as documented.
Consolidation points
General: Provide consolidation points as documented.
Telecommunications outlets
General: Provide telecommunications outlets as documented.
Patching
General: Provide patching of telecommunications outlets and equipment
as documented.
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp cp thng tin nh m t trong thit k.

M T H THNG
u ni vo h thng thng tin thnh ph
Tng qut: cung cp u ni nh thit k.
H thng phn phi khu vc
Tng qut: cung cp h thng phn phi khu vc nh thit k.
Cp trong cng vin cng trnh
Tng qut: cung cp h thng cp nh thit k.
H thng phn phi cng trnh
Tng qut: cung cp h thng phn phi cng trnh nh thit k.
Cp tr(c chnh
Tng qut: cung cp cp trc chnh nh thit k.
H thng phn phi t!ng
Tng qut: cung cp h thng phn phi tng nh thit k.
i*m cp chung(&in tho#i & internet)
Tng qut: cung cp im cp chung nh thit k.
3 cm in thoi
Tng qut: cung cp h thng cm in thoi nh thit k.
Patching
Tng qut: cung cp hp ni dy cho cm in thoi v cc thit b% khc
0961 H THNG CP THNG TIN


System performance
Application class to AS/NZS 3080 clause 6.3: E.
Balanced system to AS/NZS 3080 clause 7 (data): Category 6
Balanced system to AS/NZS 3080 clause 7 (voice): Category 6.
Fibre system class: To AS/NZS 3080 clause 8.
Warranty (years): 15 years minimum.
General
1.3 STANDARDS
General
Authorities: To the requirements of the Australian Communications and
Media Authority (ACMA).
Cabling products: To AS/ACIF S008 and AS/NZS 3080.
Installation of cabling: To AS/ACIF S009, AS/NZS 3080, AS/NZS 3084,
SAA HB 29 and SAA HB 243.
Installation of small office/home office cabling: To AS/ACIF S009,
AS/NZS ISO/IEC 15018 and SAA HB 29.
Cable management and documentation: To AS/NZS 3085.1.
EMC: To the recommendations of AS/NZS 3080.
1.4 INTERPRETATION
Abbreviations
nh thit k.
Vn hnh h thng
Class theo AS/NZS 3080 mc 6.3: loi E.
H thng cn b0ng theo AS/NZS 3080 mc 7 (data): lp 6.
H thng cn b0ng theo AS/NZS 3080 mc 7 (m thanh): lp 6
H thng cp quang theo AS/NZS 3080 clause 8.
Bo hnh h thng: ti thiu 15 n!m.
1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Chng lin quan
Ph hp cc chng c lin quan sau::
- Yu cu chung v in.
- H thng gi cp v mng cp.
1.3 TIU CHUN
Tng qut:
Php l: theo yu cu c#a nh cung cp d%ch v
Authority (ACMA).
Sn phm cp: theo AS/ACIF S008 v AS/NZS 3080.
Lp t cp: theo AS/ACIF S009, AS/NZS 3080, AS/NZS 3084,
SAA HB 29 v SAA HB 243.
Cp cho nh/ v!n phng nh.: theo AS/ACIF S009,
AS/NZS ISO/IEC 15018 v SAA HB 29.
Qun l cp v bo co: theo AS/NZS 3085.1.
EMCkhuyn co theo AS/NZS 3080.
1.4 GII THCH
Vit tt
Tng qut: cc ch vit tt sau s p dng trong chng ny.


below apply.
- EMC: Electromagnetic compatibility.
- EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
- EMR: Electromagnetic radiation.
- RU: Rack unit.
- CES: Communication earth systems
- TRC: Telecommunications reference conductor.
1.5 SUBMISSIONS
Technical data
General: Submit technical data including the following:
- System design parameters: Performance.
- Voice and/or data transfer rate.
- Cable type and characteristics.
- Segregation requirements for EMI/EMR.
- Maximum length of cables.
- Cross-connect type and characteristics.
- Cross-connect block.
- Patch cords.
- Fibre optic terminations.
- Patch panel module.
- Cable management for racks.
- Rack.
- Fly leads.
Samples
Product data and samples: Submit for the following:
- Telecommunications outlet.
Shop drawings
General: Submit showing the following:

- EMC: tng thch in t.
- EMI: nhi$u in t.
- EMR: bc x in t.
- RU: khung rack.
- CES: h thng ni t thng tin.
- TRC: dy dn thng tin.
1.5 TRNH
Thng s k thut
Tng qut: cung cp cc thng s k thut sau:
- Cc thng s thit k h$ thng.
- Tc truyn tn hiu ting v data.
- *c tnh v loi cp.
- Yu cu cch bit cho EMI/EMR.
- Maximum length of cables
- *c tnh v loi u dy cho.
- Hp u ni cho.
- Cp u ni.
- *u ni cp quang.
- M un Patch panel.
- Qun l cp trong t# rack.
- Rack.
- *u ni Fly leads.
Trnh m:u
Trnh mu sau:
- 3 cm thng tin.
Shop drawings
Tng qut: cung cp bn v shop drawing sau:


- Layouts of equipment racks.
- Cross-connect layout.
- Cabling diagram for complete system.
- Cable management system.
Certification
General: Submit product and installation certification for the installation
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 NETWORK TERMINATION
Network termination device
General: Provide network termination device as documented.
2.2 DISTRIBUTORS
Equipment racks
General: Provide equipment racks to the Equipment racks schedule.
Cross connect patch panels
General: Provide cross connect patch panels as documented.
Terminations: Terminate directly to the modular connector.
Fixed terminations:
- Rear terminals: 45 IDC punch down type.
- Front terminals: RJ45 modular connector.
Patch cords: Terminate cord ends with appropriate registered jacks.
Optical fibre termination panels
Break out trays: Provide fibre optic cable break out trays at each group of
fibre optic cable terminations.
Loom cables: Neatly loom cables and lay stripped cables into the break
out tray.
Secure cables: Ensure that cables are secured by the sheath and that
there is no stress on the fibre optic cores.
- Mt b0ng t# rack.
- Mt b0ng u ni cho.
- S " u cp c#a h thng hon ch+nh.
- H thng qun l cp.
Chng nhn
Tng qut: trnh chng nhn sn phm v lp t cho h thng
2 SN PHM
2.1 U NI H THNG THNG TIN THNH PH
Thit b &u ni
Tng qut: cung cp thit b% u ni nh thit k.
2.2 H THNG PHN PHI
T" rach
Tng qut; cung cp t# rack nh bng thng k.
T" &u ni cho(Cross connect patch panels)
Tng qut: cung cp t# u ni cho nh thit k.
*u ni: u ni trc tip vo m un hp u ni.
*u ni c %nh:
- *u ni bn cnh: loi 45 IDC cm xung.
- *u ni pha trc: u ni m un RJ 45.
Dy u ni(Patch cords): u dy u ni gn loi jack cm thch hp.
T" &u ni cp quang
Khay tho c: cung cp cc khay tho c cho m-i nhm u ni cp
quang.
Buc cp: buc cp gn gng v t cp buc vo khay tho c.

C %nh cp: bo m buc ln v cp khng nh h'ng n li cp
quang.


Cable management
Record book: Provide a record book at each cross-connect.
Location: Secure log books in each distribution frame records holder.
Identification, labelling, and record documentation: To AS/NZS 3085.1.
2.3 CABLES
Copper
Standard: To AS/ACIF S008.
Balanced system cables: UTP
Fibre
Standard: To IEC 60793-2-10.
Default type: 6 core multimode OM3 50/125 m.
Length: Provide ) 1000 mm spare at each end.
Component type: SC.
External
Standard: Water penetration resistance to IEC 60794-1-2.
2.4 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS
General
Outlets: Provide RJ45 8 way modular jacks.
Standard: To AS/ACIF S008.
Pinouts: T568A to AS/NZS 3080.
2.5 FLY LEADS
General
Type: Stranded.
Length: 1200 mm.
Quantity: 50% of outlets installed.
2.6 PATCH CORDS
General
Qun l cp
S ghi chp: cung cp s ghi chp cho m-i hp u dy
V% tr: ct s ghi chp ' gi treo trong m-i hp u dy.
Ti liu ghi chp, dn nhn, nh s theo AS/NZS 3085.1.
2.3 CP
Cp &7ng
Tiu chun: theo AS/ACIF S008.
Cp h thng cn b0ng: UTP
Cp quang
Tiu chun: theo IEC 60793-2-10.
Loi mc %nh: 6 core multimode OM3 50/125 m.
Chiu di: cung cp m-i cun ) 1000 mm
Loi u ni: SC
Cp ngoi nh
Tiu chun: chng nc theo IEC 60794-1-2.
2.4 C$M IN THO;I
Tng qut
cm: cung cp cm jack m un RJ 45 8 way.
Tiu chun: theo AS/ACIF S008.
Chn cm: T568A to AS/NZS 3080.
2.5 U C$M
Tng qut
Loi: ci
Chiu di: 1200 mm.
S lng: 50% s cm lp t.
2.6 CP NI PATCH CORDS
Tng qut


Type: Stranded.
Length: 900 mm.
Quantity: 100% of outlets installed.
Termination: Registered jacks.
3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
General
Standard: To AS/NZS 3084, AS/NZS 3080 and AS/ACIF S009.
Procedure: The space requirements as documented take precedence over
the
specific space requirements of AS/NZS 3084.
3.2 CABLES
Installation
General: To manufacturers recommendations.
Crossover: Install cables neatly and without crossovers between cables.
Loom size: Loom cables into groups not exceeding 50 cables, and hold
looms in place using reusable cable ties at least 20 mm wide. Do not exert
compressive force on the cables when installing cable straps.
Cable separation
For safety: To AS/ACIF S009, and by at least 150 mm.
Electromagnetic interference(EMI): To AS HB 29.
Fluorescent luminaires: Maintain a clearance of 300 mm.
External cables
External cables: To ACIF C524.
3.3 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS
Installation
Mounting: Flush mount.
Loi: ci
Chiu di: 900 mm.
S lng: 50% s cm lp t.
*u ni:jack chuyn dng.
3 THI CNG
3.1 TNG QUT
Tng qut
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 3084, AS/NZS 3080 v AS/ACIF S009.
Qui trnh: yu cu d phng nu trong thit k c quyn u tin cao hn
Yu cu trong AS/NZS 3084.
3.2 CP
Lp &'t
Tng qut: theo khuyn co c#a nh sn xut.
Giao cho: lp t cp gn gng khng ch"ng cho.
Kch thc nhm cp: nhm cp khng qu 50 cp, gia nhm cp b0ng
dy buc s dng li c, bn rng ti thiu 20mm. Khng to lc ko
khi lp t ai gi0ng cp.
Cch ly cp
* an ton: theo AS/ACIF S009, v t nht 150 mm.
Chng nhi$u(EMI): Theo AS HB 29.
*n hu5nh quang :cch t nht 300 mm.
Cp ngoi nh
Cp ngoi nh: Theo ACIF C524.
3.3 C$M IN THO;I, THNG TIN
Lp &'t
C %nh: gn phng mt.
loi, mu, vt liu c#a mt n phi ph hp vi mt n c#a cm in,


Style, material and colour of plates: To match adjacent power and switch
plates.
3.4 EARTHING SYSTEM
General
Standard: to AS/ACIF S009 and SAA HB 29.
Communication earth system
Communication earth system (CES): Provide a communications earth
terminal (CET) adjacent to each electrical switchboard. Connect the CET
to the local protective earth (PE) system at the switchboard.
Distributor: Provide an earth bar within each distributor and connect to the
local CET in accordance with SAA HB 29.
Interconnections: Verify that there are no interconnections between the
lightning protective earthing system and the telecommunications earthing
system.
3.5 LABELS
Labelling
Telecommunications cables: Label cross-connects and outlets in
accordance with the requirements of AS/NZS 3080 and SAA HB 29
Figures 5 18.
Cables: Label to indicate the origin and destination of the cable.
Outlets: Label to show the origin of the cross-connect, the workstation or
outlet number and the port designation.
Label type table
Component Label scheme Type
Cables Origin and destination Self adhesive wrap on
Cross-connects Port Number Proprietary
Outlets SAA HB 29 Fig 5-18 Engraved plate
Wall boxes SAA HB 29 Fig 5-18 Engraved adhesive label
Patch cords Type of service Colour code
3.6 TESTING
cng tc xung quanh.

3.4 H THNG NI T
Tng qut
Tiu chun: theo AS/ACIF S009 v SAA HB 29.
H thng ni &t thng tin
H thng (CES): cung cp thanh u ni t (CET) gn m-i t# in. Ni
CET vo thanh ni (PE) ' t# in.

Phn phi: cung cp mt thanh ni t trong m-i t# in phn phi v ni
vi thanh CET theo SAA HB 29.
Lin kt: bo m khng c lin kt gia h thng ni t chng st v h
thng ni t thng tin.

3.5 DN NHN
Dn nhn
Cp thng tin: dn nhn cc hp ni dy, cm ph hp vi
AS/NZS 3080 v SAA HB 29 hnh 5 18.
Cp: dn nhn ch+ r u i v u n c#a cp.
3 cm: dn nhn ch+ r u i hp ni dy, trm ngu"n hay s th t
cm v port n.
bng lo#i nhn
Cu kin Cch dn nhn Lo#i
Cp *im u v cui Bao quanh t dnh
*u cho S Port Chuyn dng
cm SAA HB 29 Fig 5-18 Bn khc chm
Box m t(ng SAA HB 29 Fig 5-18 Nhn dn khc chm
Patch cord Loi phc v M mu
3.6 KI@M NGHIM


Standards
Testing of balanced cabling systems: To AS/NZS IEC 61935.1.
Testing of patch cords: To AS/NZS IEC 61935.2.
General
General: Carry out 100% channel tests.
Tests: To AS/NZS 3080 in conformance with SAA HB 29. Include the
following:
- Basic Link and Channel transmission tests including the following:
. Wire map.
. Length.
. Attenuation.
. NEXT.
. ACR.
. Propagation delay.
. Delay skew.
. Power sum NEXT.
. Power sum ACR.
. ELFEXT.
. Power sum ELFEXT.
. Return loss.
- Optical fibre cable: Carry out Basic Link transmission tests including the
following:
. Length.
. Attenuation.
3.7 COMPLETION
Cable management
General: Submit log books for each distribution frame with details of cable
terminations and provisions for recording cable, line and jumper
information.
Tiu chu0n
Kim nghim h thng cp cn b0ng theo AS/NZS IEC 61935.1.
Kim nghim cp patch cord: theo AS/NZS IEC 61935.2.
Tng qut
Tng qut: thc hin kim nghim 100% knh.
Kim nghim: theo AS/NZS 3080 ph hp vi SAA HB 29. Bao g"m:

- Kim nghim truyn d liu cc knh v lin kt c bn g"m:
. Wire map.
. Chiu di.
. Suy gim tn hiu.
. NEXT.
. ACR.
. Tr hon truyn ti.
. Delay skew.
. Power sum NEXT.
. Power sum ACR.
. ELFEXT.
. Power sum ELFEXT.
. Return loss.
- Cp quang: th nghim truyn d liu lin kt sau:
. Chiu di.
. Suy gim tn hiu.
3.7 HON TT
Qun l cp
Tng qut: cung cp s ghi chp cho m-i t# phn phi vi chi tit u ni
cp v cc thng tin v cp, tuyn cp, jumper.



Identification and labelling, and record documentation: To AS/NZS 3085.1 *nh du v dn nhn v s tay ghi chp: theo AS/NZS 3085.1

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0962 Television distribution systems


0962 TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide a system suitable for the reception and distribution of
television, video and sound signals as documented.
Network connection: Arrange with the network operator(s) for the
connection of their network. Comply with the network operators'
requirements.
Designer: Network operators Approved Design Partner.
Survey: Confirm location and height of Free to Air antenna by on-site
measurements.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
System type
Type: As documented.
Performance
General: To AS/NZS 1367.
Capacity: Provide the distribution system with the installed capacity to
accommodate 30% additional outlets.
Signal sources
Free to air antennae system: Provide free to air (FTA) antennae system
terminating at the premises cabling interface.
Network operator: Provide for the connection of the network operators
system terminating at the premises cabling interface as documented.
Local signal source: Provide television input sockets at the premises
cabling head-end for the distribution of in-house television channels on
0962 H THNG M;NG TIVI
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp h thng ph hp nhn v phn phi tn hiu tivi,
video v ting nh thit k.
*u ni vo mng cp tivi: phi hp vi nh cung cp d%ch v u ni
vo h thng cp tivi. *p ng ng yu cu c#a nh cung cp d%ch v.
Ng(i thit k: nh cung cp d%ch v l 1 bn thm tra thit k.
Kho st: xc nhn v% tr v chiu cao c#a anten tr(i b0ng cch o ti ch-.

1.2 M T H THNG
Lo#i h thng
Loi: nh m t trong thit k.
Thc hin
Tng qut: theo AS/NZS 1367.
Cng sut: cung cp h thng vi 30% d phng.

Ngu7n tn hiu
An ten tr(i mi$n ph( FTA) cung cp anten tr(i u ni vo thit b% u
cui.
Cp mng: cung cp u ni cp mng c#a nh cung cp d%ch v vo
thit b% u cui.
Ngu"n tn hiu ti ch-: cung cp cm tivi ' u vo thit b% u cui
phn phi cc knh tivi ni b ngoi cc knh tivi c#a nh cung cp.


separate channels of the network.
Service entry
General: Provide service entry facilities to suit signal sources, head end
equipment and distribution systems
Location: As documented.
Distribution system
General: Provide a cabling distribution network from the head end
equipment to each network distribution tap.
FTA distribution taps: Provide FTA distribution taps.
Network distribution taps: For systems designed for more than one
network operator provide individual distribution taps for each network
operator. Co-locate the taps with FTA taps in groups to facilitate selected
connection or changes to outlet feeders.
Location: Group all equipment as documented.
Outlets
General: Provide outlets and feeders from distribution tap(s) as
documented.
Quantity: Provide separate sockets for each source and service.
General
1.4 STANDARDS
General
System design and performance: To AS/NZS 1367.
Application: Notwithstanding the specific building types inherent in clause

!u vo
Tng qut: cung cp thit b% u vo ph hp vi ngu"n tn hiu, thit b%
u cui v h thng phn phi tn hiu.
V% tr: nh thit k.
H thng phn phi tn hiu
Tng qut: cung cp h thng cp phn phi tn hiu t thit b% u cui
n m-i nhnh r h thng phn phi.
B u r nhnh FTA: cung cp b u r nhnh FTA.
B u r mng cung cp: i vi h thng thit k cho hn 1 nh cung
cp d%ch v, cung cp b u r mng ring cho tng mng cung cp.
Lp chung cc tap u r vi cc tap FTA trong 1 nhm thun tin u
ni hay thay i knh.
V% tr: nhm cc thit b% nh thit k.
cm
Tng qut: cung cp cm v cp t tap u r nh thit k.

S lng: cung cp cc cm ring cho m-i ngu"n cung cp tn hiu.
1.3 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: ph hp theo chng nhng yu cu chung.
Cc chng lin quan
- Yu cu chung v in.
1.4 TIU CHUN
Tng qut
Thit k v vn hnh: theo AS/NZS 1367.
p dng: bt k loi cng trnh no cng p dng mc 1.1.1 trong AS/NZS


1.1.1 of AS/NZS 1367 the standard is deemed to apply to all building
types.
Earthing and segregation: To AS/NZS 3000.
Safety requirements: To AS/NZS 1367 Section 2.
Electromagnetic compatibility: To AS/NZS 1367 Section 3.
1.5 INTERPRETATIONS
Abbreviations
below apply.
- BER: Bit error ratio.
1.6 SUBMISSIONS
General
Documentation: To AS/NZS 1367 Appendix D.
Certification
Designer: Network operators Approved Design Partner approval.
Technical data
General: Prior to commencing the work submit the following:
- Design frequencies.
- Free to Air reception quality report, citing methods used for
determination. Address all signals that the system is to receive.
- Calculations of signal levels at outlets and at the input and output of
amplifiers, splitters and taps.
Correspondence with network operators
Correspondence: Provide copies of correspondence and notes of
meetings with all subscription network operators.
Service agreements: Arrange for each service provider to submit service
agreements for execution by the principal.
Shop drawings
General: Prior to commencing the work submit the following in accordance
1367.

Ni t v cch ly: theo AS/NZS 3000.
Yu cu an ton: theo AS/NZS 1367 Section 2.
Tng thch in t: theo AS/NZS 1367 Section 3.
1.5 GII THCH
Vit tt
Tng qut: cc ch vit tt sau s s dng trong chng ny.
- BER: t; s Bit khng.
1.6 TRNH
Tng qut
H" s trnh theo AS/NZS 1367 Appendix D.
Chng nhn
Nh thit k: nh cung cp d%ch v l 1 bn thm duyt.
Thng s k thut
Tng qut: trc khi bt u cng vic, trnh:
- Tn s thit k.
- Bo co cht lng sng ti cng trnh, ra gii php xc %nh. Lit
k tt c tn hiu nhn c.
- Tnh ton mc tn hiu ' cm, u vo /ra amply spiller v tap.

Phi h9p v1i nh cung cp m#ng
Phi hp: cung cp bn copy bin bn lm vic/ hp tt c cc nh cung
cp mng.
To thun cung cp d%ch v: sp xp cc nh cung cp d%ch v trnh
bn nguyn tc th.a thun cung cp d%ch v.
Shop drawings
Tng qut: trnh cc bn v sau theo AS/NZS 1367 iu D3 v D4,
trc khi thi cng:


with AS/NZS 1367 clause D3 and D4:
- Schematic diagram, proposed location of all components and
interconnecting cabling.
- Antennae types and their method of mounting.
Product data
Product data: Submit for all system components.
Samples: System components: Submit samples that are visible after
installation, including but not limited to:.
- Outlets.
- Labelling.
Record drawings
General: Include minimum and maximum signal frequency (channel) and
their levels at the input and output of amplifiers, splitters, taps, tap ports
and outlets.
1.7 TESTING
General
Extent: Test 100% of the system to AS/NZS 1367.
Setup: Use locally generated test signals to provide static conditions for
level measurements.
Carrier-to-noise measurements: Required.
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FREE-TO-AIR ANTENNA
General
Material:
- Boom: Galvanized steel.
- Elements: Aluminium ) 12 mm.

- S " nguyn l, v% tr ngh% tt c thit b% v im u ni cp mng.

- Loi !n ten v phng php lp t.
Thng s sn ph0m
Thng s k thut: cung cp thng s c#a tt c thit b%.
Trnh mu: thit b% c#a h thng: trnh tt c mu thit b%/vt t c th nhn
thy c sau khi lp t, nh, nhng khng gii hn
- 3 cm.
- Dn nhn.
Bn v hon cng
Tng qut: bao g"m tn s cao nht v thp nht c#a tn hiu( knh) v
c(ng tn hiu ti u vo/ra c#a amply, splitter, tap, tapport v cm.

1.7 KI@M NGHIM
Tng qut
Phm vi th nghim 100% h thng theo AS/NZS 1367.
Setup: s dng tn hiu pht th nghim cc b o c(ng tn hiu
' trng thi t&nh.
*o "n: c yu cu.
2 SN PHM
2.1 -N TEEN TROI
Tng qut
Vt liu:
- Ct: thp trng km.
- Phn t !n ten ) 12 mm.


Connection: F type to IEC 60169-24.
Mounting hardware: Proprietary to suit antenna.
2.2 ACTIVE EQUIPMENT
Masthead amplifier(s)
Selection: To meet system performance requirements.
Head end amplifier(s)
Distribution amplifiers
Selection: To meet system performance requirements
2.3 PASSIVE EQUIPMENT
Splitters
Couplers
Taps
2.4 COAXIAL CABLE
Types
Standard: To AS/NZS 1367 clause 5.11.
General: Minimum RG6 dual shield.
Underground: Flooded type.
Connectors
Coaxial: F type to IEC 60169-24.
2.5 OUTLETS
General
Outlet type:
- PAL (IEC 60169-2) type socket on the front and F type socket on the
*ui ni: loi F theo IEC 60169-24.
Lp t b0ng thit b% chuyn dng ph hp vi !n ten.
2.2 THIT B TCH CGC( ACTIVE EQUIPMENT)
Amply 5n ten(s)
La chn: ph hp vi vn hnh h thng.
Amply mng u ni(s)
Amply m#ng phn phi
La chn: ph hp vi vn hnh h thng
2.3 THIT B TH .NG
Splitters
Couplers
Taps
2.4 CP DNG TRC
Lo#i
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 1367 mc 5.11.
Tng qut: ti thiu RG 6 bc 2 lp.
Cp ngm: loi chng thm nc.
!u ni
Cp "ng trc: loi F theo IEC 60169-24.
2.5 C$M
Tng qut:
Loi cm:
- Loi PAL (IEC 60169-2) cho loi cm pha trc v loi Fcho loi cm


rear for terrestrial FTA services and down converted satellite services.
- PAL (IEC 60169-2) type on the front and F type on the rear for
terrestrial FTA services and an F type on the front and on the rear for
satellite services.
- F type socket on the rear and on the front for satellite services.
- F type socket on the rear and on the front for cable services.
- PAL (IEC 60169-2) type on the front and F type on the rear for
terrestrial FTA services and an F type on the front and on the rear for
cable services.

- PAL (IEC 60169-2) type socket on the front for FM radio services.
Outlet plate: Style, material and colour to match adjacent power and
switch plates.
2.6 EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
General
Degree of weather protection: IPX4 to AS 60529.
3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
Free-to-air antennae
Installation: To AS 1417.1.
3.2 DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
General
Enclosure: Locate all active and passive distribution equipment in
proprietary purpose built enclosures, located as documented.
3.3 COAXIAL CABLE
General
bn hng i vi cc h thng FTA v h thng anten parabol.
- Loi PAL (IEC 60169-2cho loi cm pha trc v loi Fcho loi cm
bn hng v c phi trc cho h thng an ten parabol.
- Loi Fcho loi cm pha trc v cho c bn hng cho h thng
anten parabol.
- Loi F cho loi cm pha trc v c bn hng cho h thng truyn
hnh cp.
- Loi PAL (IEC 60169-2loi cm pha trc v loi Fcm bn hng
cho h thng FTA v loiF cho loi cm pha trc v bn hng cho
h thng truyn hnh cp.
- Loi PAL (IEC 60169-2) cm phi trc cho sng FM.
Mt n cm: kiu, vt liu, mu sc phi ging cm in v cng tc
xung quanh.
2.6 THIT B NGOI NH
Tng qutl
Cp IP ti thiu IPX4 theo AS 60529.
3 THI CNG
3.1 TNG QUT

-n ten tr)i
Lp t: theo AS 1417.1.
3.2 THIT B PHN PHI
Tng qut
T# thit b%: lp t cc thit b% phn phi th ng v tch cc trong cc t#
chuyn dng, v% tr nh trong thit k.
3.3 CP DNG TRC
Tng qut


Standard: To AS/NZS 1367 Appendix G.
Conduit: Install coaxial cable in conduit or ducting as follows:
Cables Conduit (minimum)
2 No. double shielded RG6 20 mm
> 1 No. RG6 tri or quad shield 25 mm
> 1 No. double shielded RG11 32 mm

Bending radius: Conform to the minimum bending radius manufacturers
recommendations for the size of cable.
3.4 OUTLETS
Installation
Mounting: Flush mount.
Screening: Fully screen all outlets
Outlet fly leads
General: Following commissioning of the system, provide 1500 mm fly
leads to all outlets
Tiu chun: theo AS/NZS 1367 mc lc G.
ng lu"n cp: lu"n cp "ng trc trong ng nh sau:
Cp ng lu7n (minimum)
2 si RG6 bc i 20 mm
> 1 si bc 3 hay 4 RG6 25 mm
> 1 si bc i RG11 32 mm

Gc b2: bo m gc b ln hn yu cu c#a nh sn xut theo kch
thc c#a cp.
3.4 C$M
Lp &'t
C %nh: lp phng mt.
Mn che: che 100% cho tt c cm
Dy ni cm
Tng qut: cung cp 1500mm dy ni cho tt c cm
ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0971 Emergency evacuation lighting


0971 EMERGENCY EVACUATION LIGHTING
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide single point emergency lighting and exit signs as follows
and as documented.
General
- Luminaires custom-built.
1.3 STANDARDS
General
System design, installation and operation: AS 2293.1.
Inspection and maintenance: To AS/NZS 2293.2.
1.4 SUBMISSIONS
Samples
General: Submit samples of all luminaires and exit signs.
Technical data
General: Submit technical data for each type of luminaire and exit sign
including the following:
0971 H THNG N THOT HI@M
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp cc im n thot him v bng exit nh thit k.

1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: theo chng nhng yu cu chung.
Chng c lin quan
Ph hp vi nhng chng lin quan sau:
- Yu cu chung v in.
- H thng in h th.
- n ch to sn.
1.3 TIU CHUN
Tng qut
Thit k, lp t, vn hnh: theo AS 2293.1.
Th nghim, bo tr: theo AS/NZS 2293.2.
1.4 TRNH
Trnh m:u
Tng qut: cung cp mu cho tt c n thot him v Exit.
Thng s k thut
Tng qut: cung cp thng s k thut c#a m-i n bao g"m:
- Khong cch ti a 2 n, treo ' cao thit k.


- Maximum luminaire spacing for a given mounting height.
- Luminaire classification to AS 2293.3.
- Central battery and charger performance test reports, including
discharge and charging characteristics.
Type test data
General: Submit type test data.
Shop drawings
- Construction details, overall dimensions and wiring arrangement for each
custom built luminaire and exit sign.
- Details of the central monitoring and testing facility.
- For central systems:
. Construction details and layout of the power source.
. Details of room or enclosure housing the power source, including
ventilation requirements.
. Details of wiring method.
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SINGLE-POINT SYSTEM LUMINAIRES
General
Visual indicator lights: Provide a red indicator, readily visible when the
luminaire is in its operating location, which indicates that the battery is
being charged.
Inverter system: Provide protection of the inverter system against damage
in the event of failure, removal or replacement of the lamp, while in normal
operation.
Local test switches: Provide a momentary action test switch, accessible
from below the ceiling, on each luminaire to temporarily disconnect the
mains supply and connect the battery to the lamp.
Common test switches: Provide a common test switch on the local
Phn loi n theo 2293.3
- Bo co th nghim vn hnh ngu"n c qui v b sc trung tm bao
g"m c tnh np v x c qui.
Thng s type test
Tng qut: cung cp thng s type test.
Bn v shop drawings
Tng qut: cung cp bn v sau:
- Chi tit cu to, kch thc bn ngoi, v sp xp dy dn cho cc n
thot him v Exit, ch to ring theo n t hng.
- Chi tit tin ch th nghim v hin th% trung tm.
- *i vi cc h thng trung tm:
. Chi tit cu to v b tr mt b0ng ngu"n in.
. Chi tit phng hay t# ngu"n in, bao g"m thng gi .

. Chi tit phng php i dy.
2 SN PHM
2.1 N /N I@M
Tng qut
*n ch+ th%: cung cp n ch+ th% mu ., chy sng khi n ang ' ch
hot ng v c qui ang sc.
H thng inverter: cung cp thit b% bo v inverter chng li nh h'ng
c th c khi c s c, khi thay bng n.
Cng tc th ti n: cung cp cng tc th ngn hn, c th thao tc '
di trn, cho m-i n ngt tm th(i ngu"n in chnh v ng ngu"n
c qui cho n.
Cng tc th chung: cung cp cng tc th chung ti t# in khu vc(
LDB) ngt ngu"n in chnh v th nghim vn hnh c qui. Sau khi
th, cng tc ny phi t ng khi phc li ch vn hnh bnh


distribution board which disconnects main supply to the luminaires and
tests for discharge performance. After testing, this switch must
automatically revert to normal operating mode
Monitored system
Data connection: Provide internal monitoring facilities and provision for the
connection of data cabling to a central monitoring computer.
Batteries
Type: Lead-acid or nickel-cadmium batteries capable of operating each
lamp at its rated output continuously at least 2 hours during completion
tests and 1.5 hours during subsequent tests.
Battery life: At least 3 years when operating under normal conditions at an
ambient temperature of 35C and subjected to charging and discharging
at 6 monthly intervals.
Marking: Indelibly mark each battery with its date of manufacture.
2.2 CENTRAL SYSTEM LUMINAIRES
Fluorescent luminaires
General: Provide inverters and transformers to operate lamps from the
central power supply.
Tungsten halogen luminaires
General: Provide inverters suitable for lamp wattage.
Power supply
Batteries
General: Provide a dedicated lead-acid or nickel-cadmium battery and
charger system which is as follows:
- Provides the operating voltage to luminaires at the most distant point of
the system.
- Is of sufficient capacity to energise the system for at least 2 hours during
completion tests.
Battery life
General: At least 10 years when operating under normal conditions at an
ambient temperature of 35C and subjected to charging and discharging
th(ng.
H thng hi*n th tr#ng thi
*u ni data: cung cp tin ch hin th% trng thi lp s1n trong n v
u ni cp d liu v my tnh trung tm.
$c qui
Loi: axit ch hay nikel-cadmium, cng sut cho php m-i n vn hnh
lin tc t nht 2 gi( khi th nghim hon tt v 1.5 gi( khi th nghim
%nh k5.

Tui th c qui: t nht 3 n!m trong iu kin vn hnh bnh th(ng, nhit
trung bnh xung quanh 35C v khong ch sc x n l 6 thng.

Dn nhn: dn nhn khng m( cho m-i c qui ghi ngy sn xut.
2.2 H THNG N TRUNG TM
n huTnh quang
Tng qut: cung inverter v bin th cho vn hnh n t ngun in
trung tm.
n halogen tungsten
Tng qut: cung cp inverter ph hp vi cung sut bng n.
Ngu7n &in
$c qui
Tng qut: cung cp c qui axit chi hay pin nikel-cadmium nh sau:

- Cung cp in p # vn hnh n ' xa nht trong h thng.

- C kh n!ng # cung cp in cho h thng trong t nht 2 gi( th
nghim.
Tui thH pin
Tng qut: t nht 3 n!m trong iu kin vn hnh bnh th(ng, nhit
trung bnh xung quanh 35C v khong cch sc x n l 6 thng.


at 6 monthly intervals.
Charger design
General: Provide a constant voltage type charger as follows:
- Provides a continuous trickle charge which maintains the battery system
in a fully charged condition.
- Has circuitry which monitors and automatically limits charging current
and output voltage.
Maximum charge current: 1.25 x rated output.
Maximum battery terminal voltage: 10% above nominal battery voltage.
Capacity: Sufficient to:
- Withstand a short circuit at the output terminals.
- Limit the current to the rated maximum output.
Instruments: Provide voltmeters and ammeters which monitor battery
terminal voltage, load current, charger voltage and charger current.
Remote alarm connections: Provide a set of voltage free relay contacts for
transmission of the following alarms:
- Loss of normal supply to the charger.
- Loss of battery supply.
Inverter: For a.c. central systems, limit the input supply total harmonic
distortion generated by the inverter to a maximum of 5%.
Monitored system
Data connection: Provide monitoring facilities and provision for the
connection of data cabling to a central monitoring computer.
2.3 MONITORING SYSTEM
Proprietary systems
General: Provide proprietary systems with full compatibility between the
monitoring system, operating software and the luminaries selected.

Thit k s#c
Tng qut: Cung cp mt loi sc lin tc in p nh sau:
- Cung cp mt b sc lin tc ngn hn lun lun duy tr h thng c
quy trong trng thi c sc y.
- C mch hin th% trng thi, t ng gii hn dng sc v in p u
ra.
Dng in sc cc i: 1.25x dng %nh mc u ra.
*in p cc i u cc c qui: trn 10% in p %nh mc c qui.
Cng sut: p ng c
- Ch%u c dng ngn mch u cc c qui.
- Gii hn dng in ' cng sut u ra cc i.
*o l(ng: cung cp ampe k, vn k ch+ th% in p u cc c qui,
dng in c#a ph ti, in p v dng in np.
*u ni cnh bo t xa: cung cp cc tip in khng p truyn cnh
bo sau:
- Mt ngu"n in chnh n b sc.
- *in p c qui thp.
- Mt ngu"n c qui.
Inverter: *i vi h thng A.C. trung tm, gii hn tng hi c#a ngu"n
in u vo, to ra b'i bin tn, ti a l 5%.
H thng hi*n th
*u ni data: cung cp cc tin ch hin th% v mng cp d liu n trung
tm my tnh.
2.3 H THNG GIM ST
H thng gim st chuyn d(ng
Tng qut: cung cp h thng chuyn dng tng thch hon ton gia
h thng hin th%, phn mm v cc n.


3 EXECUTION
3.1 SINGLE POINT SYSTEM
Power supply
General: Provide an unswitched active supply to each luminaire and exit
sign, originating from the test switch control panel
Data monitoring
General: If a monitoring system is documented, provide a data cable
system from each single-point luminaire and connect to the monitoring
computer.
Test switch
General: Provide a timed test switch at each distribution board.
Function: To energise emergency lights and exit signs and then to
automatically reset controls after a maximum of 2 hours.
3.2 CENTRAL SYSTEM
Power supply
General: Provide an isolated supply from the central system via a
segregated wiring system.
Test switch
General: Provide a timed test switch at each central system distribution
board.
Function: To energise emergency lights and exit signs from the central
system and then automatically reset after a maximum of 2 hours.
Labelling
General: Label each luminaire with a unique identifying number and
record the number and luminaire location in a schedule included in the
emergency evacuation lighting operation and maintenance manual. The
label must be permanently fixed, indelible and readable at a distance of
3 THI CNG
3.1 H THNG I@M /N
Cung cp ngu7n
Tng qut: cung cp ngu"n in tch cc khng b% ngt cho cc n thot
him v Exit t cng tc th c#a t# iu khin
Hi*n th thng s
Tng qut: nu h thng gim st c thit k, cung cp cp truyn d
liu t m-i n n my tnh gim st
Cng tc th8
Tng qut: cung cp cho m-i t# phn phi 1 nt th th(i gian gii hn.
Chc n!ng: cung cp in cho n thot him v Exit v t ng reset

ti a sau 2 gi(.
3.2 H THNG TRUNG TM
Cung cp ngu7n
Tng qut: Cung cp mt ngu"n cung cp cch ly t h thng trung tm
thng qua mt h thng dy ring r.
Cng tc th8
Tng qut: cung cp cho m-i t# phn phi 1 nt th th(i gian gii hn.
Chc n!ng: cung cp in cho n thot him v Exit v t ng reset ti
a sau 2 gi(.
3.3 NH DU V DN NHN
Dn nhn
Tng qut: dan nhn cho m-i n vi 1 h thng nh s thng nht v
ghi li bng m s v v% tr n, bao g"m: hng dn vn hnh, bo tr,.
Nhn phi l loi gn c %nh, khng phai m( v c c ' cch xa 1
mt.


1 m.
3.4 TESTS
General
General: Carry out tests, including out-of-hours tests, to demonstrate the
emergency and evacuation systems performance. Include the following:
- Test components for correct function and operation.
- Demonstrate illumination performance on site, to at least the level stated
in the manufacturers performance specification for that device.
- Test operation of battery discharge test and control test switch functions,
including discharge and restoration.
- Demonstrate system functions under mains fail condition
- Demonstrate operation of the battery and charger including a full
discharge/recharge over the designated time.
Mains supply
General: Before commissioning, ensure mains supply has been
continuously connected for at least 24 hours.
3.5 COMPLETION
Maintenance
Emergency evacuation lighting: To AS 2293.2.
Interval: Carry out the 6-monthly procedures before practical completion
and again before the end of the maintenance period

3.4 TH, NGHIM
Tng qut
Tng qut: thc hin th nghim, trong hn 1 gi( xc minh h thng
lm vic bnh th(ng, bao g"m cc th nghim sau:
- Th nghim thit b% vn hnh ng chc n!ng.
- Xc nhn sng thc t ti cng trnh t c t nht nh thng s
cng b c#a nh sn xut.
- Th nghim c quy v nt th nghim, bao g"m: np v x c qui.
- Xc nhn hot ng bnh th(ng c#a h thng khi mt in li
Xc nhn hot ng nh th(ng c#a c qui v b sc khi sc v x hon
ton trong th(i gian thit k
- Xc nhn hot ng nh th(ng c#a c qui v b sc khi sc v x hon
ton trong th(i gian thit k.
Ngu7n &in chnh
Tng qut: trc khi bn giao, phi m bo ngu"n cung cp in chnh
c m' lin tc 24 gi(.
3.5 HON TT
Bo tr
*n thot him: theo AS 2293.2.
Khong th(i gian bao tr: 6 thng 1 ln trc khi hon tt bn giao lp li
cho n khi kt thc giai on bo hnh

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0972 Fire detection and alarms


0972 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARMS
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide fire detection and alarm systems as follows and as
documented.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
General
System type: Addressable.
Interface: Emergency warning and intercommunications system.
General
- Emergency warning and intercommunication.
1.4 STANDARD
General
- Standard: To AS 1670.1 and AS 7240.13 or EN 54
1.5 SUBMISSIONS
Technical data

0972 H THNG BO CHY
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp h thng pht in v bo chy nh thit k.

1.2 M T H THNG
Tng qut
H thng loi %a ch+ xc %nh.
Giao din: tip vi h thng thng bo khn v intercom.
1.3 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: ph hp vi chng nhng yu cu chung
Cc chng lin quan
- Yu cu chung v in.
- H thng thng bo khn v intorcon.
1.4 TIU CHUN
Tng qut
- Tiu chun: theo AS 1670.1 v AS 7240.13 hay EN 54
1.5 TRNH
Thng s k thut
Cung cp cc thng s c#a sn phm sau:


Product data: Submit for the following:
- Fire indicating panel.
- Detectors
- Manual call points.
- Alarm bells.
- Magnetic door holders.
Samples
Samples: Submit for the following:
- Detectors.
- Manual call points.
- Alarm bells.
- Magnetic door holders.
Shop drawings
General: Submit showing the following:
- Fire detector layout.
- Dimensions and details of control and indicating equipment.
- Location.
- Circuit identification.
- Labelling details.
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 AUTHORISED PRODUCTS
General
Equipment: Provide equipment listed in the ActivFire Register of Fire
2.2 CONTROL AND INDICATING EQUIPMENT

- T# bo chy.
- *u bo chy
- Bo chy b0ng tay.
- Chung bo chy.
- Kha in ca (nu c)

Trnh m:u
Trnh mu sau:
- *u bo chy.
- Bo chy b0ng tay.
- Chung bo chy.
- Kha in ca (nu c).

Bn v shop drawings
Tng qut: * trnh cc bn v trong shop drawing:
- Mt b0ng b tr u bo chy iu khin.
- Kch thc v chi tit c#a t# bo chy.
- V% tr.
- *nh s mch in.
- Chi tit dn nhn.
2 SN PHM
2.1 SN PHM C CHNH QUYBN CHP NH2N
Tng qut
Thit b%: Cung cp thit b% c chnh quyn chp thun s dng thit b%
bo v.
2.2 THIT B IBU KHI@N V CHS TH



Standards
General: To AS 7240.2.
Air-handling fire mode control panels: To AS 4428.7.
Alarm investigation facility (AIF): To AS 4428.10.
Alarm signalling equipment: To AS 4428.6.
Power supply units: To AS 4428.5.
Fire fighters interface: To AS 4428.3
Routing equipment: To AS 7240.21.
Wire-free alarm zone circuits: To AS 4428.9.
Fire indicator panels
General: Provide metal cubicle-type enclosures.
Isolation
Isolating facilities: Provide on fire indicator panels to enable tests to be
carried out without the transmission of alarm signals to the fire brigade.
Capacity
Spare zones: 10% minimum.
Feature
- One man maintenance
- Graphic maintenance
- Maintenance warning
- Service reminder signal
- Soak test
- On-line diagnostics and statistics
- Floating background
- Day/night sensitivity setting
- Coincidence within and in between zones
- Automatic timed and manual on/off zones
- Start-up default mode
- Service switch
Tiu chu0n
T# iu khin kim sot gi trong ch chy: theo AS 4428.7.
Tin ch kim tra bo ng (AIF): Theo AS 4428.10.
Thit b% pht tn hiu bo ng: theo AS 4428.6.

Ngu"n nui: theo AS 4428.5.
Giao tip vi lnh cu h.a: theo AS 4428.3
Thit b% %nh tuyn theo AS 7240.21.
Vng bo ng Wire_fee theo AS 4428.9.
T" bo chy
Tng qut : cung cp th# bo chy v. kim loi.
Cch ly
Tin ch cch ly: cung cp tin ch cch ly trong t# bo chy c th
thc hin th nghim v khng truyn bo ng n phng chy cha
chy.
Cng sut
D phng ti thiu 10%.
Chc n5ng chnh
- Mt ng(i bo tr
- Bo tr trn graphic
- Cnh bo bo tr
- Tn hiu nhc nh' phc v
- Th nghim ko di (soale test)
- Chun on v thng tin on_line
- Floating background
- Ci t mt ngy / m
- Tnh "ng th(i trong v vi cc vng
- T ng on/off vng theo th(i gian hay b0ng tay


- Upload/download, remote maintenance and graphic PC software
- I/O programming including Boolean functions
- ARCNET panel networking
- Networkable black box and global zone system
- Full range of repeater panels

2.3 DETECTORS
Standards
Carbon monoxide (CO) fire detectors: To AS 7240.6
Duct sampling units (DSUs): To AS 1603.13.
Heat detectors: To AS 7240.5.
Integral heat detector/alarm units: To AS 1603.3.
Integral smoke detector/alarm units: To AS 12239.
Multi-sensor fire detectors: To AS 7240.15.
Multi-point aspirated smoke detectors: To AS 1603.8.
Optical beam smoke detectors: To AS 1603.7.
Remote indicators: To AS 1603.15.
Visual warning devices: To AS 1603.11.
Self-indicating detectors
General: Provide a light emitting diode mounted in a clearly visible
position, which illuminates whenever detector operation causes an alarm
condition to register on the fire indicator panel. Provide self-indicating
devices which, if faulty, will not render the detector inoperative under fire
conditions.
Mounting positions of light emitting diodes:
- Visible detectors: On the outside of the detector or its base.
- Detectors concealed above ceilings: On the underside of the ceiling
- Ch kh'i ng mc %nh
- Cng tc ch phc v
- Up load/down load, bo tr t xa v phn mm " ha trm my tnh PC
- Lp trnh I/O bao g"m cc chc n!ng boo lean
- Mng Arcnet
- H thng vng ton th v hp en ni mng
- T# repeater cp cao nht
2.3 U BO CHY
Tiu chu0n
*u d co theo AS 7240.6
*u bo chy ly mu (DSUs): Theo AS 1603.13.
*u bo nhit: theo AS 7240.5.
*u bo loi im: Theo AS 7240.7.
B pht hin/ bo nhit trn b: Theo AS 1603.3.
B pht hin/ bo khi trn b: Theo AS 12239.
*u bo chy nhiu sensor: Theo AS 7240.15.
*u bo khi ht nhiu im: Theo AS 1603.8.
*u bo khi tia quang: Theo AS 1603.7.
*u bo khi loi im: Theo AS 1603.2.
Hin th% t xa: Theo AS 1603.15.
Thit b% cnh bo nh sng: Theo AS 1603.11.
!u bo chy t ch< th
Tng qut: cung cp n led ch+ th% gn ' v% tr nhn thy c. *n sng
khi u bo tc ng v gi tn hiu v t# bo chy. Cung cp cc thit b%
t ch+ th%, m nu b% h.ng, n s khng sng, nu cc u bo khng b%
tc ng trong ch chy.
V% tr c#a cc n ch+ th%:
- *u bo nhn thy c: trn v. bn ngoi hay trn u bo.


immediately below the detector.
- Detectors in other concealed spaces: On a visible panel close to the
entry to the concealed space housing the detector.
- Remote indicators: To AS 1603.15.
2.4 MANUAL CALL POINTS
General
2.5 EXTERNAL ALARM INDICATION
Standards
Bell circuits: To AS 4428.1.
Strobe lights: To AS 1603.11
Power supply
To the strobe light and 2 others: From the fire indicator panel battery
power supply.
To additional strobe lights: From the mains supply. Provide appropriate
interface relays, operated by the fire indicator panel.
2.6 MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS
General
Control facilities
Signals: Provide ancillary control device circuits and connections for
automatically controlling and releasing magnetic door holders to operate
the relevant doors under fire alarm conditions.
2.7 WARNING SYSTEM
General
Occupant warning system: To AS 1670.4 Section 3.22.
- *u bo trong trn : gn mt di trn, ngay di u bo.
- *u bo trong cc khng gian kn khc: gn trm t# ch+ th% thy c,
gn li vo khng gian kn.
- Ch+ th% t xa: Theo AS 1603.15.
2.4 BO CHY BUNG TAY
Tng qut
2.5 CHS TH CHY NGOI NH
Tiu chu0n
Mch chung: Theo AS 4428.1.
*n chp bo chy: Theo AS 1603.11
Ngu7n cung cp
Cho n bo chy v t hn 2 n khc: cung cp t ngu"n c qui c#a t#
bo chy.
Thm cc n khc: cung cp t ngu"n in chnh. Cung cp cc rle
trung gian thch hp, tc ng t t# bo chy.
2.6 KHO IN(C,A)
Tng qut
Tin ch &i4u khi*n
Tiu chun: Theo AS/NZS 1668.1.
Tn hiu: cung cp mch thit b% iu khin ph v cc u ni t ng
iu khin v m' kha khi c chy.
2.7 H THNG THNG BO KHN
Tng qut
H thng thng bo khn: Theo AS 1670.4 chng 3.22.



2.8 POWER SUPPLY
General
Surge protection: Ensure that normal operation is maintained and that
voltage surges in the power source do not damage the control and
indicating equipment.
Sealed batteries: Cycle the batteries before practical completion so that
100% of nominal capacity is available at practical completion.
3 EXECUTION
3.1 FIRE ALARM MONITORING
General
Connection: Connect the installation to a monitoring service provider.
Connect using telecommunications fixed wire carrier lines
3.2 DETECTORS
Installation
General: Install detectors so they can be easily inspected and tested in
situ, and readily withdrawn from service.
Integral smoke detector/alarm units: To AS 1670.6.
3.3 INSTALLATION WIRING
General
To AS 1670.1 Section 3.24.
3.4 AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS
Fire fan control and indication panels (FFCP)
Signals: Provide fire detection and alarm signals for the fire fan control
and indication panel (FFCP).
2.8 NGUDN CUNG CP
Tng qut
Bo v chng st: bo m h thng hot ng bnh th(ng v xung st
khng lm h h.ng cc thit b% ch+ th% v iu khin.
:c qui kn: thay th c qui trc khi bn giao hon tt bo m cng sut
c qui ) 100% khi bn giao.
3 THI CNG
3.1 GIM ST BO CHY
Tng qut
*u ni: u ni h thng lp t vo trung tm gim st phc v c#a nh
cung cp. *u ni s dng (ng dy in thoi c %nh
3.2 U BO CHY
Lp &'t
Tng qut: lp t u bo chy d dng kim tra ti ch- v d dng tho
d/.

B bo ng/ pht hin khi trn b: Theo AS 1670.6.
3.3 KO DY
Tng qut
Theo AS 1670.1 chng 3.24.
3.4 H THNG X, L KHNG KH
T" &i4u khi*n qu#t chVa chy v ch< th (FFCP)
Tiu chun: Theo AS/NZS 1668.1.
Tn hiu: cung cp tn hiu pht hin chy v bo ng cho t# (FFCP).


3.5 TESTING
General
Tests: Carry out tests, including out-of-hours tests, to demonstrate the
automatic fire detection and alarm systems performance to AS 1670.1
Section 7 and the compliance Sections of the relevant parts of the
AS 1603 series. Include the following:
- Demonstrate detection and alarm performance on site, to at least the
level stated in the manufacturers performance specification for that
device.
- Test alarm zone identification.
- Demonstrate air sampling system operation for 14 days with data logger
to verify stability of detectors and devices.
- Demonstrate addressable device operation for 14 days with data logger
to verify stability of detectors and devices.
- Test interface to interconnected systems.
- Demonstrate correct shutdown sequences during fire mode.
- In situ testers: To AS 1603.16
3.6 COMPLETION
Maintenance
Maintenance and records: To AS 1851
3.5 TH, NGHIM
Tng qut
Th nghim: thc hin th nghim, bao g"m th nghim qu 1 gi(
xc minh t ng pht hin v bo chy hot ng theo AS 1670.1
chng 7 v ph hp vi cc chng lin quan c#a AS 1603, bao g"m:

- Th nghim chc n!ng v vn hnh thit b%.
- Xc nhn vn hnh pht hin v bo chy ti cng trnh, t nht ' mc
theo thng s c#a nh sn sut.

- Th nghim xc %nh vng chy.
- Xc nhn hot ng h thng ly mu khng kh trong 14 ngy b0ng d
liu thu thp chng nhn tnh n %nh c#a thit b% v u bo.
- Xc nhn hot ng c#a thit b% %a ch+ xc %nh trong 14 ngy vi d
liu thu nhp chng nhn tnh n %nh c#a thit b% v u bo.
- Th nghim giao tip gia cc h thng ni chung.
- Xc nhn th t thit b% dng trong ch ng chy.
- Thit b% th nghim ti cng trnh: Theo AS 1603.16
3.6 HON TT
Bo tr
Bo tr v bo co: Theo AS 1851

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0973 Emergency warning and intercommunication


0973 EMERGENCY WARNING AND INTERCOMMUNICATION
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide intercommunication and sound systems for emergency
purposes as follows and as documented.
General
- Fire detection and alarms.
1.3 STANDARDS
General
Intercommunication system: To AS 1670.4 and AS 4428.4.
Sound system: To AS 1670.4 and AS 60849.
1.4 SUBMISSIONS
Technical data
General: Submit product data for all components.
Samples
General: Submit samples of the following:
- Visual alarm devices.
0973 H THNG THNG BO KHN V INTERCOM
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp h thng lin lc ni b v thng bo khn nh sau
v nh thit k.
1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: Ph hp vi chng nhng yu cu chung.
Nhng chng lin quan
Ph hp vi nhng chng lin quan sau:
- Nhng yu cu chung v in.
- H thng bo chy.
1.3 TIU CHUN
Tng qut
H thng intercom: Theo AS 1670.4 v AS 4428.4.
H thng m thanh: Theo AS 1670.4 and AS 60849.
1.4 TRNH
Thng s k thut
Tng qut: cung cp thng s k thut c#a tt c cc thit b%.
Trnh m:u
Tng qut: Trnh cc mu sau:
- Thit b% bo ng thy c.


- Speakers.
- Handsets
Shop drawings
General: Submit shop drawings showing the following:
- Panel layouts and enclosures including associated building works.
- Cabling diagrams.
- Equipment layout.
- Speakers, handsets, visual alarm devices and wiring layouts.
- Warden intercommunication points.
- Loudspeaker enclosures.
Test reports
General: Submit test reports as follows:
- Sealed batteries test report.
- Commissioning test report.
- System installers statement.
- System test certificates.
- System information in the forms provided in AS 1670.4.
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
Authorised products
General: Provide equipment listed in the ActivFire Register of Fire
2.2 CONTROL AND INDICATING EQUIPMENT (CIE)
General
Type: Common unit for intercommunication and sound systems.

- Loa.
- *in thoi cm tay
Bn v shop drawings
Tng qut : * trnh bn v shop drawing sau:
- B tr mt b0ng t# m thanh vi kin trc cng trnh.
- S " i cp.
- Mt b0ng thit b%.
- Mt b0ng i dy, b tr loa, in thoi cm tay, thit b% bo ng thy
c.
- *im lin lc ni b.
- Hp loa.
Bo co th8 nghim
Tng qut : * trnh bo co th nghim sau:
- Bo co th nghin c qui kn.
- Bo co th nghim bn giao.
- Bo co c#a ng(i lp t h thng.
- Chng nhn th nghim h thng.
- Thng tin h thng theo AS 1670.4.
2 SN PHM
2.1 TNG QUT
Sn ph0m &9c chnh quy4n chp nhn
Tng qut: cung cp sn phm c c quan phng chy cha chy
chp nhn.
2.2 THIT B HI@N TH V IBU KHI@N (CIE)
Tng qut
Loi: H thng chung intercom v thng bo khn.


2.3 SOUND SYSTEM
System
Type: 100 volt.
Zoning: ) 1 per building, level and fire zone.
Signal source: automatic and local microphone at CIE
Amplifiers
Selection: Select and adjust to meet performance requirements.
Type: 100 volt.
Quantity: ) 1 per zone.
Non-emergency input terminals: ) 1 per amplifier.
Location: within CIE.
Speakers
Selection: select and adjust to meet performance requirements.
Type: Tapped 100 volt.
Emergency call points
General: Required.
3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
Field wiring
General: To Electrical general requirements and Cable support and duct
systems.
3.2 CONTROL AND INDICATING EQUIPMENT (CIE)
General
Mounting: Flush mount in location as documented.
Enclosure: Coordinate with surrounding building works.
3.3 SOUND SYSTEM
2.3 H THNG M THANH
H thng
Loi: 100 vn
Vng: nhiu hn mt vng cho m-i cng tnh, m-i tng, m-i khoan chy.
Ngu"n tn hiu: t ng v microphone ti CIE.
Amly
La chn: Chn v hiu ch+nh p ng yu cu vn hnh.
Loi: 100 vn
S lng: ) 1 cho m-i vng
*u ra khng khn cp ) 1 cho m-i amly.
V% tr: bn trong CIE.
Loa
La chn: Chn v hiu ch+nh p ng yu cu vn hnh.
Loi: 100 vn r song song
i*m gHi kh0n cp
Tng qut: c yu cu.
3 THI CNG
3.1 TNG QUT
H thng dy cp
Tng qut: theo nhng yu cu chung v in v h thng mng cp v
gi cp.
3.2 THIT B HI@N TH V IBU KHI@N (CIE)
TNG QUT
Lp t: gn trn b mt ' v% tr nh hit k.
T# CIE: Phi hp vi cng tc khc xung quanh.
3.3 H THNG M THANH


Loudspeakers
Mounting: Securely fix to building elements.
Flush mounting: Required in suspended ceilings.
Wall mounting: 150 mm below finished ceiling level to top of speaker
enclosure.
3.4 INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Warden intercommunication points
Connection: Provide separate circuits for each WIP handset.
Conferencing: Provide switching facilities which permit conference calls,
between up to 5 warden intercommunication points, to be initiated from
any emergency control panel.
Lift cars: Provide a terminal block outside the lift motor room. Cable from
the terminal block to central control equipment. Provide a warden
intercommunication point handset in each fire lift car.
3.5 COMPLETION
Operational and maintenance manual
Maintenance
General: Perform Level 2 maintenance routines
Loa phng thanh
Lp t: gn c %nh vo kt cu cng trnh.
Lp m: c yu cu cho trn treo.
Lp t: gn di trn 150mm tnh t mt tn c#a loa

3.4 H THNG THNG TIN N.I B.
i*m lin l#c n6i b6
*u ni: cung cp tuyn cp ring r cho m-i in thoi WIP cm tay.
Gi nhm: cung cp cng tc cho php thc hin cuc gi nhm n 5
ng(i, bt u t t# iu khin khn cp bt k5.
Bu"ng thang my: cung cp hp u ni bn ngoi phng my thang
my, cp t hp u ni n t# iu khn trung tm. Cung cp in thoi
gi ni b cho m-i thang my cha chy.

3.5 HON TT
H1ng d:n vn hnh v bo tr
Bo tr
Tiu chun: Theo AS 1851.
Tng qut: thc hin bo tr cp 2

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0979 Lightning protection


0979 LIGHTNING PROTECTION
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide a lightning protection system as follows and as
documented.
General
1.3 STANDARD
General
Lightning protection system: To AS/NZS 1768.
1.4 SUBMISSIONS
Shop drawings
General: Submit layout drawings of the lightning protection system
showing the following information:
- Details of the locations and types of joints, air and earth terminations,
downconductors, materials used, and provisions for minimising galvanic
action.
- Arrangement of components in earthing pits.
- Provision for building movement and building penetrations.
- Details of bonding to other high level and in-ground services entering, or
0979 H THNG CHNG ST
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp mt h thng chng st nh sau v nh thit k.

1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: ph hp vi chng nhng yu cu chung.
Nhng chng c lin quan
Ph hp vi nhng chng c lin quan sau:
1.3 TIU CHUN
Tng qut
H thng chng st: Theo AS/NZS 1768.
1.4 TRNH
Bn v shop drawings
Tng qut: trnh bn v mt b0ng h thng chng st, bao g"m cc
thng tin sau:
- Chi tit loi v v% tr cc mi ni, kim thu st, cc tip %a, dy dn st,
vt liu s dng v gim ti a tc ng hin tng galoamic.
- B tr cc phn t trong earth pit.
- Cung cp l- xuyn kt cu v qua khe co gin cng trnh.
Chi tit bonding n cc h thng ni t cp cao khc v cc h thng


in the vicinity of, the building
1.5 TESTING
General
2 EXECUTION
2.1 INSTALLATION
General
Standards: To AS/NZS 1768.
Thermal expansion
General: Provide expansion loops in horizontal air terminations between
fixing points.
Air terminations
General: Provide air terminations to the Air terminations schedule.
Down conductors
General: Provide down conductors to the Down conductors schedule.
Test links
General: Provide test links to the Test links schedule.
Earth terminations
General: Provide earth terminations to the Earth terminations schedule.
Bonding
General: Provide bonding to the Bonding schedule.
Foundation or footing bonding: Provide threaded terminals welded to
reinforcement.
Electrode pits
General: Locate driven earth electrodes in dedicated pits.
Marking: Mark pit covers with the words Lightning protection earth.
2.2 COMPLETION
ngm vo cng trnh hay gn cng trnh

1.5 TH, NGHIM
Tng qut
Tiu chun: Theo AS/NZS 1768.
2 THI CNG
2.1 L$P %T
Tng qut
Tiu chun: Theo AS/NZS 1768.
Gin n> nhit
Tng qut: cung cp vng gin n' cc kim thu st n0m ngay gia cc
im c %nh.
Kim thu st
Tng qut: cung cp kim thu st theo bng c tnh kim thu st.
Dy d:n st
Tng qut: cung cp dy dn st theo c tnh dy dn st.
Mi ni ki*m tra
Tng qut: cung cp ni kim tra nh bng c tnh.
CHc tip &a
Tng qut: cung cp cc tip %a nh bng c tnh.
LIn kt( bonding)
Tng qut: cung cp bonding nh bng c tnh.
Ni mng cng trnh: cung cp u ni ren r!ng bm vo ct thp.
H th5m ( Earth pit )
Tng qut: t cc u cc tip %a trong h th!m ring bit.
*nh du: ghi tn np h th!m H thng ni t chng st.
2.2 HON TT


Records
Standard: To AS/NZS 1768
Bo co
Tiu chun: Theo AS/NZS 1768

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0981 Electronic security

0981 ELECTRONIC SECURITY
1 GENERAL
1.1 AIMS
Responsibilities
General: Provide electronic security systems as follows and as
documented.
Security classification: As documented.
System provider
Electronic security system provider: A licensed security organisation only.
General
- Building IT components.
- Uninterruptible power supply.
- Telecommunications cabling.
1.3 STANDARDS
Intruder alarm systems
General: To AS/NZS 2201.1.
Alarm transmission system: To AS/NZS 2201.5.
Internal detection devices: To AS 2201.3.
Wire free systems: To AS 2201.4.
0981 AN NINH IN T,
1 TNG QUT
1.1 MC CH
Trch nhim
Tng qut: cung cp h thng an ninh in t nh sau v nh thit k.

Phn loi an ninh in t: nh thit k.
Nh cung cp
Nh cung cp an ninh in t: ch+ nhng nh cung cp c giy php.
1.2 THAM CHIU CHO
Tng qut
Tng qut: ph hp vi chng nhng yu cu chung.
Cc chng c lien quan
Ph hp vi nhng chng c lin quan sau:
- Thit b IT trong cng trnh.
- H thng mng cp v gi mng cp.
- Ngun UPS.
- H thng cp thng tin.
1.3 TIU CHUN
H thng cnh bo c ng)i xm nhp
Tng qut: theo AS/NZS 2201.1.
H thng truyn tn hiu cnh bo: Theo AS/NZS 2201.5.
Thit b% pht hin bn trong: Theo AS 2201.3.

CCTV systems
General: To AS 4806.2
Remote monitored systems: To AS 4806.4
1.4 SUBMISSIONS
Samples
General: Submit samples of the following:
- Door contacts and reed switches.
- Key or card readers.
- Electric door strikes and door release devices.
- Duress alarm switches.
Records
General: Submit records to AS/NZS 2201.1.
Licence: Submit copy.
Technical data
General: Submit data showing dimensions and space requirements for
the following:
- Door contacts and reed switches.
- Detection devices.
- Key or card readers.
- Electric door strikes and door release devices.
- Television monitors, cameras and associated equipment.
- Intercom stations.
- Vehicle control systems.
- Duress alarm switches.
Shop drawings
General: Prior to commencing work submit shop drawings showing the
following:
- Schematic diagram of all systems.
- Panel layouts and dimensions.
H thng hot ng c lp(wire free): Theo AS 2201.4.
H thng CCTV
H thng gim st t xa: Theo AS 4806.4
1.4 TRNH
Trnh m:u
Tng qut: cung cp cc mu sau:
- Cng tc ca v cng tc hnh trnh.
- Kha hay card reader.
- Thit b% kha/ m' ca b0ng in.
- Cng tc bo ng b0ng tay.
Bo co
Tng qut: cung cp bo co theo AS/NZS 2201.1.
Licence: cung cp bn coppy giy php.
Thng s k thut
Tng qut: cung cp thng s v kch thc v khng gian yu cu nh
sau:
- Cng tc ca v cng tc hnh trnh.
- Thit b% pht hin.
- Kha card reader.
- Thit b% kha m' ca b0ng in.
- Mn hnh hin th%, camera v cc ph kin.
- Trm lin lc ni b.
- H thng kim sot xe.
- Cng tc bo ng b0ng tay.
Bn v shop drawings
Tng qut: cung cp bn v shop drawing nh sau trc khi thi cng:

- S " nguyn l tt c h thng.

- Power supply requirements.
- Wiring access necessary for door frames.
- Cut out dimensions.
- Fixing provisions for cameras and monitors
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
Alarm system panels or processors
Capacity: Provide separate sectors for each nominated internal access
zone, and for normally-closed and normally-open perimeter access
zones.
Tamper alarms: Provide tamper protection and alarms.
Sector time delay: Provide one adjustable time delay entry/exit sector,
with adjustment range 0 to 30 s and tamper protection.
Batteries and chargers:
- Sealed battery: Provide a sealed battery and charger system contained
within each control panel with 2 hours duration capacity.
Activation
Activation device: Provide keypads, card readers and other activation
devices as documented.
External: Provide weatherproof (IP56) hoods or housings for external
units.
External audible and visual alarms
General: Provide a corrosion-resistant weatherproof metal enclosures
containing sirens and blue strobe lights. Fix in locations not readily
accessible without a ladder.
Anti-tamper devices
Anti tamper devices: Provide anti-tamper devices to control panels,
external equipment, control and activating devices, and access control
- Mt b0ng t# iu khin v kch thc.
- Yu cu ngu"n in.
- L- cp vo trn khung ca.
- Kch thc l- m/.
- Vt liu c %nh camera vo mn hnh.
2 SN PHM
2.1 TNG QUT
T" bo &6ng v b6 x8 l
Cng sut: phn chia cc khu vc khc nhau theo cc vng ra/vo thng
th(ng v cc vng ra vo bnh th(ng ng/bnh th(ng m'.
Bo ng gi: cung cp bo v v cnh bo chng bo ng gi.
B tr$: cung cp b tr$ th(i gian iu ch+nh c t 030 giy v bo
v chng bo ng gi cho cc khu vc ra vo.
B sc v c qui:
- :c qui loi kn : cung cp c qui loi kn v b sc cho m-i t# iu khin
c th hot ng lin tc trong 2 gi(.
Kch ho#t
Thit b% kch hot: cung cp key pad, card reader v cc thit b% kch hot
nh thit k.
Ngoi nh: cung cp thit b% ngoi nh c v. chng thm IP56.
Chiu cao lp t mc %nh:1250mm t sn.
B6 cnh bo hnh v ting ngoi nh
Tng qut: cung cp hp kim loi chng nc, chng r+ st, cha ci v
n chp xanh dng. Lp ' v% tr khng th m' c nu khng c
thang.

Thit b chng bo &6ng gi
Thit b% chng bo ng gi: Cung cp thit b% chng bo ng gi cho t#
iu khin, thit b% ngoi nh, thit b% kch hot v iu khin v thit b%

devices.
Function: To register an instantaneous alarm if covers are removed or
vital wiring is disconnected.
Alarm circuit supervision
Alarm circuit supervision: At each detection device, provide alarm circuit
supervision by means of an end-of-line device connected via a separate
circuit within the cable.
Function: To register an instantaneous alarm if cable characteristics
change, such as when cut or short circuited.
Event logging printer
Printer: Provide an event logging printer connected to the alarm and
access control panel.
Function: To generate a printed report showing the date, time and
category of alarm initiations and access control entries.
Remote monitoring
Duration: Provide remote monitoring for the duration of the defects liability
period.
Monitoring system: Provide a monitoring system in the alarm panel or
processor for transmission of alarms and monitoring of the system by
parties responsible for attending to alarms.
2.2 ACCESS CONTROL
Access control processors or panels
Capacity: Provide separate entry/exit control modules for each
designated door.
Users: Program the system to match the number of authorised users with
unique access codes.
Time zones: At least 4 per day, with provision for weekends and public
holidays.
Door control devices
General: Provide electric strikes, electric locks, drop bolts, or similar
devices to suit door construction and hardware.
kim sot ra/vo.

Chc n!ng: ghi nhn bo ng tc th nu vt che d(i i hay dy dn
bi t.
Gim st m#ch bo &6ng
Gim st mch bo ng: ti m-i thit b% pht in, cung cp mt thit b%
cui tuyn gim st mch in bo ng.

Chc n!ng : ghi nhn mt bo ng tc th(i nu c tnh cp b% thay i
nh l khi t hay ngn mch cp.
My in d kin
My in: cung cp my in cc d kin ni vi t# iu khin.

Chc n!ng: in bo co c ngy gi( loi bo ng v cng kim sot.
Gim st t? xa
Khong th(i gian: cung cp h thng gim st t xa trong khon th(i
gian bo hnh.
H thng gim st: cung cp h thng gim st trong t# bo ng hay b
vi x l truyn bo ng v gim st n b phn c trch nhim x l
bo ng.
2.2 KI@M SOT RA VO
T" hay b6 vi x8 l ki*m sot ra vo
Cng sut : cung cp cc m un kim sot ra/ vo ring r cho tng
ca c ch+ %nh.
User: lp trnh h thng cho php mt s user s dng vi mt mt m
thng nht.
Khon th(i gian: chia t nht 4 khon trong ngy cho cc ngy cui tun
v ngy l.
Thit b ki*m sot c8a
Tng qut: cung cp ly in, kha in, cht ca hay cc thit b% tng
t ph hp vi cu to ca.

Fail-safe: Connect door control devices in a fail-safe mode to permit
egress in the event of power failure.
Authorised products: Provide equipment listed in the ActivFire Register of
Fire Protection Equipment.
Glass doors: Provide tumbler, drop bolts or magnetic holders.
Double leaf doors (solid frame): Provide an electric strike or lock on the
fixed leaf, connected to the door frame by concealed flexible wiring.
Vehicle control
Vehicle access control: Provide vehicle access control system combining
connection to vehicular doors and boom gates, and interconnection to the
main access control system.
Exit loop detection: Provide a buried loop detection system adjacent to
the exit point to activate boom gates or vehicular doors on approach by a
vehicle. Connect so that doors or gates close after a pre-set time.
Interlock: Provide a photo electric beam safety interlock.
Interlock function: To prevent door or gate from closing until the vehicle
has cleared the exit point.
Push-buttons and readers: Where practicable, provide direct wall
mounting for push-buttons or readers; otherwise provide a robust
mounting bollard and extension arm.
Reed switches: Provide heavy duty reed switches on both sides of
vehicle doors to generate a door closed indication at the control panel.
Intercom
Base station: Provide intercom base station, interconnected with the
individual local stations. Include speakers and microphones.
Entry station construction: Wall mounted flush stainless steel panel.
Weatherproofing: IP56.
Dial: Digital push-button type.
Schedule: Provide a weatherproof (IP56) schedule holder and card
identifying individual local stations. Locate next to the base station
An ton trong ch s c: ni cc thit b% kim sot ca trong ch
s c cho php m' ca khi ngu"n in b% mt.
Sn phm c chp thun: cung cp thit b% c c quan phng chy
cha chy chp thun.
Ca knh: cung cp ly kha, cht hay k6p t.
Ca i (khung cng) cung cp kha in t trong cnh c %nh, ni vo
trong khung ca b0ng cp mm i m.
Ki*m sot xe ra vo
Cung cp h thng kim sot xe ra vo kt hp vi thanh chn v tr gc
v lin kt vi trung tm iu khin ra vo

Vng nhn bit xe ra: cung cp vng m nhn bit xe ra gn cng ra
m' thanh chn hay ca nh xe khi xe n gn. Ca/ thanh chn s ng
li sau mt khon th(i gian c th ci t trc.
Kha lin ng: cung cp tia quang in kha an ton.
Chc n!ng kha lin ng: ng!n ca/thanh chn ng li cho n khi xe
r(i kh.i v% tr dng.
Nt nhn v u c th2: khi c s dng, cung cp nt nhn hay u c
th2 gn t(ng, ngc li cung cp loi gn ct hay gn thanh chn.

Chiu cao lp t mt %nh: 1000mm t sn.
Cng tc hnh trnh: cung cp cng tc hnh trnh loi tt nht ' c hai
cnh ca ch+ th% ca ng ' t# iu khin.
Intercom
Trm: c s' cung cp trm c s', lin kt vi tt c trm ring, bao g"m
loa, micr.
Cu to trm ca vo: T# gn t(ng phng mt b0ng thp khng r+.
Chng thm: IP56.
Quay s: nt nhn digital.
Danh b: cung cp gi treo danh b loi chng nc(IP56). V% tr t
cnh trm c s'.

intercom panel.
Local station: Provide wall mounted intercom local stations,
interconnected with the base stations.
Internal station type: Surface mounted, removable handset type.
Operation: Provide an audible tone device to indicate that the individual
station is being called, and a press-to-talk switch so that the entry station
can communicate with the internal station only when the switch is held
down.
Door control: Provide integral momentary action door release switches to
operate the door release or opening mechanisms at each external entry
point.
2.3 INTRUDER ALARM
Movement detection devices
General: Provide movement detectors as documented.
Selection: To provide detection within the space occupied by the detector.
Provide additional detectors to achieve coverage as necessary.
PIR detectors: Mirror optic type with ) 7 curtains.
Installation: To AS/NZS 2201.1.
Door contacts
Reed switches: Provide magnetic reed switches which operate when:
- A personnel door is opened > 20 mm at the lock/latch edge.
- The fixed leaf of a double door is opened > 20 mm at the lock/latch
edge.
- A vehicular door is opened > 100 mm.
Door lock sensors: Provide micro switches or magnetic contacts in lock
keepers or door locks which incorporate a bolt movement sensing device.
Function: To detect bolt movements > 10 mm.
Duress alarm switches
Desk or furniture mounting: Provide plug socket connections for duress
alarm switches fixed to items of furniture. Conceal wiring and secure to
Trm ring: cung cp trm ring gn t(ng lin kt vi trm c s'.
Loi trm trong nh: gn ni tay cm di ng c.

Vn hnh: cung cp thit b% pht m thanh khi c cuc gi n trm ring
v cng tc press_to_talk trm ca vo c th lin kt vi trm ring
ch+ khi cng tc ny c gi

Kim sot ca: cung cp cng tc m' ng ca ti m-i li vo.

2.3 H THNG BO TR.M
Thit b my pht hin chuy*n &6ng
Tng qut: cung cp cm bin chuyn ng nh thit k.
La chn: pht hin chuyn ng trong cc khng gian c lp t cm
bin. Cung cp thm cc cm bin kim sot them ton b khu vc
nu cn
Cm bin PIR: Loi quang phn x vi ) 7 tia.
Lp t: Theo AS/NZS 2201.1.
Cng tc ca
Cng tc hnh trnh: cung cp cng tc hnh trnh hot ng khi:
- Mt ca ring m' > 20mm so vi lc ng.
- Cnh ca c %nh trong ca 2 cnh m'> 20mm so vi lc ng.
- Ca nh xe m' >100 mm.
*u cm bin kha ca: cung cp cng tc t tnhhay cng tc micro
trong kha ca lin kt vi cm ng chuyn ng c#a cht kha.
Chc n!ng: pht hin khi cht ca kho di chuyn > 10 mm.
Cng tc bo &6ng bAng tay
Gn bn hay gn ln vt dng ni tht: Cung cp dy ni cm vi cng
tc bo ng b0ng tay gn trn bn gh. C %nh v che dy ni trnh
bt dy.

avoid accidental disconnection.
Wall mounting: Recessed at 900 mm above finished floor level.
Disconnection alarm: Connect so that removal of plugs from sockets will
automatically register as a duress alarm.
2.4 VIDEO MONITORING
General
- Built-in multiplex switcher monitors 16 cameras.
- Control of camera operation over common coaxial cabling,
- Simplifying installation and minor configuration changes.
- Alarm- and motion-activated recording is standard, while
smart motion search
- Makes quick work of locating specific events.
- Using Internet Explorer, access to view live action or
playback archived events without special software or tools.
- Archive events locally with an internal or external DVD writer.
- Easy to use.
CCTV cameras
Positioning and adjustment: Position and aim cameras to provide
optimum coverage and to minimise the effect of shadows or direct light
sources.
Lenses: Provide lenses with apertures and focal lengths selected to
provide coverage of designated areas and to enable persons within the
field of view to be readily distinguishable on monitors.
Motorised cameras: Provide camera drives which provide remote control
of camera rotation and tilt, and of lens focal length.
External cameras: Provide corrosion-resistant weatherproof housings for
cameras located externally, which allow cameras to perform to
manufacturers specification.
Fixing: Provide mounting brackets and hardware which rigidly fix
cameras, monitors and accessories to buildings or structures.

CCTV monitors
Gn t(ng: Gn m cao 900 mm t sn hon thin.
Bo ng t mch: *u ni sau cho khi rt ra kh.i cm s t ng
bo nh l bo ng b0ng tay.
2.4 HI@N TH VIDEO
Tng qut
- Multiplex switcher hin th% 16 camera.
- *iu khin camera chung cp coaxial.
- Lp t v thay th cu hnh th yu n gin.
- Thu nhn bo ng v cm bin chuyn ng l tiu chun
vi d tm chuyn ng thng minh
- Lp cc cng tc khn c#a cc s kin c bit.
- s dng Internet Explorer, vo xem s kin thc hay xem li
cc s kin thu nhn m khng cn thit b%, hay phn
mm c bit khc.
- Cc s kin thu nhn lu trong DVD trong/ ngoi.
- D$ s dng.
CCTV camera
V% tr v hiu ch+nh: camera t sao cho ti u gc quay ph# v gim
thiu bng che hay ngu"n sng chiu trc tip.
,ng knh: cung cp ng knh vi tiu c v m' ph hp cho php
camera bao ph# ton b khu vc thit k v c th nhn bit ngu(i xut
hin trong khu vc trn mn hnh.
Camera quay: Cung cp thit b% quay ngang v dc camera, thay i tiu
c camera t xa
Camear ngoi nh: Cung cp v. bc chng nc, khng r+ cho camera
lp ngoi nh, cho php camera vn hnh vi thng s k thut nh sn
xut cng b.
C %nh: Cung cp gi treo gn c %nh camera, mn hnh v cc thit b%
khc vo kt cu cng trnh.
Mn hnh CCTV
Tng qut: Cung cp mn hnh ph hp vi tt c h thng an ninh v
cung cp gi treo gn c %nh mn hnh vo t(ng / trn.

General: Provide monitors compatible with the rest of the security system,
and provide fixing brackets and hardware for wall-mounted and ceiling-
mounted monitors.
CCTV recorders
General: Provide CCTV recording systems which stores the data in a
digital form on electronic medium (e.g. hard disk). The recording device
must provide the following:
- Index according to events.
- Fast search.
- Frame by frame search.
- Frame printing.
- Zoom and pan within a recorded frame.
- Back up daily to off-site storage.
Minimum data storage: 30 days.
CCTV video switching system
General: Provide a switching system which enables each camera to be
scanned sequentially at predetermined intervals and which, on receipt of
an alarm signal, interrupts the scanning sequence and switches to the
relevant security zones.
3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
Mains supplies
Permanent power supply: Provide permanent power supply to the
following:
- Intruder alarm panels and access control panels including sub panels.
- Electric door strike local panels or control equipment.
- Intercom stations.
- CCTV monitors and cameras.
Marking: Label the switchboard circuit breaker from which power for the

B6 thu CCTV
Tng qut: Cung cp b thu CCTV cho php lu tr d liu dng s
trong cng. B thu phi:
- Sp xp theo s kin.
- Tm kim nhanh.
- Tm tng hnh mt.
- In hnh.
- Zoom v pan trong 01 hnh.
- Back up hng ngy vo thit b% lu tr ngoi.
B nh ti thiu: 30 ngy.

H thng chuy*n &i switching hnh CCTV
Tng qut : Cung cp ht switching cho php m-i camera c qut tun
t trong tng khong th(i gian xc %nh trc v khi nhn c tn hiu
bo ng, ngng qut camera chuyn n khu vc bo ng

3 THI CNG
3.1 TNG QUT
Ngu7n &in chnh
Ngu"n in th(ng trc: Cung cp ngu"n in th(ng trc cho:
- T# cnh bo xm nhp v t# an ninh (access control) bao g"m cc t#
con.
- T# iu khin kha ca in.
- Trm intercom.
- Mn hnh v camera CCTV.
Dn nhn: Dn nhn CB cung cp cho ht an ninh, ghi r H THNG

security systems is obtained: SECURITY SYSTEM - Do not switch off.
Uninterruptible power supply
General: Provide a dedicated uninterruptible power supply and connect to
the alarm or access control system, or both.
Capacity: At least 15 minutes, for the complete system in normal
operation.
Interconnection to other services
General: Provide functions and equipment to allow the interconnection to
other systems. Provide and connect wiring to the designated services.
Lifts: Arrange for installation and connection of lift readers and associated
equipment.
Completion
Manuals
- Standard: Submit records to AS/NZS 2201.1.
Completion tests: Carry out tests, including out-of-hours tests, to
demonstrate the security systems performance. Include the following:
- Demonstrate that devices perform on site, to at least the level stated in
the manufacturers performance specification for that device.
- Test the operation of alarm sectors and panel functions, including open
and short circuit tests.
- Demonstrate that the system functions under mains fail condition.
- Demonstrate operation of the battery and charger including a full
discharge/recharge over the designated time.
Maintenance:
- Standard: To AS/NZS 2201.1.
- Breakdown call outs: Attend on site within 24 hours of notification.
Rectify faults, and replace faulty materials and equipment.
- Frequency of routine visits: 3 monthly.
Maintenance period performance monitoring
- Monitor: Access control system.
AN NINH khng cp in.
Ngu7n &in lin t(c
Tng qut: Cung cp ngu"n in lin tc (uninterruptible) v u ni v
h thng an ninh in t hay h thng thng bo hay c hai.
Cng sut: t nht 15 pht, cho ton b h thng trong ch vn hnh
bnh th(ng.
Lin kt v1i cc thit b khc
Tng qut: Cung cp chc n!ng v thit b% cho php lin kt vi cc h
thng khc. Cung cp, u ni n cc h thng nh thit k.
Thang my: Lp t v u ni b c reader thang my v cc thit b%
lin quan.
Hon tt
Vn hnh
- Tiu chun: * trnh bo co theo AS/NZS 2201.1.
Th nghim hon tt: Thc hin th nghim, bao g"m th nghim ngoi
gi(, xc nhn h thng an ninh vn hnh tt, bao g"m:
- Kim tra chc n!ng v vn hnh tt c cu kin.
- Xc nhn thit b% hot ng ti cng trnh t nht ' cp tng ng
c tnh vn hnh thng bo c#a nh sn xut cho thit b% ny.
- Th nghin vn hnh c#a cm bin bo ng v th nghim chc n!ng
t# iu khin bao g"m th nghin ngt mch v ngn mch.
- Xc nhn r0ng h thng hot ng ng chc n!ng trong iu kin s
c
- Xc nhn hot ng c#a c quy v b sc bao g"m np x hon hon
trong th(i gian thit k.
Bo tr:
- Tiu chun: Theo AS/NZS 2201.1.
- Cuc gi khn: C mt trong vng 24 g khi c thng bo. Sa cha
h h.ng, thay th thit b% vt t h h.ng .
- Tn sut bo tr: 3 thng.
Kim tra th(i k5 bo hnh

- Investigate: Causes of alarms.
- Alarm Report: < 2 days after alarm.
False alarms:
- Notification of false alarms: On the first working day after a false alarm,
submit notification of the circumstances surrounding the false alarm and
action necessary to prevent similar occurrences.
- Alterations due to false alarms: Carry out alterations necessary to
eliminate false alarms due to the following:
. Technical faults, selection, siting or aiming of devices.
Environmental conditions evident at the time of installation
- Kim tra: H thng Access control
- Nghin cu nguyn nhn bo ng.
- Bo co bo ng< 2 ngy sau khi bo ng.
Bo gi:
- Thng bo bo gi: Trong ngy lm vic u tin sau khi bo gi, trnh
thng bo hon cnh xy ra bo gi v hnh ng cn thit ng!n khng
xy ra tnh hung tng t.
- Sa i bo gi: thc hin cc sa i cn thit gim thiu bo gi:
. Sai st k thut, la chn, lp t hay tiu ch thit b%.
. *iu kin mi tr(ng khi lp t

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0991 Medium Voltage Transformer

0991 MEDIUM VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
1 GENERAL

This specification covers the design, ratings, testing and shipping of dry-
type, cast resin transformers. More detailed and specific data are contained
in the drawings, data sheets, and other documents that form part of this
inquiry.
Standard designs and models from bidder's manufacturing program are
preferred, provided they meet the requirements of this specification, serve
the intended purpose, and can be shown to have at least ten years of
successful service in the field.
If a substantial improvement of any or all of the specified requirements
expressed or implied herein is available from bidder, and this improved
design offers economical advantages to buyer, this should be offered as an
alternative, together with the basic proposal that conforms to this
specification.
The transformers described in this specification are intended for continuous
duty at the specified ratings under the specified ambient conditions, for 24
hours a day, 365 days a year, unless indicated otherwise.
1.1 SITE INFORMATION
Prevailing ambient conditions are those of a tropical area and the following
ambient design data:
Design temperature range: 10 to + 40C
Max. average relative humidity: 95 %
Site elevation: below 1000 m
0991 MY BIN TH
1 TNG QUT

Tiu ch ny bao g"m thit k, lp t, th nghim v vn chuyn
my bin th kh (cast resin). Chi tit v thng s k thut khc th
hin trong bn v thit k, bng k c tnh k thutt v h" s thit k
khc l mt phn c#a tiu ch ny.
Tiu chun thit k v model t nh sn xut ngh% trong h" s
thu phi th.a yu cu trong h" s ny v c t nht 10 n!m kinh
nghim

Nh thu c th ngh% thay th trong mt phn hay ton b tiu ch
ny np cng vi phng n bo gi c bn trn tiu ch ny.
My bin th m t trong tiu ch ny c th lm vic lin tc ' cng
sut %nh mc trong mi tr(ng xung quang ch+ ra trong 24g /
ngy, 365 ngy/ n!m ngoi tr c ch+ dn khc.
1.1 THNG TIN DG N

*iu kin kh hu ph bin l kh hu nhit i c thng s:
- Nhit thit k: 10oC to 40oC
- * m ti a 95%
- Cao trnh lp t di 1000m

The transformer will be installed indoors in a ventilated room at approx.
42C ( average during the year ).
2 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

This specification covers the requirements for the supply of indoor dry-type,
cast resin transformers. The transformers shall be complete, ready for
installation, with all components furnished unless specifically excluded
herein. Transformers shall be suitable for installation indoors under the
conditions specified in paragraph 1.
Protective enclosures to guard against contact with life parts shall be
quoted only if specifically called for in the inquiry data sheets. In all other
cases the transformers will be installed in locked electrical operating rooms.
Accessories shall be included as required for proper operation, and as
listed on the enclosed data sheets. All required probes that are installed
inside or on the transformers, must be included.
Spare parts, if required , shall be quoted separately.This quote shall form
an integral part of this bid.
The field installation of the inquired transformers is part of this inquiry.
The complete vendor documentation, as listed in paragraph 9, shall be
included in the quoted transformer prices
3 STANDARDS & CODES
Performance, testing and rating of the transformers shall conform with the
latest edition of all relevant IEC publications, supplemented by narrative
national specifications (or their functional equivalents) as listed below, and
these specifications with all attachments.
My bin th c lp t trong phng c thng gi. Nhit trung
bnh trong phng 42oC trong sut n!m
2 N.I DUNG CNG VIC

Tiu ch ny bao g"m yu cu cung cp my bin th (MBA) kh cast
resin trong nh. MBA phi trn b, s1n sng cho lp t vi tt c
ph kin c cung cp k c cc ph kin khng nu di dy.
MBA phi thch hp lp t trong nh trong iu kin nu trong mc
1.
V. bo v ch+ bo gi nu c yu cu trong bng c tnh k thut
yu cu. Trong mi tr(ng hp, MBA phi t trong phng MBA c
kha.
Tt c phu kin vn hnh MBA phi bao g"m nh trong bng c
tnh k thut yu cu. Tt c u d lp bn trong MBA phi bao
g"m.
Ph kin thay th, nu c yu cu, phi bo gi ring. Bo gi ny s
l mt phn c#a gi thu ny.
Cng tc lp t MBA l mt phn c#a yu cu ny.
H" s cho thu hon ch+nh nh nu trong mc 9, phi bao g"m gi
MBA
3 TIU CHUN & QUI CHUN
Ch to th nghim v phn laoi MBA phi ph hp vi tiu chun
IEC mi nht, ph lc b sung nh danh sch sau:


3.1 PREFERRED STANDARDS
IEC publication 60 726 (dry-type transformers)
VDE 0532 (Transformatoren und Drosselspulen)
DIN 42523 (Gieharztransformatoren)
VN Code
3.2 ALTERNATE STANDARDS
The proposed transformers may conform to the standards of the local
power conpany, provided these standards are based on, or comparable to
the above preferred codes. Each bidder proposing other than the above
preferred standards must specifically indicate the standards to which his
transformers conform, and indicate all deviations (if any) from the above
codes that affect performance and rating.
Compliance of the transformer manufacturer with the provisions of this
specification does not relieve him of the responsibility of furnishing
transformers and accessories of proper design, electrically and
mechanically suited to meet the operating guarantees at the specified
service conditions.
If there are, in the opinion of the bidder, any conflicts between these codes,
the data sheets, and this specification, these apparent contradictions shall
be brought to the attention of the buyer. The order of priority governing this
contract shall be as follows:
- data sheets
- this specification
- standards & codes
4 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
4.1 ELECTRICAL AND TEMPERATURE RISE DATA
Key electrical data are indicated in the enclosed transformer data sheets,
3.1 TIU CHUN B NGH
IEC publication 60 726 (My bin th kh)
VDE 0532
DIN 42523
Cc quy %nh / Tiu chun ngnh *in %a phng
3.2 TIU CHUN THAY TH
Nh thu c th trnh my bin th c ch to da trn
mt tiu chun khc c ngnh in chp thun, tuy nhin
phi ch+ r nhng khc bit vi tiu chun ngh% m c th lm
nh h'ng n hot ng v cng st c#a my bin th.

Nh thu vn phi c trch nhim bo m cht lng c#a my
bin th ny nu nh c chp thun
Nu c khc bit gia tiu chun p dng ch to my, bng k
c tnh thit b% v Yu Cu K Thut ny th th t u tin l:
- Bng k c tnh thit b%
- Yu Cu K Thut
- Tiu chun p dng ch to

4 THIT K V SN XUT

4.1 THNG S IN V NHIT . GIA T-NG

Cc thng s in c th hin trong h" s giao hng t nht

i.e. at least
- upper rated voltage and associated BIL at no load
- lower rated voltage and insulation level at no load
- impedance voltage at base load
- rated power at specified ambient temperature
- vector group
Tolerances as per IEC60 726 (+ 10 % of the total losses, 0.5 % of voltage
ratio, and 10 % of impedance voltage) may be applied, if not specifically
stated otherwise in the data sheets, bus this fact must be clearly stated in
the quotation.
Transformers covered by this inquiry shall have dielectric values as stated
in IEC 60 726 table V, List 1 or List 2, i.e. the following ratings:
Rated maximum
operating voltage
PF withstand
voltage
BIL
List 1
BIL
List 2
... 1.1 kV 3 kV - -
3.6 kV 10 kV 20 kV 40 kV
7.2 kV 20 kV 40 kV 60 kV
12.0 kV 28 kV 60 kV 75 kV
17.5 kV 38 kV 75 kV 95 kV
24.0 kV 50 kV 95 kV 125 kV
36.0 kV 70 kV 145 kV 170 kV

List 1 and 2 as required in the data sheets
Temperature rise values are limited as follows:

- Acc. to class F requirements for high and low voltage windings
(measured by resistance), but not to exceed a maximum absolute
temperature of 155C hot spot at increased ambient values.
- Acc. to class H insulation materials requirements for low voltage
windings (measured by resistance), but not to exceed a maximum of 185C
phi c:
- *in th ' nc iu ch+nh in th cao nht v in th
BIL tng ng ' ch khng ti
- *in th ' nc iu ch+nh in th thp nht v mc
cch in ' ch khng ti
- Tr' khng ' ch ti %nh mc
- Cng sut MBA ng vi cc iu kin nhit xung
quanh xc %nh
Sai s cho php theo IEC60 726 (+ 10 % cho tn tht cng sut,
0.5 % cho iu ch+nh in p v 10 % cho Un) v phi nu
r trong bo gi.

MBA phi c gi tr% in p nh th#ng BIL theo IEC 60 726
bng V, List 1 hay List 2, nh sau::
in p danh
&nh
in p t5ng
cao t!n s CN
BIL
List 1
BIL
List 2
3 kV - -
3.6 kV 10 kV 20 kV 40 kV
7.2 kV 20 kV 40 kV 60 kV
12.0 kV 28 kV 60 kV 75 kV
17.5 kV 38 kV 75 kV 95 kV
24.0 kV 50 kV 95 kV 125 kV
36.0 kV 70 kV 145 kV 170 kV
p dng BIL List 1 hay 2 theo yu cu ngnh *in
Gii hn gia t!ng nhit :
- Chp thun cch in cp F cho cc cun dy cao/ h th (o
b0ng phng php in tr') nhng nhit +nh ti a c#a
cc cun dy khng qu 155C th nhim khi nhit xung
quanh ang gia t!ng.
- Chp thun cch in cp H cho cc cun dy h th (o
b0ng phng php in tr') nhng nhit +nh ti a c#a
cc cun dy khng qu 185C th nhim khi nhit xung

hot spot at increased ambient values.
Rated power to be based on the ambient conditions specified in paragraph
1 and the temperature rise limits given in above. In case of installation
inside protective housings, the output rating must be available with the
transformer installed inside this enclosure.
Bidders are cautioned that the maximum design temperature, and not the
standard or average daily temperature must be used as a design criteria.
Transformers of identical ratings and impedance voltages must be suitable
for parallel operation without exceeding their rated values.
Delta-Wye connected distribution transformers are required as a rule, if not
specifically called for otherwise in the data sheets. Vector groups Dyn 11 to
IEC 726 with fully rated neutral shall be quoted, if not indicated otherwise in
the data sheets.
Primary off-load tapping links (or equivalent means) shall be designed for
plus/minus 2 x 2.5 % of rated voltage, and for full primary current on all tap
positions.
4.2 CORE ASSEMBLY
Only cold-rolled, grain-oriented silicone iron of the low-loss type, insulated
on both sides, is acceptable as core material.
Limbs and yokes shall preferably be shaped and assembled with a
minimum use of steel bolts. Laminations should be joined, compressed and
braced to minimise stray losses and noise.
The assembled core shall be braced in suitable steel frames that make up
the base frame and the lifting facilities for the complete transformer.
Suitably dimensioned lifting, guying and pulling eyes shall be provided for
easy moving of the unit. The base frame shall have either skids or re-
quanh ang gia t!ng.

Cng sut %nh mc c#a MBA ph thuc vo nhit xung quanh
nh trnh by trong chng 1 v gii hn nhit gia t!ng trong mc
trn. Trong tr(ng hp MBA lp t trong v. bo v th cng sut
MBA phi hiu ch+nh theo loi MBA t trong v..

Nhit cao nht l thng s la chn MBA, khng phi nhit
trung bnh hay nhit chun l thng s chn thit k MBA.

MBA cng cp in th v tr' khng phi ph hp vn hnh song
song cho d khng cng cng sut

MBA u sao-tam gic nu khng c ch+ %nh khc trong thit k.
Nhm vector Dyn 11 theo IEC 726 vi trung tnh ni t hon ton
nu khng c ch+ %nh khc trong thit k.

Nc ch+nh in th th cp khng ti (Primary off-load tapping links)
thit k l 2 x 2.5 % c#a in p %nh mc ' cng sut %nh mc ti
tt c nc in th th cp.

4.2 LI MBA
Vt liu phi l l thp silicone cn ngui loi tn hao t thp v cch
in c hai mt
B( v mi rp phi sc cnh v gn kt vi lng bulon thp t
nht. L thp phi c ni, nn v gi0ng sao cho tn tht v "n
l thp nht

Li MBA phi c gi0ng b0ng khung st thch hp to thnh b
khung v ch- treo mc cu cho MBA sau ny. B c#a khung phi c
bnh xe loi tho lp c v chn cng c c th t MBA

locatable wheels for installation of a pad or rail foundation.
The core assembly shall enable the removal of the coils in the field, if this
should become necessary.
The entire core assembly shall be paint for corrosion protection according
to site climat conditions before the coils are mounted.
4.3 COILS & INSULATION
The high and low voltage windings shall be preferably of aluminium.
Individual coils shall be connected together by pressing. Each HV winding
shall be encapsulated under vacuum and at elevated temperature in cast
resin to form rigid coils which completely seal out the environment.
The layers of low voltage aluminium sheet windings are insulated with
prepreg. Low voltage winding should be glued and cured . The coil should
be resistant to heat and the axial short- circuit forces should be reduced
considerably.
The high voltage windings shall have insulation materials conforming to
class B or F requirements, the low voltage windings shall be insulated with
class F or H materials.
Dielectric strength of the insulation materials shall conform the BIL values
listed in the data sheets. Additionally, no measurable partial discharges
(less than 5 pico Coulomb) shall occur up to twice the rated voltage of
each winding for voltages up to 24 kV.

The complete encapsulation shall be impervious to moisture and common
industrial contaminants. The insulation material used shall be self-
extinguishing if ignited by direct flame or arc. No toxic gases shall form
during heating and/or burning. When subjected to a continuos bolted short-
circuit on the LV terminals, the transformer shall not explode or expel
trn b/ sn b tng hay trn ray.
Li MBA c th tho r(i kh.i cun dy khi cn thit
Ton b li MBA phi c sn chng r+ theo iu kin kh hu ni
lp t trc khi lp cun dy MBA vo.
4.3 CU.N DY MBA V CCH IN
Cun dy cao th v h th nn b0ng nhm. Cc cun dy khc
nhau uc ni li b0ng cch hn p. Cun cao p c to v.
cng trong nha cast resin nhit cao, mi tr(ng chn khng
cch ly hon ton vi mi tr(ng xunh quanh.
Cc lp c#a cun h th c cch in b0ng prepreg. Cun h
th phi h" cht v sy, c th ch%u c nhit cao v gim
lc ngn mch hng trc.

Cp cch in c#a cun cao th l B hay F, cun h th l F hay
H
* bn cch in phi p ng in p nh th#ng BIL trong
bng thng s MBA. Hn na, khng c bt c phng in cc
b no xy ra (nh. hn 5 pico Coulomb) ' in p 02 ln in
p %nh mc c#a m-i phn c#a cun dy p dng cho MBA n
24 kV.

Vic hon tt to v. phi ng!n nga m v cc bi cng nghip.
Cht cch in phi l loi t dp la khi b% t m khng pht tn
khi c. Khi c ngn mch trn cc h th, MBA khng b% n v
bn ra kim loai nng chy. Giy chng nhn MBA qua th nghim
c#a cc c quan kim %nh %a phng phi c thc hin theo

molten material. Authorised test certificates from official testing laboratories
shall be made available upon request to validate these requirements.
The ageing properties of the insulation materials shall be sufficiently high
for the life expectancies of these transformers .
Coil assemblies shall be acoustically insulated from each other and from
the core/base frame to obtain noise values comparable to those emitted by
oil-filled transformers.
4.4 CONNECTIONS
Incoming cables for high as well as for low voltage shall be able to be
connected either from above or below.
Primary wye or delta connections of windings shall be made with insulated
jumpers. Neutral points of wye connected windings must be accessible for
external connections.
Low voltage connections shall be either aluminium or copper bus stubs,
enabling cable or busbar connection from either above or below
All terminals must be clearly and permanently marked acc. to 60 076-4, i.e.
the upper voltage side is marked 1W, 1V, 1U, the lower voltage side is
marked 2W, 2V, 2U, 2N. Other markings require the approval of the buyer.
The type and number of cables to be used for primary connection is
indicated on the data sheet for each transformer. In general, however, only
one conductor per phase will be used on the upper voltage side.
The low voltage connections will be by bus duct, if not indicated otherwise
on the data sheet. If cables are specified, the type and cross-section of all
conductors will be indicated as well. There shall be sufficient space
available to terminate the outgoing conductors specified.
The transformer base shall have corrosion-proof ground connection bolts,
yu cu c#a cc c quan ngnh *in Lc
Vt liu cch in phi c cht long cao MBA c tui th cao

Cun dy MBA phi bc cch m gia cc cun dy v vi li, khung
MBA gim ting "n ging nh ting "n MBA du
4.4 U NI
Cp cao th vo , cp h th ra c th u ni t trn/ di MBA.

Cun th cp u sao/ tam gic b0ng dy ni cch in. Trung tnh
c#a c#a cun dy MBA u sao phi c th u ni t bn ngoi.
Cho php u ni vo cc h th b0ng thanh / cp nhm / "ng bn
trn / di MBA.
Tt c cc u ni phi c nh du r rng, khng mt ch theo
IEC 60 076-4, tc l cao th 1W, 1V, 1U, h th 2W, 2V, 2U, 2N.
*nh s khc phi c CDT/PM chp thun.
S lng , loi cp c ch+ trong thit k, tuy nhin pha cao th ch+
s dng 01 si cp cho 01 pha
H th s d8u ni b0ng buswaynu khng c ch+ dn khc. Phi c
# khng gian cho u ni

B MBA phi c b lon gn tip %a loi chng r+ st, c ghi ch r
rng ' 02 pha i ngh%ch

suitably and conspicuously marked, at two opposite points.
4.5 PROTECTIVE HOUSING & FANS
If outdoor installation is specified in the data sheets, the transformer shall
be housed in protective enclosures suitable for the ambient conditions listed
in paragraph 1 and providing complete protection against accidental contact
with live parts. Minimum type of protection is IP23, i.e. completely enclosed
and protected against drip water.
For indoor installation, enclosures in type of protection IP20 shall be used
when specified in the data sheets.
If AN/AF cooling is specified, the enclosures must have sufficient louvers to
guarantee sufficient air-flow through the enclosure.
4.6 ACCESSORIES
The transformers shall be equipped with all accessories deemed necessary
for proper operation by the manufacturer, plus the ones specified in the
data sheets. Additional available accessories shall be quoted as options.
As a minimum, each transformer shall have solid-state winding temperature
monitoring elements installed in the low voltage windings. These
temperature probes shall initiate an alarm before the max. winding
temperature is approached and shall open a trip contact at the hot spot
temperature .
If AN/AF cooling is specified, additional sets of temperature probes and a
30 min. time-delay relay must be installed for fan control. These sensors
shall activate the fan controls and switch off the fan(s) time delayed after
the winding temperature has fallen again. Warning and tripping signals
shall be available as specified in above. All auxiliary devices required for
automatic and manual fan control shall be included with the transformer.
Manual fan control shall be possible from the transformer location,
4.5 VW MBA V QU;T

Nu lp ngoi nh , nu trong data sheet, MBA phi c v. bo v
MBA theo iu kin mi tr(ng xung quang nu trong mc 1 v bo
v chng tip xc trc tip.V. ti thiu IP23, tc l che ph# hon ton
chng git nc.
Khi lp trong nh, V. c IP 20 phi c s dng nh nu trong data
sheets.
Nu h thng lm mt AN/AF c ch+ %nh , v. phi c louver #
cho php gi v
4.6 PH KIN
MBA phi c tt c ph kin cn thit cho MBA vn hnh bnh
th(ng, thm na nu c yu cu trong data sheet. Phu kin yu cu
thm xem nh ty chn.
Ti thiu MBA c b cm bin nhit in t cho cun dy h th.
B cm bin ny phi pht tn hiu bo ng trc khi nhit cun
dy t ga tr% ti a cho php v kch hot tip im cun trip ' nhit
ti hn.

N s dng h thng lm mt AN/AF, b sung u d nhit v role
tr$ 30 pht iu khin qut. Cm bin ny s tc ng b iu
khin qut v ngt ngu"n trong th(i gian tr$ khi nhit xung mc
qui %nh. Tn hiu cnh bo v trip phi c cung cp nh nu trn.
Tt c thit b% yu cu cho h thng iu khin vn hnh qut phi
bao g"m vi MBA.
*iu khin b0ng tay phi lp t trong trm bin th u tin cao hn

overriding the automatic control.
5 NAMEPLATES

Nameplates shall be attached permanently to the transformer where they
can be read from the ground.
Nameplate information as called for by IEC 60 726 is required. This
includes
- kind of transformer
- applicable specifications
- manufacturer's name
- serial number
- year of manufacture
- number of phases
- rated power
- rated frequency
- rated voltages
- rated currents
- Value of basic insulation level
- Vector group
- impedance voltage at rated current
- type of cooling
- total mass
- Climate, environment and fire behaviour
Additional information, either on the same or on an additional nameplate, is
required as follows:
- graphic representation of winding connections and terminal
designations
- design ambient temperature, if other than standard
- no load and load losses
t ng.
5 NAMEPLATES

Nhn phi gn v&nh vi$n vo MBA v phi c c t di t.
Cc thng tin ghi trong nhn theo IEC 60 726, bao g"m
- Loi MBA
- Tiu chun p dng
- Nh sn xut
- S serial
- N!m sn xut
- S pha
- Cng sut %nh mc
- Tn s %nh mc
- *in p %nh mc
- Dng %nh mc
- Cp cch in c bn
- Nhm Vector
- Un
- Loi lm mt
- Tng trng lng
- *iu kin m vic: Kh hu, mi tr(ng, chng chy

Cc thng tin khc:
- S " u dy
- Nhit thit k nu khc so vi tiu chun
- Tn tht khng ti, c ti
- Thng tin t hng/ d n
- S tag

- purchase order and/or project identification
- tag number
6 CORROSION PROTECTION

Surface preparation and painting of transformers and enclosures must be
suitable for the environmental conditions stated in paragraph 1.5. No
significant corrosion of any painted surface may occur during the initial
operating period , provided the paint job remains mechanically undamaged.
Colour of final coat shall be manufacturer's standard if not specifically
stated otherwise in the data sheets
7 INSPECTION & TESTING

All transformers are subject to inspection during their manufacture. Routine
testing of each transformer shall be according to the specified standards in
the order . Type and special tests shall be agreed upon between
manufacturer and purchaser prior to order placement.
Buyer's personnel shall have unrestricted access to manufacturer's facilities
during normal working hours while this contract is active. Authorised
representatives of buyer shall be informed, upon request, about work
progress, and shall receive all pertinent documentation about test
procedures and results.
As a minimum, the following routine tests according to IEC 60 726 shall be
performed on each transformer prior to dispatch:
- measurement of winding resistance
- measurement of voltage ratio and phase relationship
- measurement of impedance voltage

6 CHNG -N MN

B mt kim loi v lp sn hon thin c#a MBA v v. MBA (nu c)
phi ph hp vi iu kin mi tr(ng lp t MBA. Khng c bt
k5 du hiu r+ st xut hin trong th(i gian vn hnh MBA. Cng
vic sn MBA khng c gy ra l-i h h.ng c kh cho MBA.
Mu sn theo tiu chun c#a nh sn xut nu khng c Qui *%nh
khc c#a ngnh *in %a phng.
7 TH, NGHIM & KI@M NH

Ton b h" s kim tra v th nghim cn c lp v a vo mt
bo co cho tng b phn c th nghim. Tt c cc s o cn
c trnh cng vi Ti liu hng dn cng tc vn hnh & bo
d/ng.
Tt c MBA phi qua th nghim theo tiu chun trnh. Loi
th nghim phi xc %nh trc khi !t hng.
Trong qu trnh sn xut, i din c#a ch# u t c quyn kim tra
sn phm ti nh my sn xut; c nh sn xt thng bo th(i
gian sn xt, th nghim v bn giao h" s th nghim.
Ti thiu cc th nghim xut x'ng sau c thc hin (theo
IEC 60 726):
- *o in tr' cun dy
- *o t; s bin p v kim tra s tng quan vc-t in p
- *o Un in th tr' khng, tr' khng ngn mch v mc tn
hao khi y ti

- measurement of load losses
- measurement of no-load loss and current
- power frequency withstand voltage test
- induced overvoltage withstand test
- Partial discharge measurement ( less than 5 pC at two times rated
voltage )

Test reports of these tests shall be made available to buyer at no extra
cost.
Type and special tests, if specified in the data sheets, shall be performed
acc. to IEC-60 726:
- temperature rise test
- lightning impulse test, full wave ( chopped wave if specified )
- Short circuit withstand test
- noise level test
These special tests shall be quoted optionally as witness tests with buyer's
personnel present..
Acceptance by buyer's representative of any transformer shall not relieve
the manufacturer from any of his performance guarantees, or from any of
his other obligations resulting from this contract
8 ENGINEERING DATA
Technical descriptions, data sheets, catalogues and other material
submitted with the quotation must enable the buyer's engineers to
thoroughly evaluate the proposal as to its compliance with the inquiry
specifications.
8.1 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
- *o mc tn hao khng ti v dng khng ti
- Cc th nghim cch in bao g"m cc th nghim cao p
dng in xoay chiu tn s cng nghip, th nghim phng
in cc b.
- Cc th nghim hot ng c#a b phn ch+ bo nhit my
bin th v b phn bo v nhit cao
- *o tr' cch in cun dy cao / thp p, cun dy cao p /
t v pha thp p / t.

Cc th nghim trn y l bt buc v bao g"m trong bo gi
Th nghim type-test nu c yu cu, theo IEC-60 726
- Th nghim tnh trng nhit t!ng cao
- Th nghim xung st
- Th nghim kh n!ng ch%u ngn mch
- Th nghim mc ting "n
Cc th nghim trn y l ty chn trong bo gi

Cc th nghim phi c xem xt v chp thun c#a i din ch#
u t, c quan chc n!ng. Nu c chp thun, nh cung cp
vn phi c trch nhim bo hnh v thc hin cc trch nhim
khc qui %nh trong hp "ng .
8 THNG S KM THU2T
M t k thut, data sheet, catalogue v trnh vt t theo
bo gi phi y # cho k s c#a ch# u t nh gi trnh
ph hp vi tiu ch k thut ra.

8.1 YU CU TI THI@U
- Tng hp cc yu cu k thut khng p ng c

- detailed summary of exceptions to inquiry specification
- completed inquiry data sheets
- brochures & catalogues for standard transformers, containing
basic electrical
& physical data
- listing of accessories included in bid
- applicable design specifications
- tests included
- prose descriptions of special-design transformers
- main outline & connection dimensions
- shipping weights & dimensions
8.2 APPROVAL DATA
The following information and data must be submitted to the engineer for
approval prior to manufacturing of the transformers:
- certified outline & connection dimensions
- updated, completed data sheets of buyer
- testing schedule
- painting specification
9 VENDOR DOCUMENTATION
The transformers supplied under this contract shall be documented
to the extent as to allow the buyer, as well as the operator, to fully
understand the product, its theory of operation, its application and
performance. Furthermore it must enable the buyer to efficiently
communicate with the manufacturer about all aspects of operating,
maintaining and servicing the transformers.
9.1 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
Certified dimensional drawings including complete type numbers, main
electrical data, weights, dimensions and location of all major parts, cable
- Bng yu cu k thut hon ch+nh
- brochure & catalogue cho MBA tiu chun bao g"m cc
thng s in, vt l
- Danh sch cc ph kin bao g"m trong gi thu
- Tiu ch thit k c th p ng
- Th nghim thc hin
- M t MBA thit k c bit
- Kch thc bn ngoi v b u ni
- Kch thc v trng lng vn chuyn
8.2 THNG S CHP THU2N
Cc thng tin sau y s phi trnh cho K S trc khi sn xut:
- Kch thc bn ngoi v b u ni cam kt
- Cp nht, hon tt data sheet c#a ch# u t
- K hoch th nghim
- Thng s sn

9 TI LIU CA NH CUNG CP
MBA cung cp cho d n ny phi c ti liu hng dn
km theo cho php ch# u t hay ng(i vn hnh sau ny hiu r
sn phm, cch thc hot ng, ng dng v vn hnh.Hn na,
cho php ch# du t lin h d$ dng vi nh sn xut v mt vn
hnh, bo tr v phc v c#a MBA.
9.1 YU CU TI THI@U
Kch thc cam kt trrong bn v bao g"m ton b s lng ch#ng
loi, thng s in chnh, ti trng khc thc v v% tr c#a tt c b
phn chnh, chi tit ni cp, busway, thng s d n v thng s t
hng. Bn v in hnh khng chp tun hay bn v th hin nhiu

and bus duct connection details, project and purchase order data. Typical
drawings are not acceptable for this purpose, nor are drawings that show
more than one type of transformer on the same sheet.
Circuit diagrams showing all auxiliary devices and their connections .
Installation, Operating & Maintenance manuals covering all aspects of
these headings for proper and safe procedures.
10 PARKING & SHIPPING
The type of packing to be used must be suitable for all commonly used
means of transportation from manufacturer's location to the installation site,
as stated in paragraph 1 of this specification. If not indicated otherwise in
the contract, all transformers shall be thoroughly prepared for export and
crated for shipment via ocean freight. Methods of shipment to be employed
are subject to buyer's approval.
If shipment by other means, e.g. collective shipment by containerised
freight, is required, this will be indicated in the contract documents.
Export packing methods used shall also be suitable for extended storage at
the jobsite under covered shelter and under the environmental conditions
listed in paragraph 1.
If this storage period is expected to exceed 6 months, buyer will notify
bidder and arrange for possible additional protection and intermediate
inspections by manufacturer's personnel.
Transformers shall be shipped completely assembled whenever possible.
Jobsite assemblies shall be kept at an absolute minimum. Parts detached
for shipment must be clearly marked and shipped together with the
transformers. Clear and logic instructions for reassembly must accompany
the shipment of such partially dismantled transformers.
loi MBA trn cng mt trang.
Trnh by S " nguyn l mch in t dng, t u ni .
Qui trnh Lp t, vn hnh v qun l bao g"m mi kha cnh , mc
1ch an ton v ng cch.

10 NG GI & V2N CHUY@N
Loi ng gi phi ph hp, theo ngh&a thng thu(ng, cho cng tc
vn chuyn t nh my v cng tr(ng, nh nu trong mc 1.
Nu khng ch+ %nh khc trong hp "ng, tt c MBA phi ng gi
ph hp vn chuyn (ng bin. Phung php vn chuyn phi
c ch# u t chp thun.

Nu vn chuyn b0ng cch khc, tc l b0ng container , nu yu cu,
th s nu r trong hp "ng.
Phng php ng gi xut khu phi ph hp cho vic m' rng kho
cha ' cng tr(ng di mi che v trong iu kin mi tr(ng
xung quanh nu trong mc 1.
Nu th(i gian lu kho hn 06 thng, ch# u t s thng bo cho
nh thu v b sung thm bo v v kim tra b'i nh sn xut.
MBA phi lp rp hon ch+nh trc khi vn chuyn. Hn ch lp rp
ti cng tr(ng. Ph kin theo km phi dn nhn r rng v ng
gi vn chuyn chung vi MBA
Vic dn nhn cho cc kin hng vn chuyn phi c chp thun v
hng dn c#a ch# u t nh0m c th nhn din d$ dnh ' cng

Marking of shipping containers is subject to buyer's approval and guidelines
for special marking must be followed meticulously to ensure positive
identification at the jobsite.
11 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT
Transformers shall be satisfied with all Local Power Company
Requirements and have minimum characteristics shown in Schedule

tr(ng.
11 YU CU KM THU2T
MBA phi ph hp vi yu cu ngnh *in %a phng v t
thng s ti thiu nu trong bng c tnh

ELECTRICAL SERVICES 0992 Medium Voltage Switchgears

0992 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEARS
1 GENERAL
The switchgears (MVSG) shall be of 24kV rating, SF6-
insulated, metal-enclosed, metal-clad, Single Busbar.
The switchgears shall be maintenance free, independent to
climate, sealed for life, no gas-work required when
installation.
They shall be generally in accordance with IEC 298, with the
Specification Drawings included in this Contract.
2 CLASSIFICATION:
The cubicles shall contain individual compartments for the
followings:
(a) Busbar
(b) Switching devices
(c) Cables
(d) Low voltage equipment (if required)
Only Vacuum type of circuit breakers will be accepted.
3 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
This specification covers the design, supply, testing, shipping
and install of MVSG as document
0992 T IN TRUNG TH
1 GENERAL
T# trung th (TT) phi l loi 24kV, cch in SF6, v. tn m, h
thng thanh ci n
T# TT khng cn bo tr , khng ch%u nh h'ng c#a th(i tit bn
ngoi. V. t# hn kn khng cn np SF6 trong th(i gian lp t cng
nh trong vn hnh.

.Ph hp vi IEC 298, v h" s thit k ny.
2 PHN LO;I
T# TT phai c cu trc g"m cc ng!n sau:

- Thanh ci
- B ngt in
- Cp vo/ra
- *iu khin (nu cn)

Ch+ s dng CB chn khng cho d n ny.
3 PHM VI CNG VIC
Thit k, cung cp, th nghim, vn chuyn lp t MVSG nh h" s
thit k


4 CONSTRUCTION
4.1 SWITCHGEAR
The 24kV rating switchgear shall comprise an extensible SF6-
insulated metal clad switchboard suitable for indoor use and
shall be constructed in accordance with lEC 298 unless
otherwise specified.
The assemblies comprising the switchboard shall be aligned
with the front faces flush.

The various sections of each panel of the switchboard shall
be compartmented, typically CT/cable, switching devices, low
voltage and busbar. The degree of protection of switching
device (SF6) compartment shall be IP65.
Enclosures shall be constructed so that, in the event of an
arcing fault within a compartment, the effects are contained
within that compartment, for sufficient time as determined by
the operation of the protection equipment. Means of relieving
the excess pressure created shall be provided in such a way
as to minimize the risk to personnel. All doors to which this
requirement applies shall be fitted with interlocks to prevent
the switchgear being operated while they are open and to
prevent them being opened while the switchgear is in service.
The switchgear panels shall be interconnected together by
solid insulated busbar outside the gas chambers. No gas
work shall be required neither during installation at site nor for
switchgear extension. The switchboard shall be suitable for
extension at either end.
Current and voltage transformers shall be located outside the
gas chamber.
4 CU T;O
4.1 THIT B NG NG$T

T# TT 24kV phi bao g"m v. t# tn m cha kh SF6, loi ng!n t#
m' rng, t trong nh v ph hp tiu chun IEC 298

Tt c ng!n c#a t# TT phi sp b0ng mt vi nhau.

Cc b phn khc nhau c#a t# TT phi c ng!n thnh cc ng!n
CT, cp, thit b% ngt in, h th v thanh ci. Ng!n cha thit b%
ngt in phi c IP65

Bt c mt s c phng in trong mt ng!n cng khng c nh
h'ng n cc ng!n khc trong khong th(i gian thit b% bo v tc
ng v qa p lc khng gy ra nguy him cho con ng(i . Tt c
ca phi kho lin ng kho ca khng cho php m' khi ang
ng in
Tt c t# TT ni vi nhau b0ng thanh ci bn ngoi bu"ng kh SF6.
Trong qu trnh lp t, khng cn bt c cng tc np gas SF6.

Bin in th v bin dng phi t ngoi bu"ng kh SF6.

T# TT phi thit k khng cn iu ho nhit gi cp cch in
bn trong t# khng suy gim
Phi cung cp b ch+ th% c ch+ trng thi hot ng, v% tr ng

Switchgears shall be designed so that conditioning air or
heaters are not required to maintain a satisfactory level of
internal
Mechanical indicators shall be provided showing the status of
operating mechanism, the position of the circuit breaker or
isolator, and earthing switch, visible without the opening of
access doors.
Provision for access shall be made for lubricating the
mechanical linkages where necessary.
Means shall be provided to prevent operating the switch-
disconnector when the circuit-breaker is closed, to prevent
switching the switch-disconnector from OPEN to CLOSED
when the cable compartment cover is removed.
Locking device shall be provided to padlock the openings of
the operating mechanism of the switch-disconnector.
The switchgear shall be provided with mimic diagram and
alarm annunciator.
The cables shall be connected from the front, be arranged
side by side on a level at an easy-to-install height.
4.2 SF6 GAS CHAMBER
The SF6 chamber shall be a hermetically welded tank,
containing the disconnecting switch and earthing switch and/
or the high-voltage parts of the circuit breaker.

The chamber shall be made of corrosion-free stainless steel.
All bushings and operation rods shall be welded on the tank
without using gasket to ensure the tank is sealed for life of
more than 30 years.

ngt c#a ngt in, dao ni t. B ch+ th% c th thy m khng cn
m' ca.

Cung cp ca th!m chm du m/ khi cn.

Cung cp kho lin ng chng m' dao cch ly khi dao ct ti/ my
ngt ng hay ng dao cch ly khi ca t# ng!n cp ang m'.

Cung cp kha kha khng cho m' c cu vn hnh dao cch ly

T# TT phi hin th% s " nguyn l v bng ch+ th% cnh bo.
Cp vo / ra t# TT phi c ni pha trc t# ' cao thch hp
cho vic lp t

4.2 BUDNG KH SF6

Ng!n kh SF6 phi c hn kn cha dao cch ly, dao ni t v/
hoc cc b phn cao th c#a ngt in.

Ng!n cha phi b0ng thp khng r+. Tt c u s v cn thao tc
phi hn v ng!n cha m khng s dng jion cao su bo m
tui th ng!n cha trn 30 n!m.

Ng!n cha c th ch%u p sut 0.5 bar ' nhit 20oC. Ng!n cha

The rated pressure of the SF6 gas in the chamber shall be
0.5 bar overpressure at 20
0
C. The gas chamber shall be
equipped with a gas monitoring device which shall indicate
the status ready or not ready for service of the switchgear.
4.3 CIRCUIT BREAKER
a. General requirement
The circuit breakers shall be of vacuum.
The equipment shall be suitable for operation within its rated
duty for maximum operating time with free maintenance.
The circuit breaker shall be complete with high integrity
operating mechanisms, auxiliary contacts, manual tripping
facilities, operations counter, mechanical position indicator,
control wiring, auxiliary relays and contactors as required.

b. Operating mechanism.
The operating mechanism of circuit breaker shall be fitted
outside the gas chamber and thus be accessible at any time.
The operating mechanism is maintenance-free.
The operating mechanism shall be of the motor wound spring
stored-energy type, stored-energy spring mechanism for ON
and
OFF.
The circuit breaker shall be capable of being manually tripped
if the control power falls. The charging time for spring charged
mechanisms shall not be longer than 25 seconds, and the
spring shall be automatically re-charged immediately the
switching device has been closed. Facilities for manual
charge of the springs shall also be provided. A means shall
be provided to disconnect the spring charging motor from the
phi c thit b% ch+ th% trng thi t# TT c s1n sng phc v hay khng.

4.3 CB
a Tng qat
My ct phi l loi chn khng.
Thit b% phi p ng c cng sut nu trong thit k, trong sut
th(i gian s dng m khng phi bo tr.
My ct hon thin vi ton b c cu truyn ng, cn tc ph, thit
b% ng ngt b0ng tay, b ghi ln thao tc, ch+ th% trng thi tip im
b0ng c kh, dy iu khin, rle ph v kh'i ng t nh yu cu
trong thit k

b B6 truy4n &6ng c kh
B truyn ng c kh phi gn bn ngoi bu"ng kh SF6 c th
thao tc khi cn. B truyn ng c kh phi l loi khng cn bo tr.
B truyn ng c kh phi c ng c np cho l xo, tch n!ng
lng cho cc thao tc ng m' my ct

My ct c th ct b0ng tay trong tr(ng hp h thng
ngun iu khin b% s c. Th(i gian nn l xo khng qu
25 giy v l xo s c nn li ngay sau khi my ct
ng. B nn l xo b0ng tay cng phi c cung cp. B
ngt ngu"n cp cho mt nn lxo sau khi kt thc qu
trnh nn s c cung cp trnh tr(ng hp b cng
tc hnh trnh b% h.ng.


voltage supply, at the end of the spring charging process, in
the event of limit switch failure.
The circuit breaker shall be tripped free and fitted with anti-
pumping device
The tripping, closing and auxiliary function shall be capable of
operating at control voltage between 90 percent and 110
percent of the rated values. A mechanical position indicator
shall be provided to show whether the circuit breaker is open
or closed. An indicator shall be provided to show the state of
charge of the spring which shall indicate spring charged or
spring free.
All mechanical position indicators shall be directly driven by
their initiating devices.
The spring charge motor shall be capable of operating with a
supp1y voltage of 48 VDC
The circuit breaker shall be equipped with the following
facilities:
Mechanical ON and OFF push buttons.
One trip coil
Operation cycle counter
Each circuit breaker shall be provided with all auxiliary
contacts required for control, protection and indication
required by this Specification. All auxiliary shall be wired to
terminal blocks in a multi-core cable box for auxiliary cables.
Auxiliary relays shall be provided where insufficient auxiliary
contacts are available

Khi trip, my ngt tc ng t do b0ng cc thit b% trip
khng cn y

Cc thit b% trip, ng v t dng khc c th hot ng
trong di in th t 90%-110% din p %nh mc
B ch+ th% v% tr c kh on/off c#a tip im my ngt s
c cung cp.
B ch+ th% trng thi nn lxo cng phi c cung cp.
Tt c cc b ch+ th% cho cc kt cu c kh phi c
chnh cc thit b% ny truyn ng.
Din th cung cp c#a mt nn lxo l 48 VDC
My ct phi c cc thit b% sau:
Nt nht c ON , OFF.
Mt cun trip
*"ng h" m s ln thao tc
M-i my ct phi c # s tip im ph cho h thng
iu khin, bo v v ch+ th% nh nu trong h" s thit
k. Cc tip im ny ni v cc thanh u dy b0ng cp
trong hp cp. Rle ph c cung cp khi cc tip im
ph khng p ng c.


cTechnical data/ thng s k thut

4.4 INTERLOCKING
All interlocks provided throughout the switchboard shall be of
the preventive rather than corrective type, i.e., an attempt to
disconnect a closed circuit breaker shall not result in tripping
of the circuit breaker.
The following interlocks shall be provided:
1 It shall be impossible to operate the switch-disconnector when the
circuit-breaker is closed.
2 It shall be impossible to earth the cable when the switch-disconnector is
closed.
3 It shall be impossible to close the switch-disconnector when the
earthing-switch is closed.
Cirrcuit breaker Vacuum, triple pole
Rated current 630A
Rated voltage 24kV
Short-circuit withstand
current
20kA 3 seconds
System earthing Solidly earthed
Method of operation Motor wound spring
c1osed
Operating duty cycle O-O.3sec-CO-3min-
CO
Auxiliary supply 48 V DC

4.4 KHA LIN .NG
Tt c kha lin ng uc cung cp trong t# in nh0m
ng!n chn hn l thao tc ng nh c gng ngt CB
s khng gy trip CB ny.
Kha lin ng sau y phi cung cp:
1 Khng cho php thao tc dao cch ly khi CB ng.
2 Khng cho php ni t cp khi dao cch ly vn ng
3 Khng cho php ng dao cch ly khi dao ni t vn ng.

4 Khng cho php chuyn dao ni t t v% tr CLOSED sang v% tr
OPEN khi np khoang cp ang m'.

4 It shall be impossible to switch the earthing switch from CLOSED to
OPEN position when the cable compartment cover is removed.
5 It shall be impossible to remove the cable compartment cover when the
cable is not earth.
6 Means shall be provided to padlock the openings of the operating
mechanism of the switch-disconnector.
4.5 EARTHING
a. Earthing switch
Each circuit shall be provided with the facility to earth the
cable by means of an Earthing switch having a making
capacity and short-time rating equal to that of the circuit
breaker/LBS.
b. Earthing connections
In addition to ensuring adequate electrical continuity between
all metal non-current parts of the switchboard and the main
earthing busbar, particular care shall be taken to ensure that:
(1) Housing of switching devices shall be positively earthed
by appropriate earthing connections.
(2) External or exposed parts, e.g. bolts, screening,
terminals, insulators, bus ducting and cable boxes shall be
bonded to the steelwork frame of the switchboard
(3) All earthing: connections of voltage and current
transformers shall be made directly from the terminal blocks
to the main earthing busbar.
(4) All metallic instrument cases, protective relay cases,
switches etc., shall be properly earthed to the switchboard
steelwork frame.
(5) All hinged doors upon which instruments, switches etc.,
are
5 Khng cho php m' np khoang u cp khi cp cha ni t.

6 Cung cp kha cn thao tc dao cch ly.

4.5 NI T
a. Dao ni &t
M-i mch s c 01 dao ni t c cng sut v kh n!ng
ch%u ngn mch b0ng vi CB/LBS ni t cp.
b. Ni &t
* bo m ni t lin tc gia v. t# in v Earth bar,
thc hin:

(1) V. t# in ph c ni t thch hp.

(2) Cc b phn bn ngoi nh c, tm che, hp ni, cch
in, hp cp, v. thanh dn cp phi ni vi v. t#.

(3) Tt c ni t c#a bin in th, bin dng phi ni
trc tip t hp ni n thanh ci ni t chnh.
(4) Tt c v. kim loi c#a thit b% ng ct, thit b% o
l(ng, rle..phi ni vo v. t# in thch hp.

(5) Tt c ca t# cho thit b% ng ct, o l(ng ... phi
ni vi v. t# b0ng dy ni mm, kch thc thch hp.
Cc ca an ton, chn an ton cng phi ni tng t.


mounted shall be bonded to the fixed portion of the
switchboard panel by a suitably sized flexible braid. Safety
doors and barriers shall be similarly bonded.
4.6 LOAD-BREAKER SWITCHES (LBS) AND EARTHING SWITCHES
(ES)
The medium voltage parts of LBS and ES shall be inside the
SF6 gas chamber while their operating mechanism are fitted
outside the gas chamber, and thus are accessible at any
time. The operating mechanisms are maintenance-free.

Technical Data/thng s k thut

Load-break switch & earthing switch SF6 insulating and arc quenching
medium
Rated current 630A
Rated voltage 24kV
Short-circuit withstand current 20kA 3 seconds
System earthing Solidly earthed
Operating mechanism Snap-action, detachable lever
Auxiliary supply 48 VDC for closing and tripping, and
spring - charge motor
4.7 HV HRC FUSES

HV HRC (high-voltage high-rupturing-capacity) fuses are
used as a short-circuit and/or overload protection for aux.
transformer and voltage transformer and shall comply with
the requirements of IEC282.
Required technical data:

4.6 DAO C$T C TI (LBS) V DAO NI DT (ES)

Cc b phn c#a LBS v ES phi n0m trong bu"ng kh SF6 nhng
cc cn thao tc c kh c#a n n0m ngoi. Cc c cu thao tc l
loi khng cn bo tr

4.7 CU CH HV HRC

Cu ch HV HRC (high-voltage high-rupturing-capacity) c s dng
bo v ngn mch v qu ti cho my bin th t dng, bin in
th phi ph hp vi IEC282.
Thng s yu cu:

- Cp in th 24kV

Rated voltage 24kV
Rated current (see document)
4.8 BUSBARS AND CONNECTIONS

The busbars and connections shall be made of copper and
be insulated with silicon rubber.
The busbars shall be fixed in a metal enclosed compartment
which is outside the SF6 chamber.

The busbars shall be arranged so that they may be
connected or extended easily at site without gas work.

4.9 CABLE TERMINATIONS

The panel shall be provided with appropriate facilities for the
independent termination of the MV main cables and the LV,
control and auxiliary cables
4.10 RATING PLATES
Each switchgear panel shall have a rating plate permanently
fixed in front to a non removable part and carrying at least the
following information:
(1) Rated operational voltage, frequency and number of
phases.
(2) Rated symmetrical and asymmetrical short-circuit capacity
and current carrying capacity of the busbars and circuit
breakers/LBS.
(3) Specification, i.e. standard authority to which the
- Dng in %nh mc (Xem thit k)
4.8 U NI BUSWAY

Busbar v u ni b0ng "ng bc caosu silicon.

Busbar c %nh trong v. t# ngoi bu"ng SF6.

Busbar c thit k sao cho d$ dng u ni v m' rng ti cng
tr(ng m khng nh h'ng n h thng kh SF6.

4.9 U CP

Cung cp u ni cp trung th, h th v cp t dng thch hp,
ring bit

4.10 NHN
M-i t# phi c gn 01 nhn v&nh cu ti phn c %nh c#a t# in, ghi
thng tin ti thiu:
(1) *in p, tn s v s pha lm vic.

(2) Kh n!ng ct ngn mch symmetrical v asymmetrical, dng
%nh mc c#a busbar v CB/LBS.

(3) Thng s k thut nh tiu chun p dng.


equipment conforms.
(4) Year of manufacture.
(5) Manufacture
(6) Purchase order number.

Circuit breakers, current and voltage transformers shall be
fitted with inscriptions or rating plates in accordance with the
relevant BS and IEC Specifications.
Rating plates shall be made of corrosion-resistant metallic
material and shall be indelible or engraved with inscriptions in
the language specified in the requisition or order. Enameled
plates are not acceptable.
4.11 IDENTIFICATION LABELS
Each panel shall be provided with labels, mounted on the
front and rear of a non-removable part of the panel clearly
indicating the panel number and function, i.e. circuit or load
name. The labels shall be secured with screws and shall
have white
characters on a black background and shall have characters
at least 20 mm high.
Labels indicating the function of internal devices, and
terminal block numbers and wire groups shall be provided. All
internal
devices such as relays, fuses, miniature circuit breakers,
switches shall be identified by the same numbers or letters as
used in the schematic and wiring diagrams; and a name shall
be used to avoid ambiguity where necessary. The labels shall
be secured with screws and shall be of black, non-
deteriorating materials, e.g. Resopal or Trafolite, and shall be
(4) N!m sn xut.
(5) Nh ch to
(6) M t hng.

CB bin in th v bin dng phi gn nhn theo tiu chun BS v
IEC qui %nh.

Nhn phi b0ng vt liu khng b% r+ khc ni dung b0ng ngn ng
c nu trong th yu cu hay trong n hng. Nhn v khng
c php s dng.
4.11 NHN NH2N DIN
M-i t# cung cp mt nhn gn trn phn c %nh mt trc v
sau ch+ r s th t t#, chc n!ng t# nh tn mch in v ph ti.
Nhn phi gn c %nh b0ng vis v c ch trng cao t nht 20mm
trn nn en
Nhn ch+ th% chc n!ng c#a thit b% bn trong t#, th t
hp ni dy, nhm cp phi c cung cp. Tt c thit b%
bn trong nh rle, cu ch, MCB, Switch, phi c ch+
th% cng tn, s th t nh trong s " nguyn l v tn
phi d$ hiu khng gy nhm ln. Nhn phi c %nh b0ng
vis lm b0ng vt liu mu en khng b% h nh Resopal
hay Trafolite v khc ch trng b0ng ngn ng c nu
trong th yu cu hay trong n hng.


inscribed or engraved with white characters in the language
specified in the requisition or purchase order.

4.12 RELAYS
Relay should be numerical type for main protections. Relay
should be certified to conform to the quality system standard
by Accredition Organization.

Over-current and earth-fault relay

Type: numerical-based type, flush mounting construction.
The relay is equipped with the following functions:
Three-phase, ground and negative-sequence over-
current protection, definitive-time and inverse time
elements.
Breaker-failure protection.
Metering capabilities allows user to see real-time
phase operating values.
Inspection and modification of the protection settings.
Built-in fault recorder, disturbance recorder with
nonvolatile.
Circuit breaker condition monitoring features include
user programmable breaker wear monitor curves.
Electrical and mechanical operation times, tripping
times shall be recorded and accumulated interrupted
current by phase.
Self-monitoring and fault diagnostics.
At least two selectable groups of setting permit

4.12 R/LE
Rle phi l li k thut s (KTS) cho bo v chnh. Phi
c giy chng nhn cht lng c#a Accredition
Organization.

Rle qu dng v ch#m &t

Loi KTS gn phng mt.
Cc chc n!ng ti thiu:
Bn v qu dng 3 pha, chm t th t ngh%ch,
th(i gian ct xc %nh trc v th(i gian ngc.
Bo v h h.ng thit b% ngt
Cho php ng(i vn hnh xem gi tr% o trong th(i
gian thc.
Kim tra v hiu ch+nh thng s ci t bo v.
C s1n b ghi nhn s c, nhi$u lon.
C chc n!ng hin th% trng thi CB bao g"m
(ng cong c tnh CB c th lp trnh c.
Th(i gian vn hnh in v c, th(i gian trip phi
c ghi nhn li v tng dng ngt theo tng
pha.
T chun on v hin th% s c.
t nht c 02 nhm ci t cho php la chn ph
hp vi loi ng dng.
Tn hiu vo opyo-isolate lp trnh c v tn hiu

adaptation to change in application.
Fully programmable opto-isolated inputs and contact
outputs. Built-in output relay with switching capacity
for closing and for breaking.
At least eight (08) LEDs for relay statues display.
Battery backed-up real-time clock, synchronizable to
demodulated IRIG-B input.
Serial communication ports shall be in front or rear of
relays. Transmission speed for connection of a PC
and network shall be from 1200 to 19200 baud. Relay
has an interface according to IEC 60870-5-103.
Password protection for securing all of setting values.
Front key for settings and data analysis
4.13 AUTOMATIC SOURCE TRANSFER SWITCHING CONTROLLER
(ATS)
The ATS shall be designed to ensure the continuity of
electrical power supply to the load from the main source and
the standby source with the break-down time less than 2s.
5 TESTING
5.1 TYPE TESTS
The following type test certificates issued by the
internationally recognized neutral testing laboratory for the
proposed switchgear shall be provided with the bid proposal:
Temperature-rise test
Short-time and peak withstand current test
Dielectric test
Mechanical operation tests
ra cng tc kh. C s1n rle u ra c cng sut
ng ct ph hp.

C t nht 08 n LED ch+ th% trng thi.
B c qui d phng th(i gian thc, "ng b vi
u vo IRIG-B c %nh.
*u port kt ni serial phi trc hay sau c#a rle.
Tc truyn thng tin n mng hay PC t 1200-
19200 baud. cng kt ni theo IEC 60870-5-103.
Bo v password cho tt c thng s ci t.
Phn trc mt ci t v phn tch d liu

4.13 B. IBU KHI@N ATS

ATS c thit k nh0m bo m cung cp in lin tc
t ngu"n in li chnh v ngu"n in d phng vi th(i
gian mt in khng qu 2s.
5 TH, NGHIM
5.1 TYPE TEST
Cc th nghim type test sau y phi c thc hin
b'i nh kim %nh quc t c lp:
Th nghim nhit gia t!ng
Th nghim kh n!ng ch%u dng ngn mch v
dng xung
Th nghim cch in
Th nghin vn hnh c kh

Verification of making and breaking capacities
Arcing due to internal fault.
The above certificates shall comply with IEC 60 298.
5.2 FACTORY TESTS
The factory test shall comply with the latest edition of IEC
694. The test shall be performed for each component of
switchgear and whole switchgear.
6 DRAWINGS
The following drawings shall be provided with the bid
proposal:
a) Single line diagram
b) Outline drawing with dimensions
(c) Description of construction
(d) Scope of Supply

Chng nhn cng sut ct v cs lm vic
Dp h" quang bn trong.
Chng nhn trn ph hp theo IEC 60 298.
5.2 TH, NGHIM NH MY
Th nghim nh my ph hp phin bn mi nht c#a
IEC 694. Th nghim thc hin cho ton b t# in v
cho m-i ng!n t# in.
6 BN V3
Cung cp cc bn v d thu:
a) S " nguyn l
b) Kch thc ngoi thit b%
(c) M t cu to t#
(d) Phm vi cung cp

04 Electrical

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

04 Electrical

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

ELECTRICAL SERVICES Contents

VHT Engineering Electrical-1 Aug 2011

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen